As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2022

Registration No. 333-261699

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

____________________________________

Amendment No. 1 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

____________________________________

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

____________________________________

Delaware

 

2833

 

81-5360128

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

____________________________________

990 Biscayne Blvd., Suite 503

Miami, Florida 33132

(786) 749-1221

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

____________________________________

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr.

Executive Chairman

990 Biscayne Blvd., Suite 503

Miami, Florida 33132

(786) 749-1221

(Names, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

____________________________________

Copies to:

Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.

Bevilacqua PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

(202) 869-0888

 

Ralph DeMartino, Esq.
Cavas Pavri, Esq.

Schiff Hardin, LLP

901 K Street NW, Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001

(202) 724-6848

____________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

   

Non-accelerated filer

 

 

Smaller reporting company

 

           

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act.

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Amount to
be registered

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price
Per unit

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price

 

Amount of
registration
fee
(8)

Units consisting of:(1)

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

$

20,700,000(2)(3)(4)

 

$

1,918.89

Shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

 

(5)      

 

 

 —

Series A warrants to purchase common stock

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

 

(5)      

 

 

 —

Series B warrants to purchase common stock

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

 

(5)      

 

 

 —

Shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the series A warrants:(1)

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

$

10,350,000(2)(3)(4)

 

$

959.45

Shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the series B warrants(1)

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

$

20,700,000(2)(3)(4)

 

$

1,918.89

Shares of series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

 

(5)      

 

 

 —

Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the series B convertible preferred stock(1)

 

 —

 

 

—   

 

 

(5)      

 

 

 —

Shares of common stock registered on behalf of certain selling stockholders(6)

 

53,151,992

 

$

5.00(7)

 

$

265,759,960

     

$

24,635.95

TOTAL

     

 

   

$

317,509,960

     

$

29,433.18

____________

(1)      Pursuant to Rule 416 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, this registration statement shall also cover any an indeterminate number of additional shares of the registrant’s common stock as may be issuable because of any future stock dividends, stock distributions, stock splits, similar capital readjustments or other anti-dilution adjustments.

(2)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. The registrant may increase or decrease the size of the offering prior to effectiveness.

(3)      Each unit includes (i) one share of common stock (or, at the purchaser’s election, one share of series B convertible preferred stock), (ii) one series A warrant, and (iii) one series B warrant. The proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the units is $18,000,000. This registration fee table shows a proposed maximum aggregate offering price of $18,000,000 solely for purposes of complying with guidance of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, relating to the payment of registration fees, as the registrant is required by the SEC to register separately the units, the shares of common stock included in the units, the warrants included in the units, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants included in the units, the shares of series B convertible preferred stock included in the units, and the shares of common stock underlying the series B convertible preferred stock. The aggregate offering price of the common stock included in the units proposed to be sold in the offering will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis based on the aggregate offering price of the series B convertible preferred stock offered and sold in the offering.

(4)      Includes additional units which may be issued upon the exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any, up to 15% of the total number of securities offered.

(5)      Included in the price of the units. No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.

(6)      Represents (i) up to 11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock issued to the selling stockholders named in the resale prospectus; (ii) up to 11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to the selling stockholders named in the resale prospectus; (iii) up to 2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures issued to the selling stockholders named in the resale prospectus; (iv) up to an additional 26,248,808 shares of common stock that may be issuable to the selling stockholders named in the resale prospectus upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures; and (v) up to 654,376 shares of common stock issuable to the selling stockholders named in the resale prospectus under future equity agreements.

(7)      Reflects the resale by the selling stockholders set forth herein of up to 53,151,992 shares of common stock, assuming a price of $5.00 per share.

(8)      $17,266.85 previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

This registration statement contains two prospectuses, as set forth below.

•        Public Offering Prospectus.    A prospectus to be used for the public offering of units through the underwriter named on the cover page of this prospectus, which we refer to as Public Offering Prospectus.

•        The Resale Prospectus.    A prospectus to be used for the resale by selling stockholders of (i) 11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock issued to the selling stockholders; (ii) 11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to the selling stockholders; (iii) 2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures issued to the selling stockholders; (iv) up to an additional 26,248,808 shares of common stock that may be issuable to the selling stockholders upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures; and (v) 654,376 shares of common stock issuable to the selling stockholders under future equity agreements, which we refer to as the Resale Prospectus.

The Resale Prospectus is substantively identical to the Public Offering Prospectus, except for the following principal points:

•        they contain different front covers;

•        they contain different Offering sections in the Prospectus Summary;

•        they contain different Use of Proceeds sections;

•        the Capitalization and Dilution sections are deleted from the Resale Prospectus;

•        a Selling Stockholders section is included in the Resale Prospectus;

•        the Underwriting section from the Public Offering Prospectus is deleted from the Resale Prospectus and a Plan of Distribution section is inserted in its place; and

•        the Legal Matters section in the Resale Prospectus deletes the reference to counsel for the underwriter.

The registrant has included in this registration statement a set of alternate pages after the back cover page of the Public Offering Prospectus, which we refer to as the Alternate Pages, to reflect the foregoing differences in the Resale Prospectus as compared to the Public Offering Prospectus. The Public Offering Prospectus will exclude the Alternate Pages and will be used for the public offering by the Registrant. The Resale Prospectus will be substantively identical to the Public Offering Prospectus except for the addition or substitution of the Alternate Pages and will be used for the resale offering by the selling stockholders.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

 

DATED JANUARY 14, 2022

Smart for Life, Inc.

1,800,000 Units consisting of:

Common Stock

Series A Warrants

Series B Warrants

__________________

This is an initial public offering of units of our securities. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $9.00 and $11.00 per unit.

Each unit consists of (i) one share of our common stock (or, at the purchaser’s election, one share of series B convertible preferred stock), (ii) one series A warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $           per share (or 70% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date, and (iii) one series B warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $           per share (or 100% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date and subject to certain adjustment and cashless exercise provisions as described in this prospectus. We sometimes refer to the series A warrants and the series B warrants collectively as the warrants. The shares of our common stock and the warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately but will be purchased together in this offering.

As noted above, we are offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of our common stock in this offering would otherwise result in that purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of our outstanding common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to substitute series B convertible preferred stock for the shares of common stock included in the units purchased by that investor. Each share of series B convertible preferred stock is being sold together with the same warrants described above being sold with each share of common stock. For each share of series B convertible preferred stock purchased in this offering in lieu of common stock, we will reduce the number of shares of common stock being sold in the offering on a one-for-one basis. Pursuant to this prospectus, we are also offering the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the series B convertible preferred stock.

Each share of series B convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of our common stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the related designation of preferences) at any time at the option of the holder, provided that the holder will be prohibited from converting series B convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. However, any holder may increase such percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99%, provided that any increase in such percentage shall not be effective until 61 days after such notice to us. The shares of series B convertible preferred stock will otherwise have the preferences, rights and limitations described under “Description of Securities — Preferred Stock — Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” in this prospectus.

Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “SMFL”. We believe that upon the completion of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on Nasdaq, and the closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing. We do not intend to apply for any listing of the warrants or series B convertible preferred stock on Nasdaq or any other securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system, and we do not expect a market to develop for the warrants or the series B convertible preferred stock.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock.”

Investing in our securities is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Unit

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

   

$

 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

   

$

 

____________

(1)       The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount and commissions. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 116 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to 15% of additional shares of common stock and/or series A warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% of additional shares of common stock and/or series B warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% additional shares of common stock, in any combinations thereof, from us at $       per share of common stock, $       per series A warrant and $       per series B warrant, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, for 45 days after the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.

Delivery of the securities is expected to be made on or about           , 2022, subject to customary closing conditions.

DAWSON JAMES SECURITIES, INC.

The date of this prospectus is           , 2022.

 

Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

23

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

44

Use of Proceeds

 

45

Dividend Policy

 

47

Capitalization

 

48

Dilution

 

51

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

54

Corporate History and Structure

 

71

Business

 

74

Management

 

87

Executive Compensation

 

93

Current Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

99

Principal Stockholders

 

100

Description of Securities

 

101

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

110

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

 

111

Underwriting

 

116

Legal Matters

 

121

Experts

 

121

Where You Can Find More Information

 

121

Financial Statements

 

F-1

Please read this prospectus carefully. It describes our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, among other things. We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free-writing prospectus we have authorized. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of securities. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

i

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We are responsible for the disclosure in this prospectus. However, this prospectus includes industry data that we obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications. We did not fund and are not otherwise affiliated with any of the sources cited in this prospectus. The market research, publicly available information and industry publications that we use generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. The information therein represents the most recently available data from the relevant sources and publications and we believe remains reliable. However, this data involves a number of assumptions and limitations regarding our industry which are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Forward-looking information obtained from these sources is also subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks and trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but the omission of such references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable owner of these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

ii

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our securities. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the risks associated with an investment in our company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Unless otherwise indicated by the context, reference in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and similar references are to the combined business of Smart for Life, Inc. (formerly Bonne Santé Group, Inc) and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Company

Overview

We are engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, acquisition, operation and sale of a broad spectrum of nutritional and related products with an emphasis on health and wellness. Structured as a global holding company, we are executing a buy-and-build strategy with serial accretive acquisitions creating a vertically integrated company with an objective of aggregating companies generating a minimum of $300 million in revenues within the next thirty-six months. To drive growth and earnings, we are developing proprietary products as well as acquiring other profitable companies, encompassing brands, manufacturing and distribution channels.

Our Business Model

We are engaged in a comprehensive program to develop a robust pipeline of prospective acquisitions in addition to the companies currently operated by us. Our management has significant experience in locating and evaluating prospective target operating companies. We have also entered into buy-side agreements with certain advisers and consultants to assist management in identifying and evaluating prospective target operating companies. The nutritional products industry is highly fragmented with a large pool of companies generating less than $20 million in revenues representing significant opportunity for industry consolidation.

We plant to acquire target companies utilizing a combination of cash, promissory notes, earnouts and public company stock, generally at 4x to 6x trailing adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization). Aside from our first acquisition described below, we intend on paying no more than 60% cash on any acquisition that we execute with a target of 50%. The remainder is allocated between stock and a note and/or earnout with a heavier weighting toward the former. Although the acquisition consideration is structured, we believe that our acquisitions will provide three distinct benefits to the principals of an acquisition. First, a significant liquidity event. Second, the creation of a significant equity position in an emerging growth public company. Third, ongoing employment at customary industry compensation.

Over the next 24 months, we plan to acquire multiple companies aggregating a minimum of $100 million in annualized revenues with the number of prospective acquisitions in the pipeline representing over $50 million in additional revenue. As of the date of this prospectus, we have determined that none of these prospective acquisitions are probable, within the meaning of Regulation S-X, due to numerous factors, including that we have not yet entered into definitive or other binding agreements, completed our due diligence, obtained board approval or publicly announced the prospective acquisitions, nor are we subject to financial penalties if these prospective acquisitions are not completed.

We do not currently have sufficient capital to complete these acquisitions. We intend to raise capital for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at our operating company level, additional equity offerings by our company, or by undertaking a combination of any of the above. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

There is no guarantee that we will be able to acquire additional businesses under the terms outlined above or that we will be able to find additional acquisition candidates should we terminate our plans for any of our current acquisition targets.

1

Table of Contents

Our Corporate History

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 2, 2017 under the name Bonne Santé Group, Inc. On August 4, 2021, we changed our name to Smart for Life, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica described below.

Acquisition of Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing

On March 8, 2018, we acquired 51% of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. and Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. for a purchase price of $2,140,272. On October 8, 2019, we entered into an agreement to acquire the remaining 49% of these companies for a purchase price of $100,000, which was completed on October 8, 2019.

On September 30, 2020, we changed the name of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. to Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., or Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing, and on November 24, 2020, we merged Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. into Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing to better reflect our vertical integration.

Based in Doral, Florida, Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing operates a 22,000 square foot manufacturing facility. From inception through September 30, 2021, it has manufactured nutritional products for approximately 240 companies, and from January 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021, it manufactured nutritional products for approximately 26 companies.

Acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica

On February 11, 2020, we entered into securities purchase agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2020 and June 4, 2021, to acquire Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC d/b/a Smart for Life, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. On July 1, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $12,000,000 (subject to adjustment), comprised of (i) $6,000,000 in cash (subject to adjustment), (ii) a 6% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 and (iii) a 6% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000.

On August 27, 2021, we transferred all of the equity interests of Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. to Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC. As a result, these entities are now wholly owned subsidiaries of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC. In this prospectus, we collectively refer to Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries as Doctors Scientific Organica.

Doctors Scientific Organica manufactures, sells and owns the Smart for Life brand of natural health and wellness meal replacement products.

Establishment of Canadian Subsidiary

On August 24, 2021, we established Smart for Life Canada Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary of Doctors Scientific Organica in Canada. This subsidiary sells retail products through a retail store location in Montreal Canada and the same location also acts as distribution center for our international direct to consumer and big box customers. We maintain inventory and employees at this location.

Acquisition of Nexus

On July 21, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on November 8, 2021, to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Nexus Offers, Inc., or Nexus. On November 8, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $6,000,000 (subject to adjustment), comprised of (i) $2,200,000 in cash (subject to adjustment), (ii) a 5% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 and (iii) a 5% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000.

Nexus is a network platform in the affiliate marketing space.

Acquisition of GSP Nutrition

On November 29, 2021, we entered into a contribution and exchange agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GSP Nutrition Inc., or GSP Nutrition. On December 6, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $425,000, payable in 42,500 shares of our common stock; provided that if the effective price per share of common stock in this offering (as determined in accordance with the contribution and exchange

2

Table of Contents

agreement) is less than $10 per share, then we must issue an additional number of shares of common stock equal to an amount determined by dividing the $425,000 purchase price by the effective offering price per share, minus 42,500. In connection with this acquisition, we also issued 14,723 shares of common stock to certain vendors of GSP who agreed to settle accounts payable owed to them into our common stock.

GSP Nutrition is a sports nutrition company that offers nutritional supplements for athletes and active lifestyle consumers under the Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand.

Our Opportunity

The nutraceutical industry focuses on nutritional supplements intended to improve longevity, sports fitness and provide health benefits in addition to the basic nutritional value present in food. Most people are familiar with various nutraceutical products — and have likely used them — even if they are unfamiliar with the industry name. Nutraceuticals comprise such commonly used items as herbal products, specific diet products, vitamins, processed foods and beverages, functional foods, isolated nutrients and other dietary products.

Functional foods are foods that have a potentially positive effect on health beyond basic nutrition. A familiar example of a functional food is oatmeal because it contains soluble fiber that can help lower cholesterol levels. Some foods are also modified to have health benefits. An example is orange juice that has been fortified with calcium for bone health.

The nutraceutical industry has experienced significant growth across the globe, propelled by the increasing age expectancies and associated increases in diseases of aging and lifestyle. A shift in demographics has also allowed manufacturers to benefit in recent years. The number of Americans ages 65 and older is projected to nearly double from 52 million in 2018 to 95 million by 2060, and the 65-and-older age group’s share of the total population will rise from 16% to 23%. Moreover, the Council for Responsible Nutrition, or CRN, reported 77% of U.S. adults take dietary supplements. With respect to the types of supplements being taken, CRN’s 2019 survey found that vitamins and minerals continue to be the most commonly consumed supplement category, with 76% of Americans having taken these products in the past twelve months.

According to a study by Grand View Research, Inc., amid the COVID-19 crisis, the global market for nutraceuticals is projected to grow from $412.7 billion in the year 2020 and reach $722.5 billion by 2027, growing at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 8.3% over the analysis period. As a specific segment in the overall global nutraceutical market, functional foods accounted for the largest share in 2019 and generated revenue of $187.51 billion on a standalone basis.

The nutraceuticals market in the United States is estimated at $104.5 billion in the year 2021 according to Global Industry Analysts Inc. The U.S. currently accounts for a 34.57% share in the global market. Among the other noteworthy geographic markets are China, Japan and Canada, each forecast to grow at 9.6%, 6.3% and 6.7%, respectively, over the analysis period. Within Europe, Germany is forecast to grow at approximately 7.1% CAGR.

As a result of our acquisition of Nexus, we have also entered the digital marketing industry as a way to promote and sell the products and brands that we sell. Digital marketing is a component of marketing that uses internet and online based digital technologies such as desktop computers, mobile phones and other digital media and platforms to promote products and services.

The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in people staying at home and/or working remotely from home, resulting in huge increase in online traffic. According to Global Industry Analysis, Inc., a leading publisher of off-the-shelf market research, while overall digital marketing spending declined due the pandemic-induced cuts in marketing and advertising budgets during the lockdown, available budgets are being directed at digital marketing initiatives. As a result, the pandemic is driving changes to digital marketing strategies at companies, especially at companies where digital marketing initiatives had relatively low priority.

According to Global Industry Analysis, Inc., amid the COVID-19 crisis, the global market for digital advertising and marketing is estimated at $350 billion in the year 2020, and is projected to reach $786.2 billion by 2026, growing at a CAGR of 13.9% over the analysis period. The digital advertising and marketing market in the U.S. is estimated at $155.3 billion in the year 2021. We believe that our market share is currently less than 1%.

The markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions, established and emerging competition, extensive intellectual property disputes and litigation, price competition,

3

Table of Contents

aggressive marketing practices, evolving industry standards and changing customer preferences. Accordingly, our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies operating in rapidly changing and competitive markets.

Our Operating Subsidiaries

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing is a nutraceutical contract manufacturer. Since 1998, our strong manufacturing capabilities and dedication to our clients has enabled us to build relationships with hundreds of customers throughout the United States and around the world, including South America, Central America and Europe. We specialize in a wide variety of products to fill our client’s needs, from the private labeling of vitamins, dietary supplements, nutraceuticals, sport nutrition and broad-spectrum nutritional supplements. Our experienced team of scientists, formulators, and manufacturing experts have the years of knowledge necessary to take our client’s concepts all the way from initial idea to finished product. In addition, we can provide the support for a simple and cost-effective “turn key” solution to manufacturing existing formulations.

To meet the specific demands of any order, we have state-of-the-art manufacturing and packaging lines to decrease cost and maximize efficiencies. We certify that all products and labels meet stringent U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, requirements and our quality control associates will continually monitor the entire process until products are delivered. Our goal is to exceed our customer’s expectations with respect to product quality, service and price.

Doctors Scientific Organica

Doctors Scientific Organica manufactures, sells and owns the Smart for Life brand of natural health and wellness meal replacement products. The brand includes proprietary hunger suppressing functional foods that are designed to work with the body’s natural ability to lose weight. The program uses an exact protein-to-sugar ratio, a low glycemic index and glycemic load as well as multiple small meals throughout the day to deliver specific amounts of protein, super fibers and complex carbs to suppress hunger, keep sugar and insulin low and trigger the body’s release of the fat releasing hormone glucagon.

Our Smart for Life products deliver:

•        Hunger controlling protein mix

•        No toxins or preservatives

•        The right amount of protein per calorie ratio

•        NO insulin spike, lets glucagon do its job

•        A small amount of essential good fats

•        Right amount of complex carbs

Doctors Scientific Organica also develops premium supplements and commodities that will promote optimal health and wellness. This natural product line uses simple quality ingredients to help create a more sustainable lifestyle. Doctors Scientific Organica has over 15 years of experience providing high-quality products to premium retail locations and companies. All products are packaged in eco-friendly and bio-degradable packaging.

GSP Nutrition

GSP Nutrition is a sports nutrition company that was incorporated on January 3, 2020. It offers nutritional supplements for athletes and active lifestyle consumers through a variety of wellness solutions and delivery methods, including powders, tablets and soft gels that are formulated to support energy and performance; nutrition and wellness; and focus and clarity.

GSP Nutrition’s initial line of nutritional products are marketed under the Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand. The product line currently consists of whey protein isolate powder, tablet supplements for joint health, nitric oxide, post workout blends, Omega-3 supplements, and pre-workout supplements, among others.

4

Table of Contents

We believe that the Sports Illustrated brand is one of the most recognized brands in sports and athletics. GSP Nutrition has a license for the exclusive use of the Sports Illustrated brand (excluding the Sports Illustrated Swimsuit brand for which it has a right of first offer under the license) for certain dietary and nutritional supplements, in each case to be sold to/through certain approved accounts in the United States and Canada. See “Business — Intellectual Property” for additional details regarding this license.

Nexus

Nexus operates a cost per action/cost per acquisition network. This is an advertising model where publishers are paid for an action that is taken as a direct result of their marketing. Through the publisher’s method of marketing, Nexus sends traffic to one of the advertiser’s product offers listed on the network. Examples of the publishers marketing tactics include but are not limited to native ads, email marketing, search engine optimization, or SEO, and social media traffic. The products on the network come from several different advertisers which pay Nexus a specific amount per sale. A portion of that sale made is paid out to the publisher. Nexus has established long-term relationships with many advertisers and publishers. Nexus also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network. Nexus has created a plug-and-play streamlined business that allows for seamless scalability into any vertical, niche or product.

We believe that Nexus is accretive to our other portfolio companies and allows us access to a broad spectrum of marketing tools to be utilized across the entire spectrum of our products.

Our Competitive Strengths

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

•        Proprietary manufacturing facilities.    Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing and Doctors Scientific Organica own and operate proprietary manufacturing facilities, which allow for a high level of managerial control over all aspects of production, including sourcing, logistics and maintaining the highest levels of quality during the manufacturing process. Through direct ownership, we are able to optimize our sales and marketing practices and provide a completely integrated approach, all solidified by a single manufacturing platform for capsules, tablets, powders and various other delivery methods for all vitamins and supplements. In addition, as a private label contract manufacturer for third parties, we can provide a turnkey solution for brands and retailers who want to minimize their supply chain disruption and maximize their control over product flow to end customers. In addition, as a middle market-sized contract manufacturer, we are not encumbered by the often overly complex processes that our larger competitors may have. We can be nimble and highly adaptable, “flexing” with our customers’ needs as they change over time, which allows us to better service our ever-expanding international client base. We are able to maintain a competitive advantage due to our vertically integrated operational control. This vertical integration also allows us to minimize intellectual property and data security risks, while also eliminating costs, improving focus, optimizing quality and launching with a faster time-to-market for new products. We retain control over every step of the manufacturing processes, allowing us to establish our own institutional advantages and maximize efficiencies.

•        Established and trusted brands.    Smart for Life, Doctors Scientific Organica and Sports Illustrated Nutrition are well-established brands in the in the health and wellness industry. In particular, Smart for Life products are currently sold in many of the largest big-box retailers in the United States and Canada, including Costco, Walmart, Sam’s Club, BJ’s and Publix, as well as through online channels such as Amazon. Doctors Scientific Organica has established a dedicated following of consumers that are strong believers in the high-quality vitamins and supplements it sells to its customers, along with the eco-friendly and bio-degradable packaging, with Amazon sales numbers continuing to increase as a result. We believe that the Sports Illustrated brand is one of the most recognized brands in sports and athletics. In connection with our acquisition of GSP Nutrition, we acquired a license for the exclusive use of the Sports Illustrated brand (excluding the Sports Illustrated Swimsuit brand for which we have a right of first offer under the license) for certain dietary and nutritional supplements, in each case to be sold to/through certain approved accounts in the United States and Canada.

5

Table of Contents

•        Client focused innovative research and development.    We believe that our research and development team adds significant value to our company and our customers and is a differentiating factor for our company. We strive to be technology driven leveraging technology, science, and innovation in our research and development efforts. We work closely with our clients to create and develop new and exciting products. We frequently work directly with our customers in our research and development labs to create innovative solutions that create value for our customers in a timely manner. Our team works closely with physicians to create novel wholesome products that add nutritional and functional value.

•        Ability to market through captive marketing subsidiary.    We believe that our subsidiary, Nexus, allows us access to a broad spectrum of marketing tools to be utilized across the entire spectrum of our products. We believe that having an experienced management team and existing customer base accessible to all of our other brands in our portfolio will allow us to drive sales and revenue of existing products as well as test new product offerings generated through our research and development.

•        Referral only network based on long term relationships.    Nexus operates a referral only network, meaning that all of its publishers are referred. There is no way to get a Nexus account other than being directly referred by a known good account holder. This allows Nexus to stem any fraudulent traffic, which we believe is a substantial competitive advantage for advertisers. Nexus has also established long term relationships with its advertisers and offers competitive bonuses and contests for its affiliate base (publishers) We believe that these factors set Nexus apart from its competition.

Our Growth Strategies

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

•        Acquisition of additional businesses.    The nutritional products industry is highly fragmented with a large pool of companies generating less than $20 million in revenues representing significant opportunity for industry consolidation. Over the next 24 months, we plan to acquire multiple companies aggregating a minimum of $100 million in annualized revenues with the number of prospective acquisitions in the pipeline representing over $50 million in additional revenue. As of the date of this prospectus, we have determined that none of these prospective acquisitions are probable, within the meaning of Regulation S-X, due to numerous factors, including that we have not yet entered into definitive or other binding agreements, completed our due diligence, obtained board approval or publicly announced the prospective acquisitions, nor are we subject to financial penalties if these prospective acquisitions are not completed. As noted above, we also do not currently have sufficient capital to complete these acquisitions. We intend to raise capital for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at our operating company level, additional equity offerings by our company, or by undertaking a combination of any of the above. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. There is no guarantee that we will be able to acquire additional businesses under the terms outlined above or that we will be able to find additional acquisition candidates should we terminate our plans for any of our current acquisition targets.

•        Increase sales from existing and new customers.    We expect to continue to drive growth for our consumer products branded business through our increased focus on our top brands and continued expansion in various health and wellness categories, which we expect to result in incremental shelf space with existing customers and new customer additions. We expect that our focus on delivering tangible benefits to consumers through product innovation will not only benefit us but also benefit our customers. Our ability to supply both branded and private label products broadens and deepens our partnerships with key retail customers, providing us more opportunities for category leadership and growth. We view the private label business as an important and valuable service that we provide to key accounts.

•        Further penetrate international markets.    Our products are currently marketed and sold in the United States and Canada. In fiscal 2020, approximately 18% of our sales (on a pro forma combined basis) were to customers outside the United States. We plan to capitalize on our marketing and distribution capabilities

6

Table of Contents

to drive incremental international sales of our consumer product brands in emerging markets, which are characterized by a rising middle class and a strong demand for high quality nutritional and wellness products from U.S.-based manufacturers.

•        Drive productivity through operational efficiencies.    We expect to continue to focus on improving efficiency across our operations to allow us to reduce costs in our manufacturing facilities as well as across our overhead cost areas. Our recent acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica significantly increased our production capacity. In addition, we have launched an initiative to optimize our product portfolio, which we expect will enable further efficiencies across our manufacturing network. We are also introducing new initiatives that leverage automation, standardization and simplification and are expected to increase productivity across our operations.

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

Starting in late 2019, a novel strain of the coronavirus, or COVID-19, began to rapidly spread around the world and every state in the United States. At this time, there continues to be significant volatility and uncertainty relating to the full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it will impact our business, operations and financial results.

Most states and cities have at various times instituted quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Based on the nature of the business in our facilities in Doral and Riviera Beach, neither facility closed or operated at reduced capacity for our production and packaging operations. However, the situation surrounding COVID-19 remains fluid, and we may be required to close or limit capacity in our facilities in response to guidance from applicable government and public health officials, which could adversely affect our operations and revenues.

In addition, we are dependent upon certain contract manufacturers and suppliers and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact certain of our manufacturers and suppliers. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products and raw materials, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such raw materials, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

The global deterioration in economic conditions, which may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending, could also impact our business and demand for our products. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors as a result of the pandemic may also have a material impact on our revenue.

The spread of COVID-19 has also adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

If the COVID-19 pandemic does not continue to slow and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations, including those of our contract manufacturers and suppliers, could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including the effectiveness of vaccines and other treatments for COVID-19, and other new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic

7

Table of Contents

and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also “Risk Factors” for more information.

Our Risks and Challenges

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history.

•        The COVID-19 pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

•        Our acquisitions may result in significant transaction expenses, integration and consolidation risks, and we may be unable to profitably operate our consolidated company.

•        Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

•        Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could have a material adverse effect on our business.

•        Our success is linked to the size and growth rate of the vitamin, mineral and supplement market and an adverse change in the size or growth rate of that market could have a material adverse effect on us.

•        We operate in highly competitive and fast-evolving industries, and our failure to compete effectively could affect our market share, financial condition and growth prospects adversely.

•        Our major customers account for a significant portion of our consolidated net sales and the loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

•        If we experience product recalls, we may incur significant and unexpected costs, and our business reputation could be adversely affected.

•        We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating income.

•        We rely on our manufacturing operations to produce the vast majority of the nutritional supplements that we sell, and disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications could affect our results of operations adversely.

•        We are also dependent on certain third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers.

•        An increase in the price and shortage of supply of key raw materials could adversely affect our business.

•        Our expansion into new business lines and services may result in unseen risks, challenges and uncertainties.

•        Privacy protection is increasingly demanding, and we may be exposed to risks and costs associated with security breaches, data loss, credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and loss of revenue, suffer reputational harm with our customers, as well as other risks.

•        Assertions by third parties of infringement, misappropriation or other violation by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and operating results.

•        We may be required to indemnify our vendors and/or customers, the payment of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

•        Compliance with new and existing laws and governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.

•        Our failure to comply with FTC regulations could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.

8

Table of Contents

•        Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations that may increase our cost of operations or expose us to environmental liabilities.

•        Economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.

•        We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective.

•        We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of Nasdaq or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on Nasdaq.

•        There is no public market for the series A warrants or series B warrants being offered.

•        Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes.

•        You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

•        An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•        have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•        submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our consolidated financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 990 Biscayne Blvd., Suite 503, Miami, Florida 33132, and our telephone number is (786) 749-1221. We maintain a website at www.smartforlifecorp.com. Information available on our website is not incorporated by reference in and is not deemed a part of this prospectus.

9

Table of Contents

The Offering

Units offered by us:

 

Each unit consists of (i) one share of our common stock (or, at the purchaser’s election, one share of series B convertible preferred stock), (ii) one series A warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $        per share (or 70% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date, and (iii) one series B warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $        per share (or 100% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date and subject to certain adjustment and cashless exercise provisions as described herein. Additionally, the holders of series B warrants may exercise such warrants on a “cashless” basis upon the earlier of (i) 10 trading days from the issuance date of such warrant or (ii) the time when $10.0 million of volume is traded in our common stock, if the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of our common stock on any trading day on or after the date of issuance fails to exceed the exercise price of the series B warrant (subject to adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations and similar events). In such event, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in such cashless exercise shall equal the product of (x) the aggregate number of shares of common stock that would be issuable upon exercise of the series B warrant in accordance with its terms if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise and (y) 1.00. The shares of our common stock and the warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately but will be purchased together in this offering.

As noted above, we are offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of common stock in this offering would otherwise result in such purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of our outstanding common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to substitute series B convertible preferred stock for the shares of common stock included in the units purchased by that investor. This prospectus also relates to the offering of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the series B convertible preferred stock.

Each share of series B convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of our common stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the related certificate of designation) at any time at the option of the holder, provided that the holder will be prohibited from converting the series B convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. However, any holder may increase such percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99%, provided that any increase in such percentage shall not be effective until 61 days after such notice to us.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our series B convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares of series B convertible preferred stock if such shares had been converted to common stock immediately prior to such event (without giving effect for such purposes to any beneficial ownership limitation), subject to the preferential rights of holders of any class or series of our capital stock specifically ranking by its terms senior to the series B convertible preferred stock as to distributions of assets upon such event, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

The holders of the series B convertible preferred stock have no voting rights, except as required by law. Any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that adversely affects the powers, preferences and rights of the series B convertible preferred stock requires the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of series B convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

10

Table of Contents

 

The holders of our series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends on shares of series B convertible preferred stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis, without giving effect for such purposes to any beneficial ownership limitation) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the common stock when such dividends are specifically declared by our board of directors.

Offering price:

 

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $9.00 and $11.00 per unit.

Common stock outstanding prior to this offering(1):

 


13,927,223 shares of common stock.

Common stock outstanding after the offering(1)(2):

 


20,566,124 shares of common stock (or 20,836,124 shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Over-allotment option:

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to 15% of additional shares of common stock and/or series A warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% of additional shares of common stock, and/or series B warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% of additional shares of common stock, in any combinations thereof, from us at the public offering price per security, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, for 45 days after the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

Because the warrants will not be listed on a national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading market, the underwriters will be unable to satisfy any overallotment of shares and warrants without exercising the underwriters’ overallotment option with respect to the warrants. As a result, the underwriters will exercise their overallotment option for all of the warrants which are over-allotted, if any, at the time of the initial offering of the shares and the warrants. However, because our common stock is publicly traded, the underwriters may satisfy some or all of the overallotment of shares of our common stock, if any, by purchasing shares in the open market and will have no obligation to exercise the overallotment option with respect to our common stock.

Use of proceeds:

 

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $15.8 million from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit (which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering to payoff certain debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information on the use of proceeds.

Risk factors:

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 23.

Lock-up:

 

We and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of (i) 12 months after the closing of this offering in the case of our company and (ii) 6 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and executive officers. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Proposed trading market and symbol:

 


We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “SMFL.” The closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing. We do not intend to list the warrants or series B convertible preferred stock on any securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system.

____________

(1)      The number of shares of common stock outstanding before and immediately following this offering does not include the following:

11

Table of Contents

•        1,450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $0.01 per share;

•        up to 550,000 additional shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan;

•        up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan;

•        11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding series A convertible preferred stock;

•        13,437,845 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price per share that is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price for this offering;

•        1,382,441 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share;

•        up to 2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 that are convertible at the option of the holders into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the such date; and provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00;

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 that is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including this offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given;

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued in connection with this offering; and

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued in connection with this offering.

(2)      The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering includes the following shares to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus):

•        200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price;

•        600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        380,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        3,365,151 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering under future equity agreements that we entered into with certain lenders, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lenders a number of shares of common stock equal to the stated value described in the future equity agreement, which may be the principal amount of the loan or the principal amount of the loan plus a premium, divided by the effective initial public offering price, which total stated value, in the aggregate, is $16,825,751;

•        251,250 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering under a future equity agreement that we entered into with a lender, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lender a number of shares of common stock equal to 75% of all funds advanced by such lender ($1,675,000) divided by the effective initial public offering price; and

•        42,500 shares of common stock that we have agreed to issue to the former shareholders of GSP Nutrition pursuant to the terms of the contribution and exchange agreement.

12

Table of Contents

Summary Financial Information

The following tables summarize certain financial data regarding our business and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

All financial statements included in this prospectus are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The summary financial information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with our historical combined financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere herein. The financial statements contained elsewhere fully represent our financial condition and operations; however, they are not indicative of our future performance.

In accordance with the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, we have not included historical financial statements for GSP Nutrition in this prospectus because the acquisition of GSP Nutrition was not deemed to be significant.

Smart for Life, Inc.

Our summary financial data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our summary financial data as of September 30, 2021 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that our management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations as of the dates and for the periods presented.

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

   

2021

 

2020

 

2020

 

2019

   

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

       

Statements of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

4,794,494

 

 

$

1,406,345

 

 

$

1,959,595

 

 

$

2,364,863

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,328,402

 

 

 

1,232,763

 

 

 

1,831,629

 

 

 

2,316,674

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,466,092

 

 

 

173,582

 

 

 

127,966

 

 

 

48,189

 

Operating expenses

 

 

5,392,865

 

 

 

1,204,756

 

 

 

2,029,700

 

 

 

2,452,092

 

Operating loss

 

 

(3,926,773

)

 

 

(1,031,174

)

 

 

(1,901,734

)

 

 

(2,403,903

)

Total other expense

 

 

(196,116

)

 

 

(394,722

)

 

 

(1,267,284

)

 

 

(611,203

)

Net loss

 

$

(4,122,889

)

 

$

(1,425,896

)

 

$

(3,169,018

)

 

$

(3,015,106

)

 

As of
September 30,
2021

 


As of December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

   

(unaudited)

       

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash

 

$

690,101

 

$

484,949

 

$

12,212

Total current assets

 

 

4,325,462

 

 

768,217

 

 

716,361

Total assets

 

 

16,301,796

 

 

1,967,369

 

 

2,371,575

Total current liabilities

 

 

11,351,643

 

 

6,960,287

 

 

5,978,164

Total liabilities

 

 

19,550,505

 

 

9,093,195

 

 

6,451,434

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

16,301,796

 

$

1,967,369

 

$

2,371,575

13

Table of Contents

Nexus

The summary financial data of Nexus as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended are derived from the audited financial statements of Nexus included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary financial data of Nexus as of September 30, 2021 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 from the unaudited financial statements of Nexus included elsewhere in this prospectus, which include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations of Nexus as of the dates and for the periods presented.

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

   

2021

 

2020

 

2020

 

2019

   

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

       

Statements of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

4,238,330

 

 

$

3,876,096

 

$

5,674,946

 

 

$

3,634,159

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,221,539

 

 

 

2,844,462

 

 

4,353,573

 

 

 

3,109,566

Gross profit

 

 

1,016,791

 

 

 

1,031,634

 

 

1,321,373

 

 

 

524,593

Operating expenses

 

 

914,690

 

 

 

848,474

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

 

437,741

Operating income (loss)

 

 

102,101

 

 

 

183,160

 

 

(115,337

)

 

 

86,852

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

102,101

 

 

 

183,160

 

 

(115,337

)

 

 

86,852

Income tax expense

 

 

(3,052

)

 

 

 

 

(5,863

)

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

99,049

 

 

$

183,160

 

$

(121,200

)

 

$

86,852

 

As of
September 30,
2021

 

As of
December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

   

(unaudited)

       

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash

 

$

44,330

 

$

36,188

 

$

54,917

Total current assets

 

 

169,086

 

 

183,033

 

 

171,526

Total assets

 

 

169,086

 

 

183,033

 

 

171,526

Total current liabilities

 

 

103,396

 

 

216,392

 

 

83,685

Total liabilities

 

 

103,396

 

 

216,392

 

 

83,685

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

169,086

 

$

183,033

 

$

171,526

Doctors Scientific Organica

The summary financial data of Doctors Scientific Organica as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Doctors Scientific Organica included elsewhere in this prospectus.

14

Table of Contents

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Income Statement Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

10,782,192

 

 

$

10,048,642

Cost of goods sold

 

 

4,436,389

 

 

 

4,777,392

Gross profit

 

 

6,345,803

 

 

 

5,271,250

Operating expenses

 

 

4,691,117

 

 

 

3,973,143

Operating income

 

 

1,654,686

 

 

 

1,298,107

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(85,307

)

 

 

315,424

Net income

 

$

1,569,379

 

 

$

1,613,531

 

As of December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

 

$

82,513

 

Total current assets

 

 

2,154,691

 

 

1,567,988

 

Total assets

 

 

3,139,885

 

 

2,822,810

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,160,331

 

 

2,188,673

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,605,515

 

 

2,861,414

 

Total member’s equity (deficit)

 

 

534,370

 

 

(38,604

)

Total liabilities and member’s equity (deficit)

 

$

3,139,885

 

$

2,822,810

 

15

Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and related notes present the historical condensed combined financial information of our company after giving effect to the acquisitions of Doctors Scientific Organica that was completed July 1, 2021 and Nexus that was completed on November 8, 2021. The acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations in accordance with the guidance contained in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations, or ASC 805. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information gives effect to the acquisitions of Doctors Scientific Organica and Nexus based on the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 is presented as if the acquisition of Nexus had occurred on September 30, 2021. The unaudited condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 are presented as if the acquisitions of Doctors Scientific Organica and Nexus had occurred on January 1, 2020.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the SEC. The unaudited pro forma adjustments reflecting the transaction have been prepared in accordance with the guidance for business combinations presented in ASC 805 and reflect the allocation of our purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions based on their estimated fair values. The historical financial information has been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to give effect to pro forma events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with respect to the condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our combined results of operations.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the acquisitions had been affected on the dates previously set forth, nor is it indicative of the future operating results or financial position in combination. Our purchase price allocation was made using our best estimates of fair value, which are dependent upon certain valuation and other analyses. Further, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to the potential impact of anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, cost savings or transaction and integration costs that may result from the acquisitions.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the following:

(a)     The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes of Smart for Life, Inc. for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (which are included elsewhere in this prospectus);

(b)    The audited consolidated financial statements and related notes of Smart for Life, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (which are included elsewhere in this prospectus);

(c)     The unaudited interim financial statements and related notes of Nexus Offers, Inc. for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (which are included elsewhere in this prospectus);

(d)    The audited financial statements and related notes of Nexus Offers, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (which are included elsewhere in this prospectus);

(e)     The unaudited interim financial statements and related notes of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (which are included elsewhere in this prospectus); and

(f)     The audited consolidated financial statements and related notes of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (which are included elsewhere in this prospectus).

16

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

 

Historical Information

               
   

Smart for
Life

 

Nexus

 

Combined

 

Pro Forma Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

 

Notes

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Cash

 

$

690,101

 

 

$

44,330

 

$

734,431

 

 

$

 

 

$

734,431

 

   

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

160,897

 

 

 

124,756

 

 

285,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

285,653

 

   

Inventory

 

 

3,030,957

 

 

 

 

 

3,030,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,030,957

 

   

Related party receivables

 

 

329,883

 

 

 

 

 

329,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

329,883

 

   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

113,624

 

 

 

 

 

113,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

113,624

 

   

Total current assets

 

 

4,325,462

 

 

 

169,086

 

 

4,494,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,494,548

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,298,451

 

 

 

 

 

1,298,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,298,451

 

   

Intangible assets

 

 

9,848,712

 

 

 

 

 

9,848,712

 

 

 

6,037,137

 

 

 

15,885,849

 

 

a

Operating lease right of use asset

 

 

767,294

 

 

 

 

 

767,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

767,294

 

   

Deposits and other assets

 

 

61,877

 

 

 

 

 

61,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,877

 

   

Total assets

 

$

16,301,796

 

 

$

169,086

 

$

16,470,882

 

 

$

6,037,137

 

 

$

22,508,019

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Accounts payable

 

$

1,928,541

 

 

$

101,628

 

$

2,030,169

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,030,169

 

   

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,186,879

 

 

 

1,768

 

 

1,188,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,188,647

 

   

Related party payable

 

 

83,661

 

 

 

 

 

83,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,661

 

   

Deferred revenues

 

 

225,287

 

 

 

 

 

225,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

225,287

 

   

Operating lease obligations,
current

 

 

504,541

 

 

 

 

 

504,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

504,541

 

   

Note payable, current

 

 

7,422,734

 

 

 

 

 

7,422,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,422,734

 

   

Total current liabilities

 

 

11,351,643

 

 

 

103,396

 

 

11,455,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,455,039

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Operating lease obligations, noncurrent

 

 

289,939

 

 

 

 

 

289,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

289,939

 

   

Note payable, noncurrent

 

 

7,908,923

 

 

 

 

 

7,908,923

 

 

 

5,800,000

 

 

 

13,708,923

 

 

c

Total liabilities

 

 

19,550,505

 

 

 

103,396

 

 

19,653,901

 

 

 

5,880,000

 

 

 

25,453,901

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Preferred stock

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

   

Common stock

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

100

 

 

1,487

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

1,387

 

 

b

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,121,869

 

 

 

 

 

8,121,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,121,869

 

   

Accumulated (deficit)

 

 

(11,371,966

)

 

 

65,590

 

 

(11,306,376

)

 

 

237,237

 

 

 

(11,069,139

)

 

b

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

(3,248,709

)

 

 

65,690

 

 

(3,183,019

)

 

 

237,137

 

 

 

(2,945,882

)

   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
(deficit)

 

$

16,301,796

 

 

$

169,086

 

$

16,470,882

 

 

$

6,037,137

 

 

$

22,508,019

 

   

17

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

 

Historical Information

               
   

Smart
for Life

 

Doctors
Scientific
Organica
January 1 to
June 30, 2021

 

Nexus

 

Combined

 

Pro
Forma Adjustments

 

Pro
Forma
Combined

 

Notes

Net sales

 

$

4,794,494

 

 

$

4,772,565

 

 

$

4,238,330

 

 

$

13,805,389

 

 

$

 

 

$

13,805,389

 

   

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,328,402

 

 

 

2,042,966

 

 

 

3,221,539

 

 

 

8,592,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,592,907

 

   

Gross profit

 

 

1,466,092

 

 

 

2,729,599

 

 

 

1,016,791

 

 

 

5,212,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,212,482

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

General and administrative

 

 

5,232,937

 

 

 

2,214,741

 

 

 

914,690

 

 

 

8,362,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,362,368

 

   

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

159,928

 

 

 

82,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

242,714

 

 

 

2,478,252

 

 

 

2,720,966

 

 

a

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,392,865

 

 

 

2,297,527

 

 

 

914,690

 

 

 

8,605,082

 

 

 

2,478,252

 

 

 

11,083,334

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(3,926,773

)

 

 

432,072

 

 

 

102,101

 

 

 

(3,392,600

)

 

 

(2,478,252

)

 

 

(5,870,852

)

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

 

 

 

842,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

842,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

842,477

 

   

Other income

 

 

80,311

 

 

 

7,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,214

 

   

Interest expense

 

 

(276,427

)

 

 

(25,810

)

 

 

 

 

 

(302,237

)

 

 

(952,500

)

 

 

(1,254,737

)

 

c

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(196,116

)

 

 

824,570

 

 

 

 

 

 

628,454

 

 

 

(952,500

)

 

 

(324,046

)

   

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(4,122,889

)

 

 

1,256,642

 

 

 

102,101

 

 

 

(2,764,146

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,194,898

)

   

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,052

)

 

 

(3,052

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,052

)

   

Net (loss) income

 

$

(4,122,889

)

 

$

1,256,642

 

 

$

99,049

 

 

$

(2,767,198

)

 

$

(3,430,752

)

 

$

(6,197,950

)

   

Earnings (loss) per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.30

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.45

)

   

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
and diluted

 

 

13,835,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,835,274

 

   

18

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

Historical Information

               
   

Smart
for Life

 

Doctors Scientific Organica

 

Nexus

 

Combined

 

Pro
Forma Adjustments

 

Pro
Forma Combined

 

Notes

Net sales

 

$

1,959,595

 

 

$

10,782,192

 

 

$

5,674,946

 

 

$

18,416,733

 

 

$

 

 

$

18,416,733

 

   

Cost of goods sold

 

 

1,831,629

 

 

 

4,436,389

 

 

 

4,353,573

 

 

 

10,621,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,621,591

 

   

Gross profit

 

 

127,966

 

 

 

6,345,803

 

 

 

1,321,373

 

 

 

7,795,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,795,142

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

General and administrative

 

 

1,863,087

 

 

 

4,608,331

 

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

 

7,908,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,908,128

 

   

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

166,613

 

 

 

82,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

249,399

 

 

 

3,304,337

 

 

 

3,553,736

 

 

a

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,029,700

 

 

 

4,691,117

 

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

 

8,157,527

 

 

 

3,304,337

 

 

 

11,461,864

 

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(1,901,734

)

 

 

1,654,686

 

 

 

(115,337

)

 

 

(362,385

)

 

 

(3,304,337

)

 

 

(3,666,722

)

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other expense

 

 

(14,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,141

)

   

Interest expense

 

 

(1,253,143

)

 

 

(85,307

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,338,450

)

 

 

(1,270,000

)

 

 

(2,608,450

)

 

c

Total other income
(expense)

 

 

(1,267,284

)

 

 

(85,307

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,352,591

)

 

 

(1,270,000

)

 

 

(2,622,591

)

   

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(3,169,018

)

 

$

1,569,379

 

 

 

(115,337

)

 

 

(1,714,976

)

 

 

(4,574,337

)

 

 

(6,289,313

)

   

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,863

)

 

 

(5,863

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,863

)

   

Net income (loss)

 

$

(3,169,018

)

 

$

1,569,379

 

 

$

(121,200

)

 

$

(1,720,839

)

 

$

(4,574,337

)

 

$

(6,295,176

)

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Earnings (loss) per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.53

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.04

)

   

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

6,031,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,031,685

 

   

19

Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

On February 11, 2020, we entered into securities purchase agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2020 and June 4, 2021, to acquire Doctors Scientific Organica. On July 1, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

On July 21, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on November 8, 2021, to acquire Nexus. On November 8, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at September 30, 2021 combines our historical condensed consolidated balance sheet with the historical condensed balance sheet of Nexus as if the acquisition had occurred on that date. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 combine our historical condensed consolidated statements of operations with the condensed consolidated statements of operations of Doctors Scientific Organica and Nexus as if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2020. The historical financial information is adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to give effect to pro forma events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with respect to the condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our combined results.

2.    Consideration Transferred

Doctors Scientific Organica

Pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement, we paid $6,000,000 in cash and issued two promissory notes to the member of Doctors Scientific Organica. The first promissory note is a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 that bears interest at an annual rate of 6% and the second promissory note is also in the principal amount of $3,000,000, is not convertible, and bears interest at an annual rate of 6%.

The table below summarizes the value of the total consideration given in the transaction.

 

Amount

Cash issued

 

$

6,000,000

Debt issued

 

 

6,000,000

Total consideration

 

$

12,000,000

Nexus

Pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement, we paid $2,200,000 in cash and issued two promissory notes to the stockholders of Nexus. The first promissory note is a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,00 that bears interest at an annual rate of 5% and the second promissory note is also in the principal amount of $1,900,000, is not convertible, and bears interest at an annual rate of 5%.

The table below summarizes the value of the total consideration given in the transaction.

 

Amount

Cash issued

 

$

2,200,000

Debt issued

 

 

3,800,000

Total consideration

 

$

6,000,000

3.    Purchase Price Allocation

Under the acquisition method of accounting outlined in ASC 805, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions are recorded at their acquisition-date fair values and are included in our company’s consolidated financial position. Our unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on the fair value for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed to illustrate the estimated effect of the acquisitions on our condensed consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2021.

20

Table of Contents

As part of the acquisitions, we are not assuming any of the debt associated with Doctors Scientific Organica or Nexus, except for accounts payable balances, the operating lease obligations, and the loans obtained under the CARES Act. Accordingly, the debt of Doctors Scientific Organica and Nexus as reported within the proforma balance sheet is excluded from the consolidated balance sheet on a proforma basis.

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica.

 

Amount

Tangible assets acquired

 

$

3,497,511

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

(1,102,057

)

Intangible assets

 

 

9,604,546

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

12,000,000

 

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition of Nexus.

 

Amount

Tangible assets acquired

 

$

44,330

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

(81,467

)

Intangible assets

 

 

6,037,137

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

6,000,000

 

4.    Pro Forma Adjustments

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are as follows:

(a)     Adjustment to reflect the fair value of the intangible assets acquired in the acquisitions.

The intangible assets acquired from Doctors Scientific Organica have estimated values of:

     

Amount

Non-compete agreements

 

$

540,000

Customer contracts

 

 

6,723,182

Intellectual property

 

 

2,341,364

Total intangible assets

 

$

9,604,546

The estimated useful lives of the acquired intangible assets and the estimated amortization for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

Asset

 

Useful life (months)

 

Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2020

 

Amortization for the nine months ended September 30, 2021

Non-compete agreements

 

36

 

$

180,000

 

$

135,000

Customer contracts

 

60

 

 

1,344,636

 

 

1,008,477

Intellectual property

 

60

 

 

468,273

 

 

351,205

Total

     

$

1,992,909

 

$

1,494,682

The intangible assets acquired from Nexus have estimated values of:

     

Amount

Non-compete agreements

 

$

780,000

Customer contracts

 

 

5,257,137

Total intangible assets

 

$

6,037,137

21

Table of Contents

The estimated useful lives of the acquired intangible assets and the estimated amortization for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

Asset

 

Useful life
(months)

 

Amortization for the year
ended
December 31, 2020

 

Amortization for the nine months ended September 30,
2021

Non-compete agreements

 

36

 

$

260,000

 

$

195,000

Customer contracts

 

60

 

 

1,051,427

 

 

788,571

Total

     

$

1,311,427

 

$

983,571

(b)    Adjustment to reflect the elimination of the ownership interest in Nexus acquired from the sellers.

(c)     Adjustment to reflect the interest associated with the note payables associated with the acquisitions of Doctors Scientific Organica and Nexus.

Pursuant to the terms of the Doctors Scientific Organica securities purchase agreement, the purchase price consisted of a combination of a cash payment and a note payable to the seller. The interest rate associated with the note is 6%.

Our company obtained a loan in the principal amount of $3,000,000 from an institutional lender in order to partially finance the Doctors Scientific Organica acquisition. The interest rate associated with this loan is 15% per annum.

The computed interest expense which would have been incurred had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the respective fiscal periods is included and netted against the eliminated debt interest of Doctors Scientific Organica.

Pursuant to the terms of the Nexus securities purchase agreement, the purchase price consisted of a combination of a cash payment and notes payable to the sellers. The interest rate associated with the note is 5%.

Our company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors in order to partially finance the Nexus acquisition, pursuant to which we sold 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 to such investors for gross proceeds of $2,250,000.

The following table summarized the interest expense calculations presented in the respective periods.

Acquisition

 

Debt

 

Interest
Rate

 

Interest
Expense at
September 30,
2021

 

Interest
Expense at
December 31,
2020

Doctors Scientific Organica

 

$

6,000,000

 

6

%

 

$

270,000

 

$

360,000

Doctors Scientific Organica

 

$

3,000,000

 

15

%

 

$

337,500

 

$

450,000

Nexus

 

$

2,250,000

 

12

%

 

$

202,500

 

$

270,000

Nexus

 

$

3,800,000

 

5

%

 

$

142,500

 

$

190,000

Total

 

 

     

 

 

$

952,500

 

$

1,270,000

22

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing our securities. We have listed below (not necessarily in order of importance or probability of occurrence) what we believe to be the most significant risk factors applicable to us, but they do not constitute all of the risks that may be applicable to us. Any of the following factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history.

We were organized as a Delaware corporation in February 2017. We have a limited history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks encountered by companies in the early stages of development in highly competitive markets, particularly the markets for nutraceuticals and related products. You should consider the frequency with which early-stage businesses encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other adverse factors. These risks are described in more detail below.

We have incurred losses since our inception, and we may not be able to manage our businesses on a profitable basis.

We have generated losses since inception and have relied on cash on hand, sales of securities, external bank lines of credit, and issuance of third-party and related party debt to support our operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, we incurred a pro forma operating loss of $5,870,852 and a pro forma net loss of $6,197,950, and for the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred a pro forma operating loss of $3,666,722 and a pro forma net loss of $6,295,176. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitably or that we will have adequate working capital to meet our obligations as they become due, especially given that we will incur additional expenses relating to becoming a public reporting company. Management believes that our success will depend on our ability to successfully complete additional acquisitions of profitable nutraceutical companies and related products as well as develop our own brands. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in completing acquisitions or any other companies or products, that we will successfully integrate acquired companies, or that we will be able to successfully develop our own brands. We cannot assure you that even if we are successful in completing the acquisitions or in developing our own branded products, we will be successful in profitably managing such companies, acquired assets and brands. We cannot assure you that we will maintain profitability for any period of time or that investors will not lose their entire investment.

The COVID-19 pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. At this time, there continues to be significant volatility and uncertainty relating to the full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it will impact our business, operations and financial results.

Most states and cities have at various times instituted quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Based on the nature of the business in our facilities in Doral and Riviera Beach, neither facility closed or operated at reduced capacity for our production and packaging operations. However, the situation surrounding COVID-19 remains fluid, and we may be required to close or limit capacity in our facilities in response to guidance from applicable government and public health officials, which could adversely affect our operations and revenues.

In addition, we are dependent upon certain contract manufacturers and suppliers and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact certain of our manufacturers and suppliers. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products and raw materials, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such raw materials, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

23

Table of Contents

The global deterioration in economic conditions, which may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending, could also impact our business and demand for our products. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors as a result of the pandemic may also have a material impact on our revenue.

The spread of COVID-19 has also adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

If the COVID-19 pandemic does not continue to slow and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations, including those of our contract manufacturers and suppliers, could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including the effectiveness of vaccines and other treatments for COVID-19, and other new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

If we fail to implement our business plan and complete acquisitions as planned, our mission will fail and our business will suffer accordingly.

Our mission is the creation of a world-class nutraceutical company engaged in the development, manufacture and sales of quality nutraceutical and related health and lifestyle products for distribution to an expanding global marketplace. We expect that our holding company strategy through which we plan to acquire profitable but undervalued target companies and products will enable us to accelerate the development and expansion of our product portfolio, manufacturing capacity and distribution channels. If we are unable execute our strategy of completing acquisitions as planned, we will not be able to fulfill our mission or grow our business.

Our acquisitions may result in significant transaction expenses, integration and consolidation risks, and we may be unable to profitably operate our consolidated company.

We are structured as a holding company and we have executed a buy and hold strategy. We are engaged in the business of acquisition, operation and management of nutraceutical and related products. Our acquisitions may result in significant transaction expenses and present new risks associated with entering additional markets or offering new products and services and integrating the acquired companies. We may not have sufficient management, financial and other resources to integrate companies we acquire or to successfully operate new businesses and we may be unable to profitably operate our expanded company. Moreover, any new businesses that we may acquire, once integrated with our existing operations, may not produce expected or intended results.

24

Table of Contents

We may not be able to manage future growth effectively.

We expect to continue to experience significant growth. Should we keep growing rapidly, our financial, management and operating resources may not expand sufficiently to adequately manage our growth. If we are unable to manage our growth, our costs may increase disproportionately, our future revenues may not grow or may decline, and we may face dissatisfied customers. Our failure to manage our growth may adversely impact our business and the value of your investment.

Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Our future growth, including the potential for future market expansion will require additional capital. We will consider raising additional funds through various financing sources, including the procurement of commercial debt financing. However, there can be no assurance that such funds will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, and operating results may be adversely affected. Any additional debt financing will increase expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility.

Our ability to obtain financing may be impaired by such factors as the capital markets, both generally and specifically in our industry, which could impact the availability or cost of future financings. If the amount of capital we are able to raise from financing activities, together with our revenues from operations, are not sufficient to satisfy our capital needs, we may be required to decrease the pace of, or eliminate, our future product offerings and market expansion opportunities and potentially curtail operations.

Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We believe the nutritional supplement market is highly dependent upon consumer perception regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of nutritional supplements generally, as well as of products distributed specifically by us. Consumer perception of our products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, national media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of nutritional supplements. There can be no assurance that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings or publicity will be favorable to the nutritional supplement market or any particular product, or consistent with earlier publicity. Future research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, earlier research reports, findings or publicity could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Our dependence upon consumer perceptions means that adverse scientific research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity, whether or not accurate or with merit, could have a material adverse effect on us, the demand for our products, and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, adverse publicity reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of nutritional supplements in general, or our products specifically, or associating the consumption of nutritional supplements with illness, could have such a material adverse effect. Such adverse publicity reports or other media attention could arise even if the adverse effects associated with such products resulted from consumers’ failure to consume such products appropriately or as directed.

Our success is linked to the size and growth rate of the vitamin, mineral and supplement market and an adverse change in the size or growth rate of that market could have a material adverse effect on us.

An adverse change in size or growth rate of the vitamin, mineral and supplement market could have a material adverse effect on us. Underlying market conditions are subject to change based on economic conditions, consumer preferences, the impact of COVID-19 and other factors that are beyond our control, including media attention and scientific research, which may be positive or negative.

25

Table of Contents

General economic conditions, including a prolonged macroeconomic downturn, may negatively affect consumer purchases, which could adversely affect our sales, as well as our ability to access credit on terms previously obtained.

Our results are dependent on a number of factors impacting consumer spending, including general economic and business conditions; consumer confidence; wages and employment levels; the housing market; consumer debt levels; availability of consumer credit; credit and interest rates; fuel and energy costs; energy shortages; taxes; and general political conditions, both domestic and abroad. Consumer product purchases, including purchases of our products, may decline during recessionary periods. A prolonged downturn or an uncertain outlook in the economy may materially adversely affect our business, revenues and profits and the market price of our common stock, and we cannot be certain that funding for our capital needs will be available from our existing financial institutions and the credit markets if needed, and if available, to the extent required and on acceptable terms. If we cannot obtain funding when needed, in each case on acceptable terms, we may be unable to adequately fund our operating expenses and fund required capital expenditures, which may have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

We operate in highly competitive and fast-evolving industries, and our failure to compete effectively could affect our market share, financial condition and growth prospects adversely.

The markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions, established and emerging competition, extensive intellectual property disputes and litigation, price competition, aggressive marketing practices, evolving industry standards and changing customer preferences. Accordingly, our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies operating in rapidly changing and competitive markets.

The nutritional supplement industry is a large and growing industry and is highly fragmented in terms of both geographical market coverage and product categories. The market for nutritional supplements is highly competitive in all our channels of distribution. We compete with companies that may have broader product lines or larger sales volumes, or both, than we do, and our products compete with nationally advertised brand name products. These national brand companies have resources greater than ours. Numerous companies compete with us in the development, manufacture and marketing of nutritional supplements worldwide. The market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. We also may face competition from low-cost entrants to the industry, including from international markets. Increased competition from companies that distribute through the wholesale channel, especially the private label market, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows as these competitors may have greater financial and other resources available to them and possess extensive manufacturing, distribution and marketing capabilities far greater than ours. We are also subject to competition in the attraction and retention of employees. Many of our competitors have greater financial resources and can offer employees compensation packages with which it is difficult for us to compete.

As a result of our acquisition of Nexus, we have also entered the digital marketing industry as a way to promote and sell the products and brands that we sell. We compete with other advertising service providers that may reach our target audience by means that are more effective than our services. Further, if such other providers of advertising have a long operating history, large product and service suites, more capital resources and broad international or local recognition, our operating results may be adversely affected if we cannot successfully compete.

The digital advertising market is rapidly developing. Accordingly, the development of the markets in which we operate makes it difficult to evaluate the viability and sustainability of our business and its acceptance by advertisers and clients. We cannot assure you that we will be profitable every year. We expect that our operating expenses will increase as we expand. Any significant failure to realize anticipated revenue growth could result in operating losses.

We may not be able to compete effectively in some or all our markets, and our attempt to do so may require us to reduce our prices, which may result in lower margins. Failure to compete effectively could have a material adverse effect on our market share, business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and growth prospects.

Our major customers account for a significant portion of our consolidated net sales and the loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, Amazon, individually, accounted for 28% and 24% of Doctors Scientific Organica’s net sales, respectively, and 16% and 15% of our pro forma combined net sales, respectively. Additionally, for fiscal 2020, our other significant customer, Costco, individually accounted for 30% of the net sales and 18% of our pro forma combined net sales.

26

Table of Contents

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, Nexus had four and two significant customers representing a total of 54% and 21% of net sales, respectively, and 17% and 5% of our pro forma combined net sales, respectively.

We do not have a long-term contract with any major customer, and the loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our results of operations and ability to service our debt obligations would be impacted negatively to the extent that any major customer is unable to make payments to us or does not make timely payments on outstanding accounts receivables.

Failure to develop new products and production technologies or to implement productivity and cost reduction initiatives successfully may harm our competitive position.

Our business depends significantly on the development of commercially viable new products as well as process technologies. If we are unsuccessful in developing new products and production processes in the future, our competitive position and results of operations may be negatively affected. However, as we invest in new technology, we face the risk of unanticipated operational or commercialization difficulties, including an inability to obtain necessary permits or governmental approvals, the development of competing technologies, failure of facilities or processes to operate in accordance with specifications or expectations, construction delays, cost over-runs, the unavailability of financing, required materials or equipment and various other factors. Likewise, our initiatives to improve productivity and performance and to generate cost savings may not be completed or beneficial or the estimated cost savings from such activities may not be realized.

Resources devoted to product innovation may not yield new products that achieve commercial success.

The development of new and innovative products requires significant investment in research and development and testing of new ingredients, formulas and possibly new production processes. The research and development process can be expensive and prolonged and entails considerable uncertainty. Products may appear promising in development but fail to reach market within the expected time frame, or at all. We may face significant challenges with regard to a key product launch. Further, products also may fail to achieve commercial viability due to pricing competitiveness with other retailers, failure to timely bring the product to market, failure to differentiate the product with our competitors and other reasons. Finally, there is no guarantee that our development teams will be able to successfully respond to competitive products that could render some of our offerings obsolete. Development of a new product, from discovery through testing to the store shelf, typically takes between four to seven months, but may require an even longer timeline if clinical trials are involved. Each of these time periods can vary considerably from product to product and therefore the costs and risks of producing a commercially viable product can increase significantly as time passes.

Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products and services could harm our customer relationships and product sales significantly.

The nutritional supplement industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of us as a source for the latest products, which, in turn, could harm our customer relationships and cause decreases in our net sales. The success of our new product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

•        accurately anticipate customer needs;

•        innovate and develop new products;

•        successfully commercialize new products in a timely manner;

•        price our products competitively;

•        manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and

•        differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.

If any new products fail to gain market acceptance, are restricted by regulatory requirements or have quality problems, this would harm our results of operations. If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could be rendered obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

27

Table of Contents

If we experience product recalls, we may incur significant and unexpected costs, and our business reputation could be adversely affected.

We may be exposed to product recalls and adverse public relations if our products are mislabeled or alleged to cause injury or illness, or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations. A product recall could result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, which would reduce operating profit and cash flow. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention. Product recalls may hurt the value of our brands and lead to decreased demand for our products. Product recalls also may lead to increased scrutiny by federal, state or international regulatory agencies of our operations and increased litigation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating income.

As a manufacturer and distributor of products designed for human consumption, we are subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury. Our products consist of vitamins, minerals, dietary supplements and other ingredients that are classified as foods and dietary supplements, and, in most cases, are not necessarily subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Some of our products contain innovative ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. In addition, some of the products we sell are produced by third-party manufacturers. As a marketer of products manufactured by third parties, we also may be liable for various product liability claims for products we do not manufacture. We have been in the past, and may be in the future, subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that our products include inadequate instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects and interactions with other substances. A product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Insurance coverage, even where available, may not be sufficient to cover losses we may incur.

Our business exposes us to the risk of liabilities arising from our operations. For example, we may be liable for claims brought by users of our products or by employees, customers or other third parties for personal injury or property damage occurring in the course of our operations. We seek to minimize these risks through various insurance contracts from third-party insurance carriers. However, our insurance coverage is subject to large individual claim deductibles, individual claim and aggregate policy limits, and other terms and conditions. We retain an insurance risk for the deductible portion of each claim and for any gaps in insurance coverage. We do not view insurance, by itself, as a material mitigant to these business risks.

We cannot assure that our insurance will be sufficient to cover our losses. Any losses that insurance does not substantially cover could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We rely on our manufacturing operations to produce the vast majority of the nutritional supplements that we sell, and disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications could affect our results of operations adversely.

We currently operate manufacturing facilities in Doral and Riviera Beach, Florida. All our domestic and foreign operations manufacturing products for sale to the United States are subject to good manufacturing practices, or GMPs, promulgated by the FDA and other applicable regulatory standards, including in the areas of environmental protection and worker health and safety. Any significant disruption in our operations at any of these facilities, including any disruption due to any regulatory requirement, could affect our ability to respond quickly to changes in consumer demand and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, we may be exposed to risks relating to the transfer of work between facilities or risks associated with opening new facilities or closing existing facilities that may cause a disruption in our operations. Although we have implemented GMPs in our facilities, there can be no assurance that products manufactured in our plants will not be contaminated or otherwise fail to meet our quality standards. Any such contamination or other quality failures could result in costly recalls, litigation, regulatory actions or damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

28

Table of Contents

We are also dependent on certain third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers.

Some of our own brand of vitamins and supplements, as well as the products we sell under the Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand, are produced by third party contract manufacturers. We also purchase certain important ingredients and raw materials from third-party suppliers. The principal raw materials required in our operations are vitamins, minerals, herbs, gelatin and packaging components. Real or perceived quality control problems with products manufactured by contract manufacturers or raw materials outsourced from certain suppliers could negatively impact consumer confidence in our products, or expose us to liability. In addition, disruption in the operations of any such manufacturer or supplier or material increases in the price of raw materials, for any reason, such as changes in economic and political conditions, tariffs, trade disputes, regulatory requirements, import restrictions, loss of certifications, power interruptions, fires, hurricanes, drought or other climate-related events, war or other events, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Natural disasters (whether or not caused by climate change), unusually adverse weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts and global political events could cause permanent or temporary facility closures, impair our ability to purchase, receive or replenish raw materials or cause customer traffic to decline, all of which could result in lost sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.

The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods and earthquakes (whether or not caused by climate change), unusually adverse weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks (including the recent outbreak of COVID-19), terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in locations where our facilities, contract manufacturers or suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our manufacturing facilities or our corporate headquarters, or impact one or more of our contract manufacturers or key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some local and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our customers, the temporary reduction in the availability of our products, expiration of inventory, future long-lived asset impairment charges and disruption to our information systems. These events also could have indirect consequences, such as increases in the cost of insurance, if they were to result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.

An increase in the price and shortage of supply of key raw materials could adversely affect our business.

Our products are composed of certain key raw materials. If the prices of these raw materials were to increase significantly, the costs to manufacture our products or to purchase products from our contract manufacturers could increase significantly and we may not be able to pass on such increases to our customers. Additionally, in the event any of our, or our contract manufacturer’s, third-party suppliers or vendors become unable or unwilling to continue to provide raw materials in the required volumes and quality levels or in a timely manner, we, or our contract manufacturers, would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement supply sources. If we, or they, are unable to identify and obtain alternative supply sources in a timely manner or at all, our business could be adversely affected. A significant increase in the price of raw materials that cannot be passed on to customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Events such as COVID-19, the threat of political or social unrest, or the perceived threat thereof, may also have a significant impact on raw material prices and transportation costs for our products. In addition, the interruption in supply of certain key raw materials essential to the manufacturing of our products may have an adverse impact on us and our suppliers’ ability to provide us with the necessary products needed to maintain our customer relationships and an adequate level of sales.

General trade tensions between the U.S. and China have been escalating since 2018, with multiple rounds of U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods taking effect, with some subsequently being de-escalated. Furthermore, China or other countries may institute retaliatory trade measures in response to existing or future tariffs imposed by the U.S. that could have a negative impact on our business. If any of these events continue as described, we may need to seek alternative suppliers or vendors, raise prices, or make changes to our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability, results of operations and financial condition.

29

Table of Contents

Our expansion into new business lines and services may result in unseen risks, challenges and uncertainties.

As a result of our acquisition of Nexus in November 2021, we have entered the digital marketing business as a way to promote and sell the products and brands that we sell. Such acquisition may result in unseen risks, challenges and uncertainties. We may incur additional capital expenditure to support the expansion of our business and there is no guarantee that we may increase our revenues generated from such new business. Also, our failure to manage costs and expenses and evaluate consumer demands with respect to such new business could materially and adversely affect the prospects of us achieving overall profitability of and recouping our investments in this new business line. Moreover, this new business line may require significant managerial, financial, operational and other resources, as well as the smooth cooperation with our company. We may also face higher regulatory, legal and counterparty risks from entering this business. If we fail to manage the development of this new business line successfully, our growth potential, business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Declines in foot traffic, rising real estate prices and other costs and risks relating to operating a brick and mortar retail store could affect our results.

On August 24, 2021, we established Smart for Life Canada Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary of Doctors Scientific Organica in Canada. This subsidiary sells retail products through a retail store location in Montreal Canada and the same location also acts as distribution center for our international direct to consumer and big box customers.

The success of our retail store is affected by (1) the location of the store; (2) surrounding tenants or vacancies; (3) increased competition in the area where the store is located; (4) the amount spent on advertising and promotion to attract consumers to the store; and (5) a shift towards online shopping resulting in a decrease in retail store traffic. Declines in consumer traffic could have a negative impact on our net sales and could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, declines in traffic could result in store impairment charges if expected future cash flows of the related asset group do not exceed the carrying value.

We rent this store under a three-year lease agreement ending in September 2024. If we fail to negotiate appropriate terms for new leases or lease renewals, we may incur lease costs that are excessive and cause operating margins to be below acceptable levels. We may also make term commitments that are too long or too short, without the option to exit early or extend. Factors such as the condition of local property markets, availability of lease financing, taxes, zoning and environmental issues, and competitive actions may impact the availability of, and our ability to successfully negotiate, leases. Furthermore, the success of the store depends on a number of factors, including the success of the shopping center where our store is located, consumer demographics and consumer shopping patterns. These factors cannot be predicted with complete accuracy. If we fail to profitably operate this new store, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

Our success is dependent on the accuracy, reliability, and proper use of sophisticated and dependable information processing systems and management information technology and any interruption in these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our success is dependent on the accuracy, reliability, and proper use of sophisticated and dependable information processing systems and management information technology. Our information technology systems are designed and selected to facilitate order entry and customer billing, maintain customer records, accurately track purchases, manage accounting, finance and manufacturing operations, generate reports, and provide customer service and technical support. Any interruption in these systems or any interruption associated with the transition of these systems to a new information technology platform could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

System interruptions or security breaches may affect sales.

Customer access to, and ability to use, our websites affects our sales. If we are unable to maintain and continually enhance the efficiency of our systems, we could experience system interruptions or delays that could affect our operating results negatively. In addition, we could be liable for breaches of security on our websites, loss or misuse of our customers’ personal information or payment data. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect consumer information and prevent fraudulent credit card transactions and other security breaches, failure to prevent or mitigate such fraud or breaches may negatively affect our operating results.

30

Table of Contents

We must successfully maintain and/or upgrade our information technology systems, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on various information technology systems to manage our operations. Recently, we have implemented, and we continue to implement, modifications and upgrades to such systems and acquired new systems with new functionality. These types of activities subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with replacing and changing these systems, including impairment of our ability to fulfill customer orders, potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to implement and operate the new systems, demands on management time and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to or integrating new systems into our current systems. These implementations, modifications and upgrades may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. In addition, the difficulties with implementing new technology systems may cause disruptions in our business operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Privacy protection is increasingly demanding, and we may be exposed to risks and costs associated with security breaches, data loss, credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and loss of revenue, suffer reputational harm with our customers, as well as other risks.

The protection of customer, employee, vendor and other business data is critical to us. We receive confidential customer data, including payment card and personally identifiable information, in the normal course of customer transactions. In order for our sales channels to function, we and other parties involved in processing customer transactions must be able to transmit confidential information, including credit card information, securely over public networks. While we have taken significant steps to protect customer and confidential information, the intentional or negligent actions of employees, business associates or third parties may undermine our security measures and result in unauthorized parties obtaining access to our data systems and misappropriating confidential data. There can be no assurance that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will prevent a compromise of our customer transaction processing capabilities and personal data. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, disable, degrade, or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any compromise of our data security could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws or standards, significant legal and financial exposure beyond the scope or limits of our insurance coverage, interruption of our operations, increased operating costs associated with remediation, equipment acquisitions or disposal, added personnel, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could harm our business or investor confidence. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential information could attract a substantial amount of media attention, damage our reputation, expose us to risk of litigation and material liability, disrupt our operations and harm our business.

Federal, state, provincial and international laws and regulations govern the collection, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our employees, customers and vendors. The regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy has been increasingly demanding in recent years, including the recent implementation of the California Consumer Privacy Act. In Canada, we are subject to Canada’s Personal Information and Protection of Electronic Documents Act, which provides Canadian residents with privacy protections and sets out rules for how companies may collect, use and disclose personal information in the course of commercial activities. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, these and other international data privacy and security laws may limit our business and services and could have a materially adverse impact on our business.

We believe that we are in material compliance with all laws, regulations and self-regulatory regimes that are applicable to us. However, the laws, regulations, and self-regulatory regimes may be modified, and new laws may be enacted in the future that may apply to us and affect our business. Further, data protection authorities may interpret existing laws in new ways. We may deploy new services from time to time, which may also require us to change our compliance practices. Any such developments (or developments stemming from enactment or modification of other laws) or the failure to anticipate accurately the application or interpretation of these laws could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity, increase our future compliance costs, make our products and services less attractive to our customers, or cause us to change or limit our business practices, and materially affect our business and operating results. Further, any failure or perceived failure by us or third-party service providers to comply with international data privacy and security laws may lead to regulatory enforcement actions, fines, private lawsuits or reputational damage.

31

Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights.

We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, proprietary technologies, domain names and similar intellectual property as important to our success. We rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our future employees, consultants, vendors, customers and others to protect our proprietary rights. Many of the trademarks that we use contain words or terms having a somewhat common usage and, as a result, we may have difficulty registering them in certain jurisdictions. We have not yet obtained registrations for our most important marks. If other companies have registered or have been using in commerce similar trademarks for products similar to ours, we may have difficulty in registering, or enforcing an exclusive right to use, our marks.

There can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our proprietary rights will be sufficient or effective, that any pending or future patent and trademark applications will lead to issued patents and registered trademarks in all instances, that others will not develop or patent similar or superior technologies, products, or that our patents, trademarks, and other intellectual property will not be challenged, invalidated, misappropriated or infringed by others. Additionally, the intellectual property laws and enforcement practices of other countries in which our product is or may in the future be offered may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use, our brand image may be harmed, and our business and results of operations may suffer.

Assertions by third parties of infringement, misappropriation or other violation by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and operating results.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in many technology-based industries. Any infringement, misappropriation or related claims, whether or not meritorious, is time-consuming, diverts technical and management personnel and is costly to resolve. As a result of any such dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing technology, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease providing our product or take other actions to resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us. Any of these events could result in increases in operating expenses, limit our product offerings or result in a loss of business.

We may be required to indemnify our vendors and/or customers, the payment of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We provide certain rights of indemnification to our vendors and/or customers in certain circumstances. If any plaintiff is successful in certifying a class and thereafter prevailing on the merits of their complaint, such an adverse result could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, due to the nature and scope of the indemnity and defense we will likely need to provide, the legal fees associated with such indemnification could be significant enough to have a material adverse effect on our cash flows until such matters are fully and finally resolved.

Compliance with new and existing laws and governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.

The processing, formulation, safety, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, or the CPSC, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or the USDA, and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA. These activities are also regulated by various state, local and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our products, which could result in lost revenues and increased costs to us. For instance, the FDA regulates, among other things, the composition, safety, manufacture, labeling and marketing of dietary ingredients and dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other dietary ingredients for human use). Dietary supplements and dietary ingredients that do not comply with FDA’s regulations and/or the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 will be deemed adulterated or misbranded. Manufacturers and distributors of dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are prohibited from marketing products that are adulterated or misbranded, and the FDA may take enforcement action against any adulterated or misbranded dietary supplement on the market. The FDA has broad enforcement powers. If we violate applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA may bring enforcement actions against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. The FDA may not accept the

32

Table of Contents

evidence of safety for any new ingredient that we may wish to market, may determine that a particular supplement or ingredient presents an unacceptable health risk based on the required submission of serious adverse events or other information, and may determine that a particular claim or statement of nutritional value that we use to support the marketing of a supplement is an impermissible drug claim, is not substantiated, or is an unauthorized version of a “health claim.” See “Business — Regulation — Food and Drug Administration” for additional information. Any of these actions could prevent us from marketing particular nutritional supplement products or making certain claims or statements with respect to those products. The FDA could also require us to remove a particular product from the market. Any future recall or removal would result in additional costs to us, including lost revenues from any products that we are required to remove from the market, any of which could be material. Any product recalls or removals could also lead to an increased risk of litigation and liability, substantial costs, and reduced growth prospects.

Additional or more stringent laws and regulations of dietary supplements and other products have been considered from time to time. These developments could require reformulation of some products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of some products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of some products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, or other new requirements. Any of these developments could increase our costs significantly. In addition, regulators’ evolving interpretation of existing laws could have similar effects.

Our failure to comply with FTC regulations could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.

The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and requires that all advertising to consumers be truthful and non-misleading. The FTC actively monitors the dietary supplement space and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in substantial monetary penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations that may increase our cost of operations or expose us to environmental liabilities.

We are subject, directly or indirectly, to numerous federal, state, local and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing our operations, including the handling, transportation and disposal of our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from our operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in their processes could also cause us to incur additional capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. Any failure by us to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements could result in the limitation or suspension of our operations, including operations at our manufacturing facility. We also could incur monetary fines, civil or criminal sanctions, third-party claims or cleanup or other costs as a result of violations of or liabilities under such requirements.

We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at our facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to sell or lease our properties, or to use them as collateral for financing.

Failure to comply with federal, state and international privacy, data protection, marketing and consumer protection laws, regulations and industry standards, or the expansion of current or the enactment or adoption of new privacy, data protection, marketing and consumer protection laws, regulations or industry standards, could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign laws, regulations and industry standards regarding privacy, data protection, data security, marketing and consumer protection, which address the collection, storing, sharing, using, processing, disclosure and protection of data relating to individuals, as well as the tracking of consumer behavior

33

Table of Contents

and other consumer data. We are also subject to laws, regulations and industry standards relating to endorsements and influencer marketing. Many of these laws, regulations and industry standards are changing and may be subject to differing interpretations, are costly to comply with or inconsistent among jurisdictions. For example, the FTC expects companies like ours to comply with guidelines issued under the Federal Trade Commission Act that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and storage of consumer information, and establish principles relating to notice, consent, access and data integrity and security. The laws and regulations in many foreign countries relating to privacy, data protection, data security, marketing and consumer protection often are more restrictive than in the United States, and may in some cases be interpreted to have a greater scope. Additionally, the laws, regulations and industry standards, both foreign and domestic, relating to privacy, data protection, data security, marketing and consumer protection are dynamic and may be expanded or replaced by new laws, regulations or industry standards.

We strive to comply with applicable laws, policies, contractual and other legal obligations and certain applicable industry standards of conduct relating to privacy, data security, data protection, marketing and consumer protection. However, these obligations and standards of conduct often are complex, vague, and difficult to comply with fully, and it is possible that these obligations and standards of conduct may be interpreted and applied in new ways and/or in a manner that is inconsistent with each other or that new laws, regulations or other obligations may be enacted. It is possible that our practices may be argued or held to conflict with applicable laws, policies, contractual or other legal obligations, or applicable industry standards of conduct relating to privacy, data security, data protection, marketing or consumer protection. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any data-related consent orders, FTC, other regulatory requirements or orders or other federal, state or, as we continue to expand internationally, international privacy, data security, data protection, marketing or consumer protection-related laws, regulations, contractual obligations or self-regulatory principles or other industry standards could result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or could result in a loss of consumers. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business.

We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. For instance, with the increased focus on the use of data for advertising, the anticipation and expectation of future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impact us. In addition, as we expand our data analytics and other data related product offerings there may be increased scrutiny on our use of data and we may be subject to new and unexpected regulations. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could, for example, impair our ability to collect or use information that we utilize to provide targeted digital promotions and media to consumers, thereby impairing our ability to maintain and grow our total customers and increase revenues. Future restrictions on the collection, use, sharing or disclosure of our users’ data or additional requirements for express or implied consent of users for the use and disclosure of such information could require us to modify our solutions, possibly in a material manner, and could limit our ability to develop or outright prohibit new solutions and features. Any such new laws, regulations, other legal obligations or industry standards, or any changed interpretation of existing laws, regulations or other standards may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. If our measures fail to comply with current or future laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations or industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, data security, marketing or consumer protection, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, fines or other liabilities, as well as negative publicity and a potential loss of business. Moreover, if future laws, regulations, other legal obligations or industry standards, or any changed interpretations of the foregoing limit our ability to store, process and share personally identifiable information or other data, demand for our products could decrease, our costs could increase, our revenue growth could slow, and our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We are exposed to potential liability for information on our customers’ websites and for products and services sold through their websites and we may incur significant costs and damage to our reputation as a result of defending against such potential liability.

We are exposed to potential liability for information on our customers’ websites. We could be exposed to liability with respect to such third-party information such as their products, links to third-party websites, advertisements and content provided by customers. Among other things, we may face assertions that, by directly or indirectly providing such third-party content or links to other websites, we should be liable for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other actions by parties providing such content or operating those websites. We may also face assertions that content on our publishers and advertisers’ websites, including statistics or other data we compile

34

Table of Contents

internally, or information contained in websites linked to our websites contains false information, errors or omissions, and users and our customers could seek damages for losses incurred as a result of their reliance upon or otherwise relating to incorrect information. We may also be subject to fines and other sanctions by the government for such incorrect information. In addition, our services could be used as a platform for fraudulent transactions and third party products and services sold through us may be defective. The measures we take to guard against liability for third-party content, information, products and services may not be adequate to exonerate us from relevant civil and other liabilities.

Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming to defend and result in litigation and significant diversion of management’s attention and resources. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, we could incur significant costs in investigating and defending against these claims and suffer damage to our reputation.

If the use of third-party cookies or other tracking technology is rejected by Internet users, restricted by third parties outside of our control, or otherwise subject to unfavorable regulation, our performance could decline and we could lose customers and revenue.

We use a number of technologies to collect information about our customers. For instance, we use small text files (referred to as “cookies”), placed through an Internet browser on an Internet user’s machine which corresponds to a data set that we keep on our servers, to gather important data. Our cookies collect anonymous information, such as when an Internet user views an advertisement, clicks on an advertisement, or visits one of our advertisers’ websites. In some countries, including countries in the European Economic Area, this information may be considered personal information under applicable data protection laws. On mobile devices, we may also obtain location-based information about the user’s device through our cookies or other tracking technologies. We use these technologies to achieve our campaign goals, to ensure that the same Internet user does not unintentionally see the same media too frequently, to report aggregate information regarding the performance of our digital promotions and marketing campaigns, and to detect and prevent fraudulent activity throughout our network.

Cookies may easily be deleted or blocked by Internet users. All of the most commonly used Internet browsers (including Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, and Safari) allow Internet users to prevent cookies from being accepted by their browsers. Internet users can also delete cookies from their computers at any time. Some Internet users also download “ad blocking” software that prevents cookies from being stored on a user’s computer. If more Internet users adopt these settings or delete their cookies more frequently than they currently do, our business could be harmed. In addition, the Safari and Firefox browsers blocks third-party cookies by default, and other browsers may do so in the future. Unless such default settings in browsers were altered by Internet users to permit the placement of third-party cookies, we would be able to set fewer of our cookies in users’ browsers, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, companies such as Google have publicly disclosed their intention to move away from cookies to another form of persistent unique identifier, or ID, to identify individual Internet users or Internet-connected devices in the bidding process on advertising exchanges. If companies do not use shared IDs across the entire ecosystem, this could have a negative impact on our ability to find the same anonymous user across different web properties, and reduce the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.

In addition, in the European Union, or EU, Directive 2009/136/EC, commonly referred to as the “Cookie Directive,” directs EU member states to ensure that collecting information on an Internet user’s computer, such as through a cookie, is allowed only if the Internet user has appropriately given his or her prior freely given, specific, informed and unambiguous consent. Similarly, this Directive which also contains specific rules for the sending of marketing communications, limits the use of marketing texts messages and e-mails. Additionally, an e-Privacy Regulation, which will replace the Cookie Directive with requirements that could be stricter in certain respects, apply directly to activities within the EU without the need to be transposed in each member state’s law, and could impose stricter requirements regarding the use of cookies and marketing e-mails and text messages and additional penalties for noncompliance, has been proposed, although at this time it is unclear whether it will be approved as it is currently drafted or when its requirements will be effective. We may experience challenges in obtaining appropriate consent to our use of cookies from consumers or to send marketing communications to consumers within the EU, which may affect our ability to run promotions and our operating results and business in European markets, and we may not be able to develop or implement additional tools that compensate for the lack of data associated with cookies. Moreover, even if we are able to do so, such additional tools may be subject to further regulation, time consuming to develop or costly to obtain, and less effective than our current use of cookies.

35

Table of Contents

Economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.

On August 24, 2021, we established Smart for Life Canada Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary of Doctors Scientific Organica in Canada. This subsidiary sells retail products through a retail store location in Montreal Canada and the same location also acts as distribution center for our international direct to consumer and big box customers. We maintain inventory and employees at this location. We have sales outside of the United States. For fiscal 2020, international sales represented approximately 18% of our net sales (on a pro forma combined basis). We intend to expand our international presence as part of our business strategy. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will amplify the effects of these risks, which include, among others:

•        differences in culture, economic and labor conditions and practices;

•        the policies of the U.S. and foreign governments;

•        disruptions in trade relations and economic instability;

•        differences in enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights;

•        social and political unrest;

•        natural disasters, terrorist attacks, pandemics or other catastrophic events;

•        complex, varying and changing government regulations and legal standards and requirements, particularly with respect to tax regulations, price protection, competition practices, export control regulations and restrictions, customs and tax requirements, immigration, anti-boycott regulations, data privacy, intellectual property, anti-corruption and environmental compliance, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

•        greater difficulty enforcing intellectual property rights and weaker laws protecting such rights; and

•        greater difficulty in accounts receivable collections and longer collection periods;

We are also affected by domestic and international laws and regulations applicable to companies doing business abroad or importing and exporting goods and materials. These include tax laws, laws regulating competition, anti-bribery/anti-corruption and other business practices, and trade regulations, including duties and tariffs. Compliance with these laws is costly, and future changes to these laws may require significant management attention and disrupt our operations. Additionally, while it is difficult to assess what changes may occur and the relative effect on our international tax structure, significant changes in how U.S. and foreign jurisdictions tax cross-border transactions could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

Our results of operations and financial position are also impacted by changes in currency exchange rates. Unfavorable currency exchange rates between the US Dollar and foreign currencies, particularly the Canadian dollar, could adversely affect us in the future. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may present challenges in comparing operating performance from period to period.

There are other risks that are inherent in our Canadian and other international operations, including the potential for changes in socio-economic conditions, laws and regulations, including, among others, competition, import, export, labor and environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and monetary and fiscal policies, protectionist measures that may prohibit acquisitions or joint ventures, or impact trade volumes, unsettled political conditions; government-imposed plant or other operational shutdowns, backlash from foreign labor organizations related to our restructuring actions, corruption; natural and man-made disasters, hazards and losses, violence, civil and labor unrest, and possible terrorist attacks.

Additionally, if the opportunity arises, we may expand our operations into new and high-growth international markets. However, there is no assurance that we will expand our operations in such markets in our desired time frame. To expand our operations into new international markets, we may enter into business combination transactions, make acquisitions or enter into strategic partnerships, joint ventures or alliances, any of which may be material. We may enter into these transactions to acquire other businesses or products to expand our products or take advantage of new

36

Table of Contents

developments and potential changes in the industry. Our lack of experience operating in new international markets and our lack of familiarity with local economic, political and regulatory systems could prevent us from achieving the results that we expect on our anticipated time frame or at all. If we are unsuccessful in expanding into new or high-growth international markets, it could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our international operations require us to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions in which we do business.

Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions, and our failure to successfully comply with these rules and regulations may expose us to liabilities. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees, and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires us to maintain adequate record- keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately reflect our transactions. As part of our business, we may deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. As a result of the above activities, we are exposed to the risk of violating anti-corruption laws. Violations of these legal requirements are punishable by criminal fines and imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, debarment from government contracts as well as other remedial measures. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and our personnel in complying with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we may engage, and such a violation could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends on the experience and skill of our board of directors, executive officers and key personnel, whom we may not be able to retain and we may not be able to hire enough additional personnel to meet our needs.

We are dependent on Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr. (Executive Chairman), Ryan F. Zackon (CEO), Darren C. Minton (President), and Alan B. Bergman (Chief Financial Officer). There can be no assurance that they will continue to be employed by us for a particular period of time. The loss of any member of the board of directors or executive officer or advisors could harm our business, financial condition, cash flow and results of operations.

The success of our strategy will depend on a well-defined management structure and the availability of a management team with proven competencies in the identification, acquisition and integration of complementary companies and assets. To implement our business plan, we will need to keep the personnel that we currently have and, if our business is to grow as planned, we will need additional personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining our present team or in attracting and retaining additional personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel or are unable to do so in a cost-effective manner, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Although dependent on certain key personnel, we do not have any key man life insurance policies on any such people.

We are dependent on our management team to conduct our operations and execute our business plan, however, we have not purchased any insurance policies with respect to the management in the event of the death or disability of any of our key managers. Therefore, if any of the members of our management team dies or becomes disabled, we will not receive any compensation to assist with his absence.

We may be a party to lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of business.

We may be a party to lawsuits in the future (including product liability, false advertising, and intellectual property claims) that arise in the ordinary course of business. The possibility of such litigation, and its timing, is in large part outside our control. It is possible that future litigation could arise that could have material adverse effects on us.

37

Table of Contents

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, and we will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company.

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, and we expect to incur additional costs related to operating as a public company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, and proxy and other information statements, as well as the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and the listing requirements of Nasdaq (if our common stock is approved for listing), each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, we will be required to, among other things:

•        prepare and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other stockholder communications in compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and Nasdaq rules;

•        expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees thereof and management;

•        hire additional financial and accounting personnel and other experienced accounting and finance staff with the expertise to address complex accounting matters applicable to public companies;

•        institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance procedures;

•        involve and retain, to a greater degree, outside counsel and accountants to assist us with the activities listed above;

•        build and maintain an investor relations function;

•        establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures;

•        comply with the initial listing and maintenance requirements of Nasdaq; and

•        comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We expect these rules and regulations, and any future changes in laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, which have created uncertainty for public companies, to increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases, due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These increased costs may require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report we file with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a non-accelerated filer or no longer an emerging growth company if we take advantage of the exemptions available to us through the JOBS Act.

38

Table of Contents

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. As we transition to the requirements of reporting as a public company, we may need to add additional finance staff. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when they are required to issue such opinion, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our stock price.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Once our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, there can be no assurance that an active market in which investors can resell their shares of our common stock will develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. As a condition to consummating this offering, our common stock offered in this prospectus must be listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. Accordingly, we have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “SMFL.” Assuming that our common stock is listed and after the consummation of this offering, there can be no assurance any broker will be interested in trading our stock. Therefore, it may be difficult to sell your shares of common stock if you desire or need to sell them. Our underwriters are not obligated to make a market in our common stock, and even if they make a market, they can discontinue market making at any time without notice. Neither we nor the underwriters can provide any assurance that an active and liquid trading market in our common stock will develop or, if developed, that such market will continue.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to several factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

•        actual or anticipated variations in our periodic operating results;

•        increases in market interest rates that lead investors of our common stock to demand a higher investment return;

•        changes in earnings estimates;

•        changes in market valuations of similar companies;

•        actions or announcements by our competitors;

•        adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        actions by stockholders;

•        speculation in the media, online forums, or investment community; and

•        our intentions and ability to list our common stock on Nasdaq and our subsequent ability to maintain such listing.

39

Table of Contents

The public offering price of our units has been determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based upon many factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the closing of this offering. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

We may not be able to maintain a listing of our common stock on Nasdaq.

If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we fail to meet any of Nasdaq’s continued listing standards or we violate Nasdaq listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.

There is no public market for the series B convertible preferred stock or warrants being offered.

There is no established public trading market for the series B convertible preferred stock or warrants being offered pursuant to this offering, nor do we expect such a market to develop. We do not intend to apply to list any series B convertible preferred stock or warrants on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system, including Nasdaq. Without an active market, the liquidity of such series B convertible preferred stock and warrants will be limited.

Holders of the warrants purchased pursuant to this offering will have no rights as stockholders until such holders exercise the warrants and acquire our common stock.

Holders of the warrants purchased in this offering only acquire our common stock upon exercise thereof, meaning holders will have no rights with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying such warrants. Upon the exercise of any of the warrants purchased, such holders will be entitled to exercise the rights of a stockholders only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date. The warrants are speculative in nature. The series A warrants being sold in this offering have an exercise price of $             per share (or 70% of the unit offering price) and will expire on the fifth anniversary from the issuance date and the series B warrants being sold in this offering have an exercise price of $ per share (or 100% of the unit offering price) and will expire on the fifth anniversary from the issuance. In the event our common stock price does not exceed the per share exercise price of the warrants during the period when such warrants are exercisable, such warrants will not have any value.

If you purchase series B convertible preferred stock in lieu of common stock in this offering, as a holder of series B convertible preferred stock, you will have no rights as a common stockholder with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the series B convertible preferred stock until you acquire our common stock.

If you purchase series B convertible preferred stock in lieu of common stock in this offering, until you acquire our common stock upon conversion of your series B convertible preferred stock, you will have no rights with respect to the common stock underlying the series B convertible preferred stock. Upon conversion of your series B convertible preferred stock, you will be entitled to exercise the rights of a common stockholder only as to matters for which the record date for actions to be taken by our common stockholders occurs after the date you convert your series B convertible preferred stock.

Our series B convertible preferred stock will rank junior to all our liabilities to third party creditors, and to any class or series of our capital stock created after this offering specifically ranking by its terms senior to the series B convertible preferred stock, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or winding up of our assets.

In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or winding up, our assets will be available to pay obligations on our series B convertible preferred stock only after all our liabilities have been paid. Our series B convertible preferred stock will effectively rank junior to all existing and future liabilities held by third party creditors. The terms of our series B convertible preferred stock do not restrict our ability to raise additional capital in the future through the issuance of debt or senior series of preferred stock. Our series B convertible preferred stock will also rank junior to any class or

40

Table of Contents

series of our capital stock created after this offering specifically ranking by its terms senior to the series B convertible preferred stock. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or winding up, there may not be sufficient assets remaining, after paying our liabilities, to pay amounts due on any or all of our series B convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds that are allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering that are allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes in ways that holders of our common stock may not desire or that may not yield a significant return or any return at all. Our management not applying these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may also invest the net proceeds from this offering that are allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Please see “Use of Proceeds” below for more information.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

As of September 30, 2021, our pro forma deficiency in net tangible book value was $(13,097,421), or $(0.94) per share. Since the effective price per share of our common stock underlying the units being offered in this offering is substantially higher than the pro forma net deficiency in tangible book value per share of our common stock, you will suffer substantial dilution with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock underlying the units you purchase in this offering. If the holders of outstanding options or warrants exercise those options or warrants at prices below the offering price, you will incur even further dilution.

In addition, if upon the earlier of (i) 10 trading days from the issuance date of the series B warrants or (ii) the time when $10.0 million of volume is traded in our common stock, if the volume weighted average price of our common stock on any trading day on or after the date of issuance fails to exceed the exercise price of the series B warrants, the series B warrants can be exercised on a “cashless” basis for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, regardless of whether the market price of our common stock is above the exercise price, which may result in additional dilution and no additional proceeds to us in connection with such exercises. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our common stock will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units part of this offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a unit between the common stock, the series A warrant and the series B warrant included in each unit could be challenged by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or courts. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders” for a summary of the U.S. federal income tax considerations of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when acquiring, owning or disposing of our securities.

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future, as we anticipate that we will invest future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Therefore, holders of our common stock will not receive any return on their investment unless they sell their securities, and holders may be unable to sell their securities on favorable terms or at all.

If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

Any trading market for our common stock may be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume

41

Table of Contents

of our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and would result in the dilution of your holdings.

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities, or the future expirations of lock-up agreements, on the price of our common stock. In all events, future issuances of our common stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur, or the perception that locked-up parties will sell their securities when the lock-ups expire, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a lock-up agreement that prevents us, subject to certain exceptions, from offering additional shares of capital stock for up to 12 months after the closing of this offering, as further described in the section titled “Underwriting.” In addition to any adverse effects that may arise upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, the lock-up provisions in these agreements may be waived, at any time and without notice. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our common stock may become available for resale, subject to applicable law, including without notice, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which could rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred stock in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return, if any, they may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain a listing on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock could be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

42

Table of Contents

We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies, including but not limited to:

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

•        being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

Because we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, and limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

•        permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

•        provide that directors may only be removed by the majority of the shares of voting stock then outstanding; and

•        establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

43

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in, but not limited to, the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•        our goals and strategies;

•        our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

•        expected changes in our revenue, costs or expenditures;

•        growth of and competition trends in our industry;

•        our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our products;

•        our expectations regarding our relationships with investors, institutional funding partners and other parties we collaborate with;

•        our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

•        fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in the markets in which we operate; and

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Although we will become a public company after this offering and have ongoing disclosure obligations under United States federal securities laws, we do not intend to update or otherwise revise the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

44

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

After deducting the estimated underwriters’ commissions and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $15,819,000 from this offering (or approximately $18,276,000 if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from the exercise of the warrants unless such warrants are exercised for cash.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $1,638,000, assuming that the number of units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (i) to pay off all debt that we owe to various note holders and term loan holders, including all principal, interest and any prepayment or other fees, and (ii) for working capital and general corporate purposes. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our estimated use of our net proceeds as we currently expect to use them. For purposes of calculation of the loan payoff amounts, we have used a payoff date of January 31, 2022. Additional interest will accrue at the given rates from January 31, 2022 to the closing date of this offering.

 

Amount without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Amount with
Over-Allotment
Option

Repayment of promissory notes(1)

 

$

5,682,546

 

$

5,682,546

Repayment of promissory notes(2)

 

 

411,765

 

 

411,765

Repayment of term loan(3)

 

 

1,614,906

 

 

1,614,906

Repayment of term loan(4)

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

3,000,000

Working capital and general corporate

 

 

5,109,783

 

 

7,566,783

Total use of proceeds

 

$

15,819,000

 

$

18,276,000

____________

(1)      Since inception, we have issued unsecured promissory notes to various lenders. The proceeds of these loans were used to acquire Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing in 2018, for machinery purchases and for working capital from 2018 to 2020. These notes accrue interest at rates between 12-15% and have various original maturity dates ranging from March 2019 to March 2023, some of which have been extended to the closing of this offering. We are in the process of extending all maturity dates to the earlier of the closing of this offering or March 2023. Although some of these notes have matured, we have not received any demands for payment, and are therefore not in default under the notes. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of these notes was $3,916,325.

(2)      In December 2021 and January 2022, we issued original issue discount secured subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $411,765 to certain investors. These notes bear interest at 15% per annum and are due on the earlier of completion of this offering or February 15, 2022.

(3)      On December 18, 2020, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Peah Capital, LLC for a term loan in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000, which was amended on April 27, 2021 to increase the loan amount to $1,625,000. In connection with such amendment, on April 27, 2021, we issued a second amended and restated promissory note to Peah Capital, LLC in the principal amount of $1,625,000. The proceeds of this loan were used for material purchases and for working capital from 2020 to 2021. The loan bears interest at a rate of 17.5% per annum, provided that upon an event of default, such rate shall increase to 25% per annum. The loan is due and payable on the earlier of: (i) eighteen (18) months from the date of the note or (ii) upon completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $1,614,906.

(4)      On July 1, 2021, we entered into a loan agreement with Diamond Creek Capital, LLC for a term loan in the principal amount of up to $3,000,000 and issued a term loan promissory note to Diamond Creek Capital, LLC in the principal amount of $3,000,000. The proceeds of this loan were used to acquire Doctors Scientific Organica. The loan bears interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, provided that upon an event of default, such rate shall increase by 5%. The loan is due and payable on the earlier of July 1, 2022 or upon completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $3,000,000.

45

Table of Contents

For additional details regarding these loans, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.

We have no specific plans for the use of the proceeds allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes and do not plan to use the proceeds to fund any of our planned acquisitions. Our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering with respect to working capital and general corporate uses. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and the Ownership of Our Common Stock — Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes.

46

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Holders of our series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 7.5% of the stated value per share ($1,000) per annum, which shall increase to 15% per annum after November 23, 2021 and 24% per annum after December 31, 2021; provided, however, that no dividends shall accrue following the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.”

47

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2021:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect the acquisition of Nexus and the related private placement of debentures described herein;

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the issuance of 57,223 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of GSP Nutrition, (ii) the recent private placement of notes and warrants described herein and (iii) the conversion of certain debt and issuance of the following shares concurrent with the closing of this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus):

•        200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price;

•        600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        380,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        3,365,151 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering under future equity agreements that we entered into with certain lenders, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lenders a number of shares of common stock equal to the stated value described in the future equity agreement, which may be the principal amount of the loan or the principal amount of the loan plus a premium, divided by the effective initial public offering price, which total stated value, in the aggregate, is $16,825,751;

•        251,250 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering under a future equity agreement that we entered into with a lender, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lender a number of shares of common stock equal to 75% of all funds advanced by such lender ($1,675,000) divided by the effective initial public offering price; and

•        42,500 shares of common stock that we have agreed to issue to the former shareholders of GSP Nutrition pursuant to the terms of the contribution and exchange agreement; and

•        on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of 1,800,000 units by us in this offering at an assumed price to the public of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and/or warrants from us).

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the public offering price of the units and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

48

Table of Contents

 

September 30, 2021

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma – Acquisition

 

Pro Forma – Equity Issuances/Debt Conversion

 

As Adjusted

Cash

 

$

690,101

 

 

$

734,431

 

 

$

734,431 

 

 

$

16,553,431 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable

 

$

15,331,657

 

 

$

21,131,657

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred Stock, $0.0001 par
value, 8,000 shares authorized; 8,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and as adjusted

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 13,870,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma (acquisition); 18,766,124 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (equity issuances/debt conversion); and 20,566,124 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

1,877

 

 

 

2,057

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,121,869

 

 

 

8,121,869

 

 

 

23,940,379

 

 

 

26,397,199

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(11,371,966

)

 

 

(11,069,139

)

 

 

(11,069,139

)

 

 

(11,069,139

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

(3,248,709

)

 

 

(2,945,882

)

 

 

12,873,118

 

 

 

15,330,118

 

Total capitalization

 

$

12,082,948

 

 

$

18,185,775

 

 

$

12,873,118 

 

 

$

15,330,118 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), assuming no change in the number of units to be sold, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $1,638,000, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above excludes the following shares:

•        1,450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $0.01 per share;

•        up to 550,000 additional shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan;

•        up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan;

•        11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding series A convertible preferred stock;

•        13,437,845 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price per share that is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price for this offering;

•        1,382,441 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share;

•        up to 2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 that are convertible at the option of the holders into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the such date; and provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00;

49

Table of Contents

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 that is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including this offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given;

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued in connection with this offering; and

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued in connection with this offering.

50

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock and warrants, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per unit and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering.

Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the total number of our shares of common stock outstanding. The deficiency in net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2021 was approximately $(13,097,421), or approximately $(0.94) per share. After giving effect to (i) the acquisition of Nexus and related private placement of debentures described herein, (ii) the issuance of 57,223 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of GSP Nutrition, (iii) the recent private placement of notes and warrants described herein and (iv) the conversion of certain debt and issuance of shares concurrent with the closing of this offering as described in more detail under “Capitalization” above, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2021 is approximately $2,299,926, or approximately $0.12 per share.

After giving effect to the sale of 1,800,000 units in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued pursuant to this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2021 would have been approximately $20,299,926, or approximately $0.99 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of approximately $0.86 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $9.01 per share to purchasers of units in this offering, as illustrated by the following table:

Assumed initial public offering price per unit

 

 

 

 

 

$

10.00

Historical deficiency in net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2021

 

$

(0.94

)

 

 

 

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

 

 

1.07

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2021

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

 

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing units in this offering

 

 

0.86

 

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.99

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing units in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

9.01

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase            additional shares and/or warrants in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock after this offering would be $1.10 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of approximately $0.98 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $8.90 per share to the investors in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

To the extent that outstanding options or warrants have been or may be exercised or other shares issued, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The following table sets forth the total number of shares of common stock previously issued and sold to existing investors, the total consideration paid for the foregoing and the average price per share of common stock paid, or to be paid, by existing owners and by the new investors. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriter commissions and offering expenses, in each case payable by us, and assumes no exercise of the warrants included in the units.

 


Share Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

 

18,766,124

 

91.25

%

 

$

1,877

 

0.01

%

 

$

0.0001

New investors

 

1,800,000

 

8.75

%

 

$

18,000,000

 

99.99

%

 

$

10.00

Total

 

20,566,124

 

100.00

%

 

$

18,001,877

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

51

Table of Contents

The number of shares included in “Existing Stockholders” above includes the following shares to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus):

•        200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price;

•        600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        380,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        3,365,151 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering under future equity agreements that we entered into with certain lenders, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lenders a number of shares of common stock equal to the stated value described in the future equity agreement, which may be the principal amount of the loan or the principal amount of the loan plus a premium, divided by the effective initial public offering price, which total stated value, in the aggregate, is $16,825,751;

•        251,250 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of this offering under a future equity agreement that we entered into with a lender, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lender a number of shares of common stock equal to 75% of all funds advanced by such lender ($1,675,000) divided by the effective initial public offering price; and

•        42,500 shares of common stock that we have agreed to issue to the former shareholders of GSP Nutrition pursuant to the terms of the contribution and exchange agreement.

However, the table above does not including the following:

•        1,450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $0.01 per share;

•        up to 550,000 additional shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan;

•        up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan;

•        11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding series A convertible preferred stock;

•        13,437,845 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price per share that is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price for this offering;

•        1,382,441 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share;

•        up to 2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 that are convertible at the option of the holders into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the such date; and provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00;

52

Table of Contents

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 that is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including this offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given;

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued in connection with this offering; and

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued in connection with this offering.

53

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, acquisition, operation and sale of a broad spectrum of nutritional and related products with an emphasis on health and wellness. Structured as a global holding company, we are executing a buy-and-build strategy with serial accretive acquisitions creating a vertically integrated company with an objective of aggregating companies generating a minimum of $300 million in revenues within the next thirty-six months. To drive growth and earnings, we are developing proprietary products as well as acquiring other profitable companies, encompassing brands, manufacturing and distribution channels.

On March 8, 2018, we acquired 51% of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. and Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. On October 9, 2019, we acquired the remaining 49% of these companies. On September 30, 2020, we changed the name of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. to Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing and on November 24, 2020, we merged Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. into Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing to better reflect our vertical integration. Based in Doral, Florida, Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing operates a 22,000 square foot manufacturing facility. From inception through September 30, 2021, it has manufactured nutritional products for approximately 240 companies, and from January 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021, it manufactured nutritional products for approximately 26 companies.

On July 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica. Doctors Scientific Organica manufactures, sells and owns the Smart for Life brand of natural health and wellness meal replacement products.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Nexus

On November 8, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Nexus for a total purchase price of $6,000,000 (subject to adjustment), comprised of (i) $2,200,000 in cash (subject to adjustment), (ii) a 5% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 and (iii) a 5% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000.

The 5% secured subordinated convertible promissory note accrues interest at 5% per annum and the outstanding principal and interest are payable in a lump sum on the maturity date, November 8, 2024. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price.

The 5% secured subordinated promissory note accrues interest at 5% per annum and the outstanding principal and interest will be amortized on a straight-line basis and are payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached to the note, with all amounts due and payable on November 8, 2024.

We may prepay all or any portion of these notes any time prior to maturity without premium or penalty. These notes contain customary covenants and events of default for loans of this type, including if a default occurs under any senior secured indebtedness to banks and other financial institutions or private equity funds, and are secured by a security interest in all of our assets; provided that such security interest is subordinate to the rights of the lenders under any such senior secured indebtedness.

54

Table of Contents

Please see “Corporate History and Structure — Acquisition of Nexus” for additional details regarding this acquisition. Nexus is a network platform in the affiliate marketing space.

Private Placement of Debentures

On November 5, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors, pursuant to which we sold 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 to such investors for gross proceeds of $2,250,000, the proceeds of which were used to fund the acquisition of Nexus described below.

Interest at a rate of 12% per annum shall accrue on the principal balance of the debentures from the date of issuance until the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC (which we refer to as the IPO date); provided that upon an event of default, such interest rate shall increase to 18% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, and we may be required to pay a default amount in certain circumstances. The debentures are due and payable on the earliest of the maturity date, November 30, 2022, or upon their earlier conversion or redemption.

At any time after the sixth month anniversary of the IPO date, the holders may convert the principal amount of the debentures into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after the IPO date, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the IPO date; provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00. The conversion price is subject to standard equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions, as well as, prior to the IPO date, for future issuances below the conversion price. The debentures also contain beneficial ownership limitations which limit the holders’ beneficial ownership to 9.99% of our outstanding common stock.

At any time after the IPO date, we may redeem some or all of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures for cash in an amount equal to 115% of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures, plus accrued but unpaid interest and any other amounts due under the debentures.

The securities purchase agreement and the debentures contain customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default for loans of this type. The debentures are guaranteed by each of our subsidiaries.

Acquisition of GSP Nutrition

On November 29, 2021, we entered into a contribution and exchange agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GSP Nutrition. On December 6, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $425,000, payable in 42,500 shares of our common stock; provided that if the effective price per share of common stock in this offering (as determined in accordance with the contribution and exchange agreement) is less than $10 per share, then we must issue an additional number of shares of common stock equal to an amount determined by dividing the $425,000 purchase price by the effective offering price per share, minus 42,500. In connection with this acquisition, we also issued 14,723 shares of common stock to certain vendors of GSP who agreed to settle accounts payable owed to them into our common stock.

GSP Nutrition is a sports nutrition company that offers nutritional supplements for athletes and active lifestyle consumers under the Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand.

Private Placement of Notes and Warrants

In December 2021 and January 2022, we entered into note and warrant purchase agreements with certain investors, pursuant to which we sold to such investors (i) original issue discount secured subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $411,765 and (ii) warrants for the purchase of a number of shares of our common stock that is equal to the investors’ investment amount divided by a price per share that is equal to 125% of the effective initial public offering price, for total gross proceeds of $250,000.

55

Table of Contents

These notes have an original issue discount of 15% and additionally bear interest at 15% per annum and are due on the earlier of completion of this offering or February 15, 2022. We may prepay all or any portion of these notes any time prior to maturity without premium or penalty. These notes contain customary covenants and events of default for loans of this type and are secured by a security interest in our Sports Illustrated license; provided that such security interest is subordinate to the rights of the lenders under any senior secured indebtedness.

These warrants are excisable at any time during the three (3) year period commencing on the sixth (6th) month anniversary of the closing of this offering. The exercise price per share will be equal to 125% of the effective initial public offering price, subject to standard adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and similar transactions, and may be exercised on a cashless basis if the market value of our common stock is greater than such exercise price.

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. At this time, there continues to be significant volatility and uncertainty relating to the full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it will impact our business, operations and financial results.

Most states and cities have at various times instituted quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Based on the nature of the business in our facilities in Doral and Riviera Beach, neither facility closed or operated at reduced capacity for our production and packaging operations. However, the situation surrounding COVID-19 remains fluid, and we may be required to close or limit capacity in our facilities in response to guidance from applicable government and public health officials, which could adversely affect our operations and revenues.

In addition, we are dependent upon certain contract manufacturers and suppliers and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact certain of our manufacturers and suppliers. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products and raw materials, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such raw materials, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

The global deterioration in economic conditions, which may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending, could also impact our business and demand for our products. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors as a result of the pandemic may also have a material impact on our revenue.

The spread of COVID-19 has also adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

If the COVID-19 pandemic does not continue to slow and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations, including those of our contract manufacturers and suppliers, could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including the effectiveness of vaccines and other treatments for COVID-19, and other new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current

56

Table of Contents

financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also “Risk Factors” for more information.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance

Our operating results are primarily affected by the following factors:

•        our ability to acquire new customers or retain existing customers;

•        our ability to offer competitive product pricing;

•        our ability to broaden product offerings;

•        industry demand and competition; and

•        market conditions and our market position.

Emerging Growth Company

Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•        have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•        submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

57

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Smart for Life, Inc.

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales.

 

September 30,
2021

 

September 30,
2020

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Net sales

 

$

4,794,494

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

1,406,345

 

 

100.00

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,328,402

 

 

69.42

%

 

 

1,232,763

 

 

87.66

%

Gross profit

 

 

1,466,092

 

 

30.58

%

 

 

173,582

 

 

12.34

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

General and administrative

 

 

5,232,937

 

 

109.14

%

 

 

1,122,118

 

 

79.79

%

Depreciation and amortization
expense

 

 

159,928

 

 

3.34

%

 

 

82,638

 

 

5.88

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,392,865

 

 

112.48

%

 

 

1,204,756

 

 

85.67

%

Operating loss

 

 

(3,926,773

)

 

(81.90

)%

 

 

(1,031,174

)

 

(73.32

)%

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Other income

 

 

80,311

 

 

1.68

%

 

 

13,865

 

 

0.99

%

Interest expense

 

 

(276,427

)

 

(5.77

)%

 

 

(408,587

)

 

(29.05

)%

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(196,116

)

 

(4.09

)%

 

 

(394,722

)

 

(28.07

)%

Net loss

 

$

(4,122,889

)

 

(85.99

)%

 

$

(1,425,896

)

 

(101.39

)%

Net sales.    We generate revenue from the sales of our nutritional and related products. Our net sales increased by $3,388,149, or 240.92%, to $4,794,494 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which included $2,651,471 from Doctors Scientific Organica from the period from July 1, 2021 (date of acquisition) to September 30, 2021, from $1,406,345 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Excluding Doctors Scientific Organica, our net sales increased by $736,678, or 52.38%. This increase was primarily due to increased sales of our contract manufacturing services following the easing of pandemic related restrictions. The increase was the result of an increase in the volume of products sold and not due to pricing changes.

Cost of goods sold.    Our cost of goods sold consists of ingredients and packaging materials and labor associated with the production of the products. Our cost of goods sold increased by $2,095,639, or 170.00%, to $3,328,402 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which included $1,291,071 from Doctors Scientific Organica from the period from July 1, 2021 (date of acquisition) to September 30, 2021, from $1,232,763 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Excluding Doctors Scientific Organica, our cost of goods sold increased by $804,568, or 65.27%. Such increase was due to an increase in the amount of sales during the current period along with increased pricing for the ingredients and packaging materials as a result of supply shortages associated with COVID-19. As a percentage of net sales, our cost of goods decreased from 87.66% in the 2020 period to 69.42% in the 2021 period (or 95.07% excluding Doctors Scientific Organica).

Gross profit.    As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by $1,292,510, or 744.61%, to $1,466,092 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which included $1,360,400 from Doctors Scientific Organica from the period from July 1, 2021 (date of acquisition) to September 30, 2021, from $173,582 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Excluding Doctors Scientific Organica, our gross profit decreased by $67,890, or 39.11%. As a percentage of net sales, our gross profit increased from 12.34% in the 2020 period to 30.58% in the 2021 period (or 4.93% excluding Doctors Scientific Organica).

General and administrative expenses.    Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes, advertising expenses, professional advisor fees, bad debts, rent expense, insurance and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. Our general and administrative expenses increased by $4,110,819, or 366.34%, to $5,232,937 for the nine months

58

Table of Contents

ended September 30, 2021, which included $1,533,935 from Doctors Scientific Organica from the period from July 1, 2021 (date of acquisition) to September 30, 2021, from $1,122,118 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Excluding Doctors Scientific Organica, our general and administrative expenses increased by $2,576,884, or 229.64%. Such increase in the expense was primarily due to the addition of corporate office personnel. During the current period, we hired a new Chief Executive Officer and Controller, and replaced our then Chief Financial Officer. Additionally, we engaged additional professionals associated with our audits and acquisition targets. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses increased from 79.79% in the 2020 period to 109.14% in the 2021 period (or 172.61% excluding Doctors Scientific Organica).

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization was $159,928, or 3.34% of net sales, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which included $5,392 from Doctors Scientific Organica from the period from July 1, 2021 (date of acquisition) to September 30, 2021, as compared to $82,638, or 5.88% of net sales, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Total other income (expense).    We had $196,116 in total other expense, net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to total other expense, net, of $394,722 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Total other expense, net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 consisted of interest expense of $276,427, offset by interest income $80,311, while other expense, net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 consisted of interest expense of $408,587, offset by other income of $13,865. Other income includes the recognition of collections for previously written-off uncollectible balances.

Net loss.    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, we had a net loss of $4,122,889 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which included $88,348 from Doctors Scientific Organica from the period from July 1, 2021 (date of acquisition) to September 30, 2021, as compared to $1,425,896 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, an increase of $2,696,993, or 189.14%. Excluding Doctors Scientific Organica, our loss increased by $2,608,645, or 182.95%.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales.

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Net sales

 

$

1,959,595

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

2,364,863

 

 

100.00

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

1,831,629

 

 

93.47

%

 

 

2,316,674

 

 

97.96

%

Gross profit

 

 

127,966

 

 

6.53

%

 

 

48,189

 

 

2.04

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,863,087

 

 

95.08

%

 

 

2,282,712

 

 

96.53

%

Depreciation and amortization
expense

 

 

166,613

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

169,380

 

 

7.16

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,029,700

 

 

103.58

%

 

 

2,452,092

 

 

103.69

%

Operating loss

 

 

(1,901,734

)

 

(97.05

)%

 

 

(2,403,903

)

 

(101.65

)%

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Other (expense) income

 

 

(14,141

)

 

(0.72

)%

 

 

13,290

 

 

0.56

%

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Interest (expense)

 

 

(1,253,143

)

 

(63.95

)%

 

 

(624,493

)

 

(26.41

)%

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(1,267,284

)

 

(64.67

)%

 

 

(611,203

)

 

(25.85

)%

Net loss

 

$

(3,169,018

)

 

(161.72

)%

 

$

(3,015,106

)

 

(127.50

)%

59

Table of Contents

Net sales.    Our net sales decreased by $405,268, or 17.14%, to $1,959,595 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2,364,863 for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was due to decreased sales volumes, primarily due to the inability to obtain ingredients and packaging materials due to supply chain disruptions as a result of COVID-19. There is a worldwide shortage of plastic bottles which are used in the packaging of our products.

Cost of goods sold.    Our cost of goods sold decreased by $485,045, or 21%, to $1,831,629 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2,316,674 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold decreased from 98% in 2019 to 93% in 2020. Such decrease was due to the costs associated with various produced compounds during 2020. We manufacture a variety of products for our clients, with varying margins based on the relative cost of the ingredients. The costs of the products manufactured in 2020 were more concentrated and permitted for us to purchase in greater quantities and take advantage of volume discounts on purchased ingredients. Although we produced less items in 2020 as compared to 2019, we were able to obtain the materials at lower costs based on volume purchasing. Our sales contracts do not vary based on the pricing of materials. Therefore, the decreased cost of materials in 2020 were not passed along to the customer.

Gross profit.    As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit decreased by $79,777, or 165.55%, to $127,966 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $48,189 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, our gross profit increased from 2.04% in 2019 to 6.53% in 2020.

General and administrative expenses.    Our general and administrative expenses decreased by $419,625, or 18.38%, to $1,863,087 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2,282,712 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to decreased legal and consulting fees of approximately $200,000 as the legal dispute that we had with the former owner of Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing was resolved in late 2019. In 2019, there was also bad debt expense of approximately $82,000 and only approximately $10,000 in 2020. In 2020, we moved our corporate office and reduced the related expenses by approximately $75,000. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 96.53% in 2019 to 95.08% in 2020.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization was $166,613, or 8.50% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $169,380, or 7.16% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Total other income (expense).    We had $1,267,284 in total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to total other expense, net, of $279,959 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of interest expense of $1,253,143, offset by interest income $12,801, while other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of interest expense of $624,493, offset by other income of $344,534. Other income includes the recognition of collections for previously written-off uncollectible balances. The increased interest expense is the result of debt issuances during 2020 used to fund operations and the losses incurred.

Net income (loss).    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, we had a net loss of $3,169,018 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $3,015,107 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $153,912 or 5.10%.

60

Table of Contents

Nexus

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

The following table sets forth key components of the results of operations of Nexus during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales.

 

September 30,
2021

 

September 30,
2020

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Net sales

 

$

4,238,330

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,876,096

 

100.00

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,221,539

 

 

76.01

%

 

 

2,844,462

 

73.38

%

Gross profit

 

 

1,016,791

 

 

23.99

%

 

 

1,031,634

 

26.62

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

General and administrative

 

 

914,690

 

 

21.58

%

 

 

848,474

 

21.89

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

914,690

 

 

21.58

%

 

 

848,474

 

21.89

%

Operating income

 

 

102,101

 

 

2.41

%

 

 

183,160

 

4.73

%

Income before income taxes

 

 

102,101

 

 

2.41

%

 

 

183,160

 

4.73

%

Income tax expense

 

 

(3,052

)

 

(0.07

)%

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

99,049

 

 

2.34

%

 

$

183,160

 

4.73

%

Net sales.    Nexus primarily generates revenues by sending traffic to one of the advertiser’s products on their websites. Net sales increased by $362,234, or 9.35%, to $4,238,330 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $3,876,096 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increased number of advertisers and the number of advertising placements as a result of more affiliate advertisers coming to market following the expansion of home business opportunities with the closing and reductions in on-site workplaces caused by COVID-19 stay-at-home requirements. Additionally, Nexus expanded its business development sales funnels allowing for a larger number of clients and business development service lines. The increase was not the result of any individually significant clients.

Cost of goods sold.    Cost of goods sold consists of commissions paid to various website publishers for the placement of advertisements. Cost of goods sold increased by $377,077, or 13.26%, to $3,221,539 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $2,844,462 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Such increase was primarily due to an increased number of advertisements placed on the publisher’s webpages. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods increased from 73.38% in the 2020 period to 76.01% in the 2021 period.

Gross profit.    As a result of the foregoing, gross profit decreased by $14,843, or 1.44%, to $1,016,791 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $1,031,634 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased from 26.62% in the 2020 period to 23.99% in the 2021 period.

General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes, advertising expenses, merchant processing fees, professional advisor fees, and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. General and administrative expenses increased by $66,216, or 7.80%, to $914,690 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $848,474 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Such increase in the expense was primarily due to increased employee bonuses. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 21.89% in the 2020 period to 21.58% in the 2021 period.

Net income.    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, Nexus had a net income of $99,049 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to $183,160 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

61

Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth key components of the results of operations of Nexus during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales.

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Net sales

 

$

5,674,946

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,634,159

 

100.00

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

4,353,573

 

 

76.72

%

 

 

3,109,566

 

85.56

%

Gross profit

 

 

1,321,373

 

 

23.28

%

 

 

524,593

 

14.44

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

25.32

%

 

 

437,741

 

12.05

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

25.32

%

 

 

437,741

 

12.05

%

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(115,337

)

 

(2.03

)%

 

 

86,852

 

2.39

%

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(115,337

)

 

(2.03

)%

 

 

86,852

 

2.39

%

Income tax expense

 

 

5,863

 

 

0.10

%

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(121,200

)

 

(2.14

)%

 

$

86,852

 

2.39

%

Net sales.    Net sales increased by $2,040,787, or 56.16%, to $5,674,946 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $3,634,159 for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increased number of advertisers and the number of advertising placements as a result of more affiliate advertisers coming to market following the expansion of home business opportunities with the closing and reductions in on-site workplaces caused by COVID-19 stay-at-home requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2020, Nexus increased the number of clients from 58 in the previous year to 73 during 2020, an increase of 26%. Additionally, Nexus expanded its business development sales funnels allowing for a larger number of clients and business development service lines. The increase was not the result of any individually significant clients.

Cost of goods sold.    Cost of goods sold increased by $1,244,007, or 40.01%, to $4,353,573 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $3,109,566 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods decreased from 85.56% in 2019 to 76.72% in 2020. Such decrease was primarily due to Nexus’ ability to negotiate more favorable rates for advertising rates on various publishers’ websites.

Gross profit.    As a result of the foregoing, gross profit increased by $796,780, or 151.89%, to $1,321,871 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $524,593 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased from 14.44% in 2019 to 23.29% in 2020.

General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased by $998,969, or 228.21%, to $1,436,710 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $437,741 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Such increase in the expense was primarily due to additional compensation related expenses. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses increased from 14.44% in 2019 to 23.28% in 2020.

Income tax expense.    Nexis incurred an income tax expense of $5,863 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Such increase was due to taxes recorded as calculated in the year paid.

Net income (loss).    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, Nexus had a net loss of $121,200 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to a net income of $86,852 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

62

Table of Contents

Doctors Scientific Organica

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth key components of the results of operations of Doctors Scientific Organica during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales.

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Net sales

 

$

10,782,192

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

10,048,642

 

 

100.00

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

4,436,389

 

 

41.15

%

 

 

4,777,392

 

 

47.54

%

Gross profit

 

 

6,345,803

 

 

58.85

%

 

 

5,271,250

 

 

52.46

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

General and administrative

 

 

4,608,331

 

 

42.74

%

 

 

3,875,983

 

 

38.57

%

Depreciation

 

 

82,786

 

 

0.77

%

 

 

97,160

 

 

0.97

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

4,691,117

 

 

43.51

%

 

 

3,973,143

 

 

39.54

%

Operating income

 

 

1,654,686

 

 

15.35

%

 

 

1,298,107

 

 

12.92

%

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

410,500

 

 

4.09

%

Interest expense

 

 

(85,307

)

 

(0.79

)%

 

 

(95,076

)

 

(0.95

)%

Total other (expense) income

 

 

(85,307

)

 

(0.79

)%

 

 

315,424

 

 

3.14

%

Net income

 

$

1,569,379

 

 

14.56

%

 

$

1,613,531

 

 

16.06

%

Net sales.    Doctors Scientific Organica generates revenue from the sales of our nutritional and related products. Net sales increased by $733,550, or 7.30%, to $10,782,192 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $10,048,642 for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to increased sales volumes resulting from additional customer acquisitions due to increased marketing efforts.

Cost of goods sold.    Cost of goods sold consists of ingredients, packaging materials, freight, and labor associated with he production of various products. Cost of goods sold decreased by $341,003, or 7.14%, to $4,436,389 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $4,777,392 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold decreased from 47.54% in 2019 to 41.15% in 2020. Such decrease was due to the hiring of a more experienced purchasing manager able to better plan purchases and negotiate with vendors.

Gross profit.    As a result of the foregoing, gross profit increased by $1,074,553, or 20.39%, to $6,345,803 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $5,271,250 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased from 52.46% in 2019 to 58.85% in 2020.

General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes, advertising expenses, professional advisor fees, bad debts, rent expense, insurance and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. General and administrative expenses increased by $732,348, or 18.89%, to $4,608,331 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $3,875,983 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Such increase was primarily due to increased spending on advertising and professional services. Doctors Scientific Organica also increased its online advertising and signed agreements with various social media influencers. In an effort to sell the business, Doctors Scientific Organica increased its professional service expense with the new consultants and accounting professionals. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses increased from 38.57% in 2019 to 42.74% in 2020.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization was $82,786, or 0.77% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $97,160, or 0.97% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2019.

63

Table of Contents

Total other income (expense).    Doctors Scientific Organica had $83,307 in total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to total other income, net, of $315,500 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of interest expense, while other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of interest expense of $95,076, offset by income of $410,500 resulting from insurance proceeds of received related to hurricane damages incurred in prior years.

Net income.    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, Doctors Scientific Organica had net income of $1,569,379 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $1,613,531 for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $44,152, or 2.74%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Smart for Life, Inc.

As of September 30, 2021, we had cash of $690,101. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through revenue generated from operations, bank borrowings and private placements of our securities.

Since our inception in 2017 and with the purchase of Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing, we have experienced losses and as a result have continued to use cash in our operations. We have been dependent upon financing activities as we implement our acquisition strategy.

Although we believe that our current levels of cash will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for our operations for at least the next 12 months, including our anticipated costs associated with becoming a public reporting company, we do believe additional funds are required to execute our business plan and our strategy of acquiring additional companies. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, over the next 24 months, we plan to acquire multiple companies aggregating a minimum of $100 million in annualized revenues with the number of prospective acquisitions in the pipeline representing over $50 million in additional revenue. As of the date of this prospectus, we have determined that none of these prospective acquisitions are probable, within the meaning of Regulation S-X, due to numerous factors, including that we have not yet entered into definitive or other binding agreements, completed our due diligence, obtained board approval or publicly announced the prospective acquisitions, nor are we subject to financial penalties if these prospective acquisitions are not completed.

The funds required to execute this business plan will depend on the size, capital structure and purchase price consideration that the seller of a target business deems acceptable in a given transaction. The amount of funds needed to execute our business plan also depends on what portion of the purchase price of a target business the seller of that business is willing to take in the form of seller notes or our equity or equity in one of our subsidiaries. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, we intend on paying no more than 60% cash on any acquisition that we execute with a target of 50%. Given these factors, we believe that the amount of outside additional capital necessary to execute our business plan for the next 24 months ranges from $20 million to $60 million. With respect to the prospective acquisitions in the pipeline representing over $50 million in additional revenue, the amount of capital needed ranges from $10 million to $30 million.

We intend to raise capital for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at our operating company level, additional equity offerings by our company, or by undertaking a combination of any of the above. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

There is no guarantee that we will be able to acquire additional businesses under the terms outlined above or that we will be able to find additional acquisition candidates should we terminate our plans for any of our current acquisition targets.

64

Table of Contents

Summary of Cash Flow

The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flow for all financial statement periods presented in this prospectus.

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

   

2021

 

2020

 

2020

 

2019

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(6,654,878

)

 

$

(875,461

)

 

$

(1,941,839

)

 

$

(1,745,514

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(6,001,550

)

 

 

(31,039

)

 

 

(32,966

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

12,861,580

 

 

 

922,686

 

 

 

2,447,542

 

 

 

1,759,235

 

Net change in cash

 

 

205,152

 

 

 

16,186

 

 

 

472,737

 

 

 

13,721

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

484,949

 

 

 

12,212

 

 

 

12,212

 

 

 

(1,509

)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period

 

$

690,101

 

 

$

28,398

 

 

$

484,949

 

 

$

12,212

 

Our net cash used in operating activities was $6,654,878 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to $875,461 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, our net loss of $4,122,889, an increase in inventory of $2,972,531, a decrease in accrued expenses of $247,435 and a decrease in related party receivable of $251,417, offset by an increase in accounts payable of $941,909 and depreciation of $118,466, were the primary drivers for cash used in operations. The increased inventory and accounts payable balances as of September 30, 2021 is due to the balances associated with our Doctors Scientific Organica subsidiary, which was acquired on July 1, 2021. The inventory and accounts payable balances of $2,424,730 and $407,276, respectively, were not included in the prior period as the subsidiary had not been acquired prior to July 1, 2021. We increased our inventory levels to meet the demands of our clients for both our branded products and those which we contract manufacture for third parties. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our net loss of $1,425,896, a decrease in inventory of $271,733 and a decrease in accounts receivable of $249,559, offset an increase in deferred revenues of $943,232, were the primary drivers for cash used in operations.

Our net cash used in operating activities was $1,941,839 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $1,745,514 for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net loss of $3,169,018, offset by an increase in inventory of $507,970, an increase in accrued expenses of $476,372, stock issued for services of $122,388 and deprecation of $108,760, were the primary drivers for cash used in operations. Due to increasing customer demand for our products and services, we continue to build up our inventory levels to meet the production needs of our clientele. Of the accrued expense increase of $476,372, $447,639 represents accrued interest associated with our debt. For the year ended December 31, 20190, our net loss of $2,522,343 and deferred revenue of $393,987, offset by an increase in accrued expenses of $317,675, an increase in inventory of $212,441, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $161,740 and depreciation of $111,213, were the primary drivers for cash used in operations.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $6,001,550 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to $31,039 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 consisted of cash paid for the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica of $6,000,000 and purchases of property and equipment of $1,550, while the net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 periods consisted entirely of purchases of property and equipment.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $32,966 for the year ended December 31, 2020, which consisted of purchases of property and equipment. We had no investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $12,861,580 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to $922,686 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 consisted of proceeds of $8,000,000 from the private placement described below, proceeds from the issuance of note payables of $5,547,104, paycheck protection program loan proceeds of $261,164 and a gain on right of use asset and lease liability of $49,069, offset by repayments on notes payable of $995,757, while the net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of note payables of $500,000, and paycheck protection program loan proceeds of $539,286, offset by repayments on notes payable of $116,600.

65

Table of Contents

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $2,447,542 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $1,759,235 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of note payables of $2,555,749, paycheck protection program loan proceeds of $318,013 and a gain on right of use asset and lease liability of $63,880, offset by repayments on notes payable of $490,100, while the net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of note payables of $2,230,000, offset by repayments on notes payable of $385,000 and a loss on right of use asset and lease liability of $85,765.

Debt

On December 18, 2020, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Peah Capital, LLC for a term loan in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000, which was amended on April 27, 2021 to increase the loan amount to $1,625,000. In connection with such amendment, on April 27, 2021, we issued a second amended and restated promissory note to Peah Capital, LLC in the principal amount of $1,625,000. The loan bears interest at a rate of 17.5% per annum, provided that upon an event of default, such rate shall increase to 25% per annum. The loan is due and payable on the earlier of: (i) eighteen (18) months from the date of the note or (ii) upon completion of this offering. The loan is secured by all of our assets and contains customary events of default. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $1,614,906.

On July 1, 2021, we entered into a loan agreement with Diamond Creek Capital, LLC for a term loan in the principal amount of up to $3,000,000 and issued a term loan promissory note to Diamond Creek Capital, LLC in the principal amount of $3,000,000. The loan bears interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, provided that upon an event of default, such rate shall increase by 5%. The loan is due and payable on the earlier of July 1, 2022 or upon completion of this offering. The loan is secured by all of our assets and contains customary events of default. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $3,000,000.

Since inception, we have issued promissory notes to various lenders. These notes accrue interest at rates between 12-15%. These notes are unsecured and contain customary events of default. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of these notes was $3,916,325. We have agreed to repay these notes from the proceeds of this offering.

On July 1, 2021, we issued a 6% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 to Sasson E. Moulavi in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica. This note accrues interest at 6% per annum and matures on July 1, 2024. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price. This note contains customary covenants and events of default for a loan of this type, including if a default occurs under any senior secured indebtedness to banks and other financial institutions or private equity funds, and is secured by a security interest in all of the assets of Doctors Scientific Organica; provided that such security interest is subordinate to the rights of the lenders under any such senior secured indebtedness. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this note was $3,000,000.

On July 1, 2021, we issued a 6% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 to Sasson E. Moulavi in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica. This note accrues interest at 6% per annum and the outstanding principal and interest will be amortized on a straight-line basis and are payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached to the note, with all amounts due and payable on July 1, 2024. We may prepay all or any portion of this note any time prior to maturity without premium or penalty. This note contains customary covenants and events of default for a loan of this type, including if a default occurs under any senior secured indebtedness to banks and other financial institutions or private equity funds, and is secured by a security interest in all of the assets of Doctors Scientific Organica; provided that such security interest is subordinate to the rights of the lenders under any such senior secured indebtedness. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this note was $3,000,000.

In June 2020, pursuant to the economic injury disaster loan, or EIDL, program under the under the provisions of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, we entered into a promissory note with the U.S. Small Business Administration with a principal amount of $300,000. This loan matures in 30 years and bears interest at a rate of 3.75%. The loan is secured by all of our assets. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $300,000.

66

Table of Contents

In May 2020, we received $239,262 in paycheck protection program, or PPP, loans under the CARES Act. This loan bears interest at a rate of 1% per annum and matures in April 2022. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $239,262. The PPP provides that the PPP loans may be partially or wholly forgiven if the funds are used for certain qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act.

In February 2021, we received an additional $261,164 in PPP loans under the CARES Act. This loan bears interest at a rate of 1% per annum and matures in January 2023. As of September 30, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $261,164. The PPP provides that the PPP loans may be partially or wholly forgiven if the funds are used for certain qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act.

Private Placement of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 1, 2021, we completed a private placement in which we sold an aggregate of 6,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 8,999,552 shares of common stock to certain investors for gross proceeds of $6,000,000. On August 18, 2021, we completed an additional closing of this private placement in which we sold 2,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and warrants for the purchase of 2,999,852 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $2,000,000. Please see “Description of Securities” for a description of the series A convertible preferred stock and warrants issued in this private placement.

Nexus

As of September 30, 2021, Nexus had cash of $44,330. To date, it has financed its operations primarily through revenue generated from operations and investments from its shareholders.

Summary of Cash Flow

The following table provides detailed information about the net cash flow for all financial statement periods presented in this prospectus.

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

   

2021

 

2020

 

2020

 

2019

Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities

 

$

68,042

 

 

$

113,043

 

$

(78,629

)

 

$

36,200

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing
activities

 

 

(59,900

)

 

 

59,900

 

 

59,900

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

8,142

 

 

 

172,943

 

 

(18,729

)

 

 

36,200

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

36,188

 

 

 

54,917

 

 

54,917

 

 

 

18,717

Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period

 

$

44,330

 

 

$

227,860

 

$

36,188

 

 

$

54,917

Net cash provided by operating activities was $68,042 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to $113,043 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the net income of $99,049 and an increase in accounts receivable of $22,089, offset by decreases in commissions payable of $28,295 and accrued expenses of $24,801, were the primary drivers for cash provided by operations. The increase in accounts receivable is associated with the increased revenues for the period over the previous period. The decrease in the liabilities is due to the timing of payments made by Nexus. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the net income of $183,160 and an increase in commissions receivable of $156,761, offset by decreases in accounts receivable of $207,342 and accrued expenses of $165,507, were the primary drivers for cash provided by operations. With the impact of COVID-19 on the labor force, with more people either working from home or no longer employed, Nexus noted increased numbers of individuals seeking other business income and increased affiliate marketing, resulting in increased revenues. The changes in the accounts receivable and accrued expense are attributable to the timing of payments from customers and the payment dates to vendors. Invoices to customers are issued on Fridays with payment terms within 7 days, as the end of the period was a Wednesday, most customers paid their balances before the end of the period.

67

Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities was $78,629 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $36,200 net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the net loss of $121,200 and a decrease in accounts receivable of $30,236, offset by an increase in commissions payable of $65,774 and an increase in accrued expenses of $7,033, were the primary drivers for cash used in operations. As customer billing occurs on Fridays and the 2020 year ended on a Thursday as opposed to a Tuesday for 2019, Nexus received payment from more customers through the end of the year based on the payment terms with customers. Conversely, based on the period ends, payments for vendors were not processed until later in the week at the end of 2020, resulting in the increased liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the net income of $82,735, an increase in commissions payable of $64,149 and an increase in accrued expenses of $5,925, offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $116,609, were the primary drivers for cash provided by operations. The decrease in accounts receivable is directly related to the day of the week for the end of the year. As December 31, 2018 was a Monday, and fewer customers made payments for their balance as compared to in 2020 when the year ended on a Tuesday, giving customers an extra business day to make their payments. Historically, the payments from customers decline in percentage as the week progresses.

Nexus had no investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 or the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Net cash used in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $59,900, which consisted of repayment of the EIDL described below. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2020 was $59,900, which consisted of proceeds from the EIDL described below. Nexus had no financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Debt

In June 2020, Nexus was granted an EIDL from the U.S. Small Business Administration in the amount of $59,900. The EIDL, which was in the form of a note dated June 19, 2020, bears interest of 3.75% per annum, payable monthly for $2,437 commencing in June of 2021. The EIDL may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. Funds from the EIDL may only be used as working capital to alleviate economic injury caused by disaster occurring in the month of January 2020, and continuing thereafter, and to pay Uniform Commercial Code lien filing fees. We intend to use the funds from the EIDL for qualifying expenses. These amounts were fully repaid in September 2021 and were therefore listed as short-term.

Doctors Scientific Organica

As of December 31, 2020, Doctors Scientific Organica had cash of $0. To date, it has financed its operations primarily through revenue generated from operations and bank borrowings.

Doctors Scientific Organica is a single member limited liability company with a single member. As such, the member has elected to not keep excess cash generated in the business remaining in the business as various times of the year. The business has continued to generate positive cash flows from operations which have been used for the re-investment in equipment as necessary, with any excess cash distributed to the member.

Summary of Cash Flow

The following table provides detailed information about the net cash flow for all financial statement periods presented in this prospectus.

 

Year Ended
December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

762,671

 

 

$

1,230,920

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(15,103

)

 

 

(110,923

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(830,081

)

 

 

(1,037,484

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(82,513

)

 

 

82,513

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

82,513

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

 

 

$

82,513

 

68

Table of Contents

The net cash provided by operating activities was $762,671 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $1,230,920 for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the net income of $1,569,379, offset by a decreased in inventory of $646,942, a decrease in accrued expenses of $219,863 and a decrease in accounts receivable of $138,108, were the primary drivers for cash provided by operations. The decrease in the inventory from the prior year is the result of shipments made in December to “big box” resellers in advance of year-end for the anticipated sale on weight management products in January. Doctors Scientific Organica received increased orders from “big box” retailers shortly before year-end in excess of the previous year. Doctors Scientific Organica was able to pay down many liabilities prior to year-end, thereby reducing the accrued expense balance. The decrease in accounts receivable pertained to the timing of payments from contract manufacturing clients that were able to pay their invoices more timely than in the past. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the net income of $1,613,531 and an increase in accrued expenses of $173,381, offset by a decrease in accounts payable and cash overdraft of $394,503 and a decrease in inventory of $154,183, were the primary drivers for cash provided by operations. Due to the timing of cash payments from customers, Doctors Scientific Organica was able to pay certain liabilities and overcome a cash deficit. The decrease in inventory is the result of unusually high inventory values as the end of 2018. Doctors Scientific Organica increased the inventory levels at the end of 2018 due to supply incentives and anticipated production for the beginning of 2019.

Net cash used in investing activities was $15,103 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $110,923 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The net cash used in financing activities for all periods consisted entirely of purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in financing activities was $830,081 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $1,037,484 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of member distributions of $3,991,495, payments on line of credit of $1,197,740 and repayments on notes payable of $379,069, offset by contributions from members of $2,407,076, proceeds from line of credit of $1,937,397, paycheck protection program loan proceeds of $352,750 and proceeds from notes payable of $41,000, while the net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of member distributions of $5,423,545 and repayments on notes payable of $659,452, offset by member contributions of $4,374,513 and proceeds from notes payable of $671,000.

Debt

On June 26, 2020, Doctors Scientific Organica entered into a revolving line of credit with a bank, which permitted borrowings up to $750,000, and bears interest at 3.5%. As of December 31, 2021, the balance of the line of credit was $739,657.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist mostly of obligations under the loans described above, the operating leases described under “Business — Facilities” and pricing/margin structures for products established with our clients. We do not have any purchase obligations with any suppliers.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies

The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies for our company. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the

69

Table of Contents

possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements:

Revenue Recognition.    Effective January 1, 2019, we evaluate revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. We evaluate and recognize revenue by: identifying the contract(s) with the customer; identifying the performance obligations in the contract; determining the transaction price; allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”). We primarily generate revenues by manufacturing and packaging of nutraceutical products as a contract manufacturer for customers. The majority of our revenue is recognized when we satisfy a single performance obligation by transferring control of our products to a customer. Control is generally transferred when our products are either shipped or delivered based on the terms contained within the underlying contracts or agreements. Our general payment terms are short-term in duration. We do not have significant financing components or payment terms. We did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at September 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020. Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Inventory, net.    Inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress, and finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) (replacement cost or net realizable value). An allowance for inventory obsolescence is provided for slow moving or obsolete inventory to write down historical cost to net realizable value. We primarily perform manufacturing for nutraceuticals in the form of powders, tablets and capsules. The allowance for obsolescence is an estimate established through charges to cost of goods sold. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based upon several factors which include, but are not limited to, analysis of slow moving inventory, analysis of the selling price of inventory, the predetermined shelf life of the product, and management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions. Given the nature of the inventory, it is reasonably possible that our estimate of the allowance for obsolescence will change in the near term.

Long-Lived Assets.    We assess potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. An impairment loss is recognized when the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset (or group of assets) is less than its carrying amount. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. We had no impairment of long-lived assets at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Stock-based Compensation.    We recognize expense for stock options and warrants granted over the vesting period based on the fair value of the award at the grant date, are valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair market value of the stock options. We calculate the amount of tax benefit available by tracking each stock option award on an employee-by-employee basis and on a grant-by-grant basis. We then compare the recorded expense to the tax deduction received for each stock option grant.

70

Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 2, 2017 under the name Bonne Santé Group, Inc. On August 4, 2021, we changed our name to Smart for Life, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica described below.

Acquisition of Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing

On March 8, 2018, we acquired 51% of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. and Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. for a purchase price of $2,140,272. On October 8, 2019, we entered into an agreement to acquire the remaining 49% of these companies for a purchase price of $100,000, which was completed on October 8, 2019.

Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. was originally incorporated in the State of Florida on March 12, 1998 under the name Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. On March 24, 2003, its name was changed to Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. was originally incorporated in the State of Florida on February 5, 2002 under the name Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. On March 24, 2003, its name was changed to Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. On September 30, 2020, we changed the name of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. to Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., or Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing, and on November 24, 2020, we merged Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. into Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing to better reflect our vertical integration.

Based in Doral, Florida, Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing operates a 22,000 square foot manufacturing facility. From inception through September 30, 2021, it has manufactured nutritional products for approximately 240 companies, and from January 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021, it manufactured nutritional products for approximately 26 companies.

Acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica

On February 11, 2020, we entered into securities purchase agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2020 and June 4, 2021, to acquire Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC d/b/a Smart for Life, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. On July 1, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $12,000,000 (subject to adjustment), comprised of (i) $6,000,000 in cash (subject to adjustment), (ii) a 6% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 and (iii) a 6% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000.

The purchase price is subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment provision. We are required to deliver to the seller a balance sheet as of the closing date and our calculation of the closing working capital (as defined in the securities purchase agreement). If such closing working capital exceeds a minimum working capital equal to the average monthly working capital for the twelve-month period ended April 30, 2021 (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the securities purchase agreement), then then we must promptly (and, in any event, within fifteen (15) days) pay to the seller an amount in cash that is equal to such excess. If such minimum working capital exceeds the closing working capital, then the seller must promptly (and, in any event, within fifteen (15) days) pay to us an amount in cash that is equal to the deficiency.

Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC was originally incorporated in the State of Nevada on February 16, 2006. On September 28, 2015, it converted to a Florida company. Oyster Management Services, Ltd. was originally organized in the State of Florida on April 1, 2003. Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. was originally organized in the State of Florida on January 3, 2005. U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. was originally organized in the State of Florida on April 1, 2003.

On August 27, 2021, we transferred all of the equity interests of Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. to Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC. As a result, these entities are now wholly owned subsidiaries of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC. In this prospectus, we collectively refer to Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries as Doctors Scientific Organica.

Doctors Scientific Organica manufactures, sells and owns the Smart for Life brand of natural health and wellness meal replacement products.

71

Table of Contents

Establishment of Canadian Subsidiary

On August 24, 2021, we established Smart for Life Canada Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary of Doctors Scientific Organica in Canada. This subsidiary sells retail products through a retail store location in Montreal Canada and the same location also acts as distribution center for our international direct to consumer and big box customers. We maintain inventory and employees at this location.

Acquisition of Nexus

On July 21, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on November 8, 2021, to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Nexus. On November 8, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $6,000,000 (subject to adjustment), comprised of (i) $2,200,000 in cash (subject to adjustment), (ii) a 5% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 and (iii) a 5% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000.

The purchase price is subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment provision. On or before the 90th day following the closing, we must deliver to the seller a balance sheet as of the closing date and our calculation of the closing working capital (as defined in the securities purchase agreement). If such closing working capital exceeds a minimum working capital equal to the average monthly working capital for the twelve-month period ended July 31, 2021 (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the securities purchase agreement), then then we must promptly (and, in any event, within fifteen (15) days) pay to the seller an amount in cash that is equal to such excess. If such minimum working capital exceeds the closing working capital, then the seller must promptly (and, in any event, within fifteen (15) days) pay to us an amount in cash that is equal to the deficiency.

Nexus was incorporated in the State of Florida on October 10, 2016.

Nexus is a network platform in the affiliate marketing space.

Acquisition of GSP Nutrition

On November 29, 2021, we entered into a contribution and exchange agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GSP Nutrition. On December 6, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $425,000, payable in 42,500 shares of our common stock; provided that if the effective price per share of common stock in this offering (as determined in accordance with the contribution and exchange agreement) is less than $10 per share, then we must issue an additional number of shares of common stock equal to an amount determined by dividing the $425,000 purchase price by the effective offering price per share, minus 42,500. In connection with this acquisition, we also issued 14,723 shares of common stock to certain vendors of GSP who agreed to settle accounts payable owed to them into our common stock.

GSP Nutrition was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 3, 2020.

GSP Nutrition is a sports nutrition company that offers nutritional supplements for athletes and active lifestyle consumers under the Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand.

72

Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following charts depict our organization structure before and after this offering.

73

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, acquisition, operation and sale of a broad spectrum of nutritional and related products with an emphasis on health and wellness. Structured as a global holding company, we are executing a buy-and-build strategy with serial accretive acquisitions creating a vertically integrated company with an objective of aggregating companies generating a minimum of $300 million in revenues within the next thirty-six months. To drive growth and earnings, we are developing proprietary products as well as acquiring other profitable companies, encompassing brands, manufacturing and distribution channels.

Our Business Model

We are engaged in a comprehensive program to develop a robust pipeline of prospective acquisitions in addition to the companies currently operated by us. Our management has significant experience in locating and evaluating prospective target operating companies. We have also entered into buy-side agreements with certain advisers and consultants to assist management in identifying and evaluating prospective target operating companies. The nutritional products industry is highly fragmented with a large pool of companies generating less than $20 million in revenues representing significant opportunity for industry consolidation.

We plant to acquire target companies utilizing a combination of cash, promissory notes, earnouts and public company stock, generally at 4x to 6x trailing adjusted EBITDA. Aside from our first acquisition described below, we intend on paying no more than 60% cash on any acquisition that we execute with a target of 50%. The remainder is allocated between stock and a note and/or earnout with a heavier weighting toward the former. Although the acquisition consideration is structured, we believe that our acquisitions will provide three distinct benefits to the principals of an acquisition. First, a significant liquidity event. Second, the creation of a significant equity position in an emerging growth public company. Third, ongoing employment at customary industry compensation.

Over the next 24 months, we plan to acquire multiple companies aggregating a minimum of $100 million in annualized revenues with the number of prospective acquisitions in the pipeline representing over $50 million in additional revenue. As of the date of this prospectus, we have determined that none of these prospective acquisitions are probable, within the meaning of Regulation S-X, due to numerous factors, including that we have not yet entered into definitive or other binding agreements, completed our due diligence, obtained board approval or publicly announced the prospective acquisitions, nor are we subject to financial penalties if these prospective acquisitions are not completed.

We do not currently have sufficient capital to complete these acquisitions. We intend to raise capital for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at our operating company level, additional equity offerings by our company, or by undertaking a combination of any of the above. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

There is no guarantee that we will be able to acquire additional businesses under the terms outlined above or that we will be able to find additional acquisition candidates should we terminate our plans for any of our current acquisition targets.

Our Industry

The markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions, established and emerging competition, extensive intellectual property disputes and litigation, price competition, aggressive marketing practices, evolving industry standards and changing customer preferences. Accordingly, our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies operating in rapidly changing and competitive markets.

74

Table of Contents

Nutraceutical Industry

The nutraceutical industry focuses on nutritional supplements intended to improve longevity, sports fitness and provide health benefits in addition to the basic nutritional value present in food. Most people are familiar with various nutraceutical products — and have likely used them — even if they are unfamiliar with the industry name. Nutraceuticals comprise such commonly used items as herbal products, specific diet products, vitamins, processed foods and beverages, functional foods, isolated nutrients and other dietary products. The following table prepared by the Council for Responsible Nutrition (www.crnusa.org), or CRN, depicts the types of supplements taken by the population in the different indicated categories beginning in 2018 and estimated through 2027. We sell products across all of these product categories, and we believe that our market share in each of these categories is currently less than 1%.

SOURCE: Council for Responsible Nutrition

The nutraceutical industry has experienced significant growth across the globe, propelled by the increasing age expectancies and associated increases in diseases of aging and lifestyle. A shift in demographics has also allowed manufacturers to benefit in recent years. The number of Americans ages 65 and older is projected to nearly double from 52 million in 2018 to 95 million by 2060, and the 65-and-older age group’s share of the total population will rise from 16% to 23%. Moreover, the CRN reported 77% of U.S. adults take dietary supplements. With respect to the types of supplements being taken, CRN’s 2019 survey found that vitamins and minerals continue to be the most commonly consumed supplement category, with 76% of Americans having taken these products in the past twelve months.

According to a study by Grand View Research, Inc., amid the COVID-19 crisis, the global market for nutraceuticals is projected to grow from $412.7 billion in the year 2020 and reach $722.5 billion by 2027, growing at a CAGR of 8.3% over the analysis period. As a specific segment in the overall global nutraceutical market, functional foods accounted for the largest share in 2019 and generated revenue of $187.51 billion on a standalone basis.

The nutraceuticals market in the United States is estimated at $104.5 billion in the year 2021 according to Global Industry Analysts Inc. The U.S. currently accounts for a 34.57% share in the global market. Among the other noteworthy geographic markets are China, Japan and Canada, each forecast to grow at 9.6%, 6.3% and 6.7%, respectively, over the analysis period. Within Europe, Germany is forecast to grow at approximately 7.1% CAGR.

Nutraceuticals are garnering immense attention in recent years due to various trends including changing lifestyles, burgeoning middle-class segment across emerging economies, transforming dietary habits, aging population, and increased life expectancy. In addition, the focus of R&D based pharmaceutical sector on expensive specialty drugs is increasing the burden on the healthcare system as well as resulting in higher out-of-pocket costs for drugs driving the focus on prevention than intervention. The self-care trend across the world is driving strong demand for nutraceuticals including superfoods, food and dietary supplements, sports nutrition, and functional foods and beverages. Given

75

Table of Contents

the hectic lifestyles and the lack of time for consumption of the required nutrients through regular diet, the need for replenishing such essential nutrients is increasing. In this context, nutraceuticals are emerging to be the solution for meeting this requirement. Nutraceuticals are considered to be the vital link between health and food.

The market is also experiencing strong demand for personalized approaches to wellness that is driving product innovation in the areas of weight management, sports nutrition, and healthy snacking. Other noteworthy trends benefiting market prospects in the near term include emergence of clean labeling as a new norm owing to increasing focus of consumers on ingredient list on the product; innovative delivery technologies such as microencapsulation, which protects the product from adverse conditions such as light and air.

To our knowledge, the projections above for future periods do not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight. At this time, we cannot predict the exact effects of the pandemic.

As the overall population continues to turn to healthier living in hopes of offsetting rising healthcare expenditures and preventing general subpar health conditions, we believe that the demand for nutraceutical industry products will resemble a similar trend.

Digital Marketing

As a result of our acquisition of Nexus, we have entered the digital marketing industry as a way to promote and sell the products and brands that we sell. Digital marketing is a component of marketing that uses internet and online based digital technologies such as desktop computers, mobile phones and other digital media and platforms to promote products and services.

The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in people staying at home and/or working remotely from home, resulting in huge increase in online traffic. According to Global Industry Analysis, Inc., a leading publisher of off-the-shelf market research, while overall digital marketing spending declined due the pandemic-induced cuts in marketing and advertising budgets during the lockdown, available budgets are being directed at digital marketing initiatives. As a result, the pandemic is driving changes to digital marketing strategies at companies, especially at companies where digital marketing initiatives had relatively low priority.

Clicks and display ads are among the most prominent forms of digital marketing initiatives. Clicks are expensive compared to display ads, as clicks ensure the customer is directed to the advertiser’s website. However, clicks provide a better return on investment. The declines in digital marketing budgets across the spectrum resulted in lower costs per click. As a result, marketers are gaining more clicks for the same cost.

76

Table of Contents

According to Global Industry Analysis, Inc., amid the COVID-19 crisis, the global market for digital advertising and marketing is estimated at $350 billion in the year 2020, and is projected to reach $786.2 billion by 2026, growing at a CAGR of 13.9% over the analysis period. The digital advertising and marketing market in the U.S. is estimated at $155.3 billion in the year 2021. We believe that our market share is currently less than 1%.

Our Operating Subsidiaries

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing is a nutraceutical contract manufacturer. Since 1998, our strong manufacturing capabilities and dedication to our clients has enabled us to build relationships with hundreds of customers throughout the United States and around the world, including South America, Central America and Europe. We specialize in a wide variety of products to fill our client’s needs, from the private labeling of vitamins, dietary supplements, nutraceuticals, sport nutrition and broad-spectrum nutritional supplements. Our experienced team of scientists, formulators, and manufacturing experts have the years of knowledge necessary to take our client’s concepts all the way from initial idea to finished product. In addition, we can provide the support for a simple and cost-effective “turn key” solution to manufacturing existing formulations.

To meet the specific demands of any order, we have state-of-the-art manufacturing and packaging lines to decrease cost and maximize efficiencies. We certify that all products and labels meet stringent FDA requirements and our quality control associates will continually monitor the entire process until products are delivered. Our goal is to exceed our customer’s expectations with respect to product quality, service and price.

Doctors Scientific Organica

Doctors Scientific Organica manufactures, sells and owns the Smart for Life brand of natural health and wellness meal replacement products. The brand includes proprietary hunger suppressing functional foods that are designed to work with the body’s natural ability to lose weight. The program uses an exact protein-to-sugar ratio, a low glycemic index and glycemic load as well as multiple small meals throughout the day to deliver specific amounts of protein, super fibers and complex carbs to suppress hunger, keep sugar and insulin low and trigger the body’s release of the fat releasing hormone glucagon.

Our Smart for Life products deliver:

•        Hunger controlling protein mix

•        No toxins or preservatives

•        The right amount of protein per calorie ratio

•        NO insulin spike, lets glucagon do its job

•        A small amount of essential good fats

•        Right amount of complex carbs

Doctors Scientific Organica also develops premium supplements and commodities that will promote optimal health and wellness. This natural product line uses simple quality ingredients to help create a more sustainable lifestyle. Doctors Scientific Organica has over 15 years of experience providing high-quality products to premium retail locations and companies. Doctors Scientific Organica branded vitamins and supplements are also being sold through Amazon, and this sales channel is becoming a major contributor to the growth of the brand online. All products are packaged in eco-friendly and bio-degradable packaging.

GSP Nutrition

GSP Nutrition is a sports nutrition company that was incorporated on January 3, 2020. It offers nutritional supplements for athletes and active lifestyle consumers through a variety of wellness solutions and delivery methods, including powders, tablets and soft gels that are formulated to support energy and performance; nutrition and wellness; and focus and clarity.

77

Table of Contents

GSP Nutrition’s initial line of nutritional products are marketed under the Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand. The product line currently consists of whey protein isolate powder, tablet supplements for joint health, nitric oxide, post workout blends, Omega-3 supplements, and pre-workout supplements, among others.

We believe that the Sports Illustrated brand is one of the most recognized brands in sports and athletics. GSP Nutrition has a license for the exclusive use of the Sports Illustrated brand (excluding the Sports Illustrated Swimsuit brand for which it has a right of first offer under the license) for certain dietary and nutritional supplements, in each case to be sold to/through certain approved accounts in the United States and Canada.

Nexus

Nexus operates a cost per action/cost per acquisition network. This is an advertising model where publishers are paid for an action that is taken as a direct result of their marketing. Through the publisher’s method of marketing, Nexus sends traffic to one of the advertiser’s product offers listed on the network. Examples of the publishers marketing tactics include but are not limited to native ads, email marketing, SEO and social media traffic. The products on the network come from several different advertisers which pay Nexus a specific amount per sale. A portion of that sale made is paid out to the publisher.

To illustrate the revenue process, a publisher logs onto the platform and selects an offer to promote for the day. The platform generates a unique link which the publisher distributes either via email or a banner ad. As individuals use that link and make purchases, the traffic is credited to their affiliate account. The benefit to the publisher is that they get paid and there are no claw backs in a click per action environment. The software platforms act as the transaction ledger, keeping track of clicks, sales and commissions.

Nexus has established long-term relationships with many advertisers and publishers. Nexus also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network. Nexus has created a plug-and-play streamlined business that allows for seamless scalability into any vertical, niche or product.

We believe that Nexus is accretive to our other portfolio companies and allows us access to a broad spectrum of marketing tools to be utilized across the entire spectrum of our products.

Manufacturing, Distribution and Quality Control

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing operates a 22,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Doral, Florida. This facility primarily focuses on the contract manufacturing of vitamins and supplements, with a particular emphasis on the production of tablets, capsules and powders, along with turn-key solutions for packaging these health and wellness products in a wide variety of bottles, jars, sachets and stick packs. From inception through September 30, 2021, it has manufactured nutritional products for approximately 240 companies, and from January 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021, it manufactured nutritional products for approximately 26 companies.

Doctors Scientific Organica operates a 30,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Riviera Beach, Florida. This facility is primarily focused on the production of natural health and wellness meal replacement products, including nutrition bars, cookies, soups and shakes, as well as some vitamin and supplement capabilities such as powders.

GSP Nutrition relies on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture its products.

All our manufacturing operations are subject to GMPs promulgated by the FDA and other applicable regulatory standards. We believe our manufacturing processes comply with the GMPs for dietary supplements or foods, and our manufacturing and distribution facilities generally have sufficient capacity to meet our current business requirements and our currently anticipated sales. We place special emphasis on quality control. We assign lot numbers to all raw materials and initially hold them in quarantine while our quality department evaluates them for compliance with established specifications. Once released, we retain samples and process the material according to approved formulas by blending, mixing and technically processing as necessary. We manufacture products in final delivery form as a capsule, tablet, powder, or nutrition bar. After a product is manufactured, our laboratory analysts test its weight, purity, potency, disintegration and dissolution, if applicable, utilizing both internal equipment and third-party labs. We hold the product in quarantine until we complete the quality evaluation and determine that the product meets all applicable

78

Table of Contents

specifications before packaging. When the manufactured product meets all specifications, our automated packaging equipment packages the product with at least one tamper-evident safety seal and affixes a label, an indelible lot number and, in most cases, the expiration or “best by” date.

Our manufacturing operations are designed to allow low-cost production of a wide variety of products of different quantities, physical sizes and packaging formats, while maintaining a high level of customer service and quality. Flexible production line changeover capabilities and reduced cycle times allow us to respond quickly to changes in manufacturing schedules and customer demands.

We have inventory control systems at our facilities that track each manufacturing and packaging component as we receive it from our supply sources through manufacturing and shipment of each product to customers. To facilitate this tracking, most products we sell are bar coded. We believe our distribution capabilities increase our flexibility in responding to our customers’ delivery requirements.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

In fiscal 2020, we spent approximately $1,110,000 on raw materials, excluding packaging and similar product materials. The principal raw materials required in our operations are vitamins, minerals, herbs, and gelatin. We believe that there are adequate sources of supply for all our principal raw materials, and in general we maintain two to three suppliers for many of our raw materials. From time to time, weather or unpredictable fluctuations in the supply and demand may affect price, quantity, availability, or selection of raw materials. We believe that our strong relationships with our suppliers yield high quality, competitive pricing, and overall good service to our customers. Although we cannot be sure that our sources of supply for our principal raw materials will be adequate in all circumstances, we believe that we can develop alternate sources in a timely and cost-effective manner if our current sources become inadequate. During fiscal 2020, no one raw material supplier accounted for more than 10% of our raw material purchases. Due to availability of numerous alternative raw material suppliers, we do not believe that the loss of any single raw material supplier would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — An increase in the price and shortage of supply of key raw materials could adversely affect our business.

Sales and Marketing

We employ many different techniques and strategies within our marketing initiatives. These include direct to consumer outreach, use of influencers, Facebook targeting, focused e-mail campaigns, TV/Video spots and traditional media. Our marketing goal is always to increase visibility and relevance of our brands in the minds of our customers and potential customers. We hope to expand our programs to include experimental marketing techniques in the future.

We recently acquired Nexus, which we believe will become a value-added component of our marketing strategies. Nexus has established long-term relationships with many advertisers and publishers. It also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network.

Customers

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing, Doctors Scientific Organica and GSP Nutrition sell products to customers under individual purchase orders placed by them under their standard terms and conditions of sale. These terms and conditions generally include insurance requirements, representations by us with respect to the quality of our products and our manufacturing process, our obligations to comply with law, and indemnifications by us if we breach our representations or obligations. There is no commitment from any customer to purchase from us, or from us to sell to them, any minimum amount of product.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, Amazon, individually, accounted for 28% and 24% of Doctors Scientific Organica’s net sales, respectively, and 16% and 15% of our pro forma combined net sales, respectively. Additionally, during fiscal 2020 and 2019, Costco, individually, accounted for 30% and 0% of Doctors Scientific Organica’s net sales, respectively, and 18% and 0% of our pro forma combined net sales, respectively.

Nexus’ customers include advertisers and publishers. An advertiser is a company that has products for sale and is looking for increased sales through digital marketing avenues from publishers. Publishers are people that do the digital marketing who are looking for commissions based on performance of their digital marketing efforts. An example

79

Table of Contents

of a publisher is someone who has strong Facebook following, or a strong knowledge of Facebook ad marketing. Other examples include google ad marketing or email marketers who send marketing messages to an opted in list of subscribers. Each sale they make from any digital marketing avenue results in a nonrefundable commission.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, Nexus had four and two significant customers representing a total of 54% and 21% of net sales, respectively, and 17% and 5% of our pro forma combined net sales, respectively.

The loss of any major customer would have a material adverse effect on us if we were unable to replace that customer. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Our major customers account for a significant portion of our consolidated net sales and the loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.”

Competition

The nutraceutical industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include a number of large, nationally known brands such as Nature Made (Pharmavite), Nature’s Bounty, GNC, Spectrum (Hain Celestial), Country Life, Garden of Life and Jarrow Formulas, and many smaller brands, manufacturers and distributors. The sales of products through online marketplace platforms such as Amazon and firms’ websites continue to expand. Private label products also provide competition to our products. Whole Foods Market, Walmart, CVS, Walgreens and many health stores also sell a portion of their nutritional supplement offerings under their own private labels. Private label products are often sold at a discount to branded products. We also compete with distributors that sell products to health stores as well as mass market retailers such as United Natural Foods and KeHE Distributors. In addition, several major pharmaceutical companies continue to offer nutritional supplement lines in the mass market, including Centrum (Pfizer and GSK) and One-A-Day (Bayer). Pharmaceutical companies also offer prescription and over-the-counter products that are or may be competitive with nutritional supplements, particularly with regard to certain categories of products. Finally, as the nutraceutical market generally has low barriers to entry, additional competitors enter the market regularly.

Nexus’ competitors would be any digital marketing agency in the cost per acquisition space looking to acquire exclusive advertiser offers and high end publishers who can send high amounts of traffic through digital marketing media. Examples include Ca$hNetwork, OfferBlueprint and MaxBounty.

Competitive Strengths

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

•        Proprietary manufacturing facilities.    Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing and Doctors Scientific Organica own and operate proprietary manufacturing facilities, which allow for a high level of managerial control over all aspects of production, including sourcing, logistics and maintaining the highest levels of quality during the manufacturing process. Through direct ownership, we are able to optimize our sales and marketing practices and provide a completely integrated approach, all solidified by a single manufacturing platform for capsules, tablets, powders and various other delivery methods for all vitamins and supplements. In addition, as a private label contract manufacturer for third parties, we can provide a turnkey solution for brands and retailers who want to minimize their supply chain disruption and maximize their control over product flow to end customers. In addition, as a middle market-sized contract manufacturer, we are not encumbered by the often overly complex processes that our larger competitors may have. We can be nimble and highly adaptable, “flexing” with our customers’ needs as they change over time, which allows us to better service our ever-expanding international client base. We are able to maintain a competitive advantage due to our vertically integrated operational control. This vertical integration also allows us to minimize intellectual property and data security risks, while also eliminating costs, improving focus, optimizing quality and launching with a faster time-to-market for new products. We retain control over every step of the manufacturing processes, allowing us to establish our own institutional advantages and maximize efficiencies.

80

Table of Contents

•        Established and trusted brands.    Smart for Life, Doctors Scientific Organica and Sports Illustrated Nutrition are well-established brands in the in the health and wellness industry. In particular, Smart for Life products are currently sold in many of the largest big-box retailers in the United States and Canada, including Costco, Walmart, Sam’s Club, BJ’s and Publix, as well as through online channels such as Amazon. Doctors Scientific Organica has established a dedicated following of consumers that are strong believers in the high-quality vitamins and supplements it sells to its customers, along with the eco-friendly and bio-degradable packaging, with Amazon sales numbers continuing to increase as a result. We believe that the Sports Illustrated brand is one of the most recognized brands in sports and athletics. In connection with our acquisition of GSP Nutrition, we acquired a license for the exclusive use of the Sports Illustrated brand (excluding the Sports Illustrated Swimsuit brand for which we have a right of first offer under the license) for certain dietary and nutritional supplements, in each case to be sold to/through certain approved accounts in the United States and Canada.

•        Client focused innovative research and development.    We believe that our research and development team adds significant value to our company and our customers and is a differentiating factor for our company. We strive to be technology driven leveraging technology, science, and innovation in our research and development efforts. We work closely with our clients to create and develop new and exciting products. We frequently work directly with our customers in our research and development labs to create innovative solutions that create value for our customers in a timely manner. Our team works closely with physicians to create novel wholesome products that add nutritional and functional value.

•        Ability to market through captive marketing subsidiary.    We believe that our subsidiary, Nexus, allows us access to a broad spectrum of marketing tools to be utilized across the entire spectrum of our products. We believe that having an experienced management team and existing customer base accessible to all of our other brands in our portfolio will allow us to drive sales and revenue of existing products as well as test new product offerings generated through our research and development.

•        Referral only network based on long term relationships.    Nexus operates a referral only network, meaning that all of its publishers are referred. There is no way to get a Nexus account other than being directly referred by a known good account holder. This allows Nexus to stem any fraudulent traffic, which we believe is a substantial competitive advantage for advertisers. Nexus has also established long term relationships with its advertisers and offers competitive bonuses and contests for its affiliate base (publishers) We believe that these factors set Nexus apart from its competition.

Growth Strategies

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

•        Acquisition of additional businesses.    The nutritional products industry is highly fragmented with a large pool of companies generating less than $20 million in revenues representing significant opportunity for industry consolidation. Over the next 24 months, we plan to acquire multiple companies aggregating a minimum of $100 million in annualized revenues with the number of prospective acquisitions in the pipeline representing over $50 million in additional revenue. As of the date of this prospectus, we have determined that none of these prospective acquisitions are probable, within the meaning of Regulation S-X, due to numerous factors, including that we have not yet entered into definitive or other binding agreements, completed our due diligence, obtained board approval or publicly announced the prospective acquisitions, nor are we subject to financial penalties if these prospective acquisitions are not completed. As noted above, we also do not currently have sufficient capital to complete these acquisitions. We intend to raise capital for additional acquisitions primarily through debt financing at our operating company level, additional equity offerings by our company, or by undertaking a combination of any of the above. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. There is no guarantee that we will be able to acquire additional businesses under the terms outlined above or that we will be able to find additional acquisition candidates should we terminate our plans for any of our current acquisition targets.

81

Table of Contents

•        Increase sales from existing and new customers.    We expect to continue to drive growth for our consumer products branded business through our increased focus on our top brands and continued expansion in various health and wellness categories, which we expect to result in incremental shelf space with existing customers and new customer additions. We expect that our focus on delivering tangible benefits to consumers through product innovation will not only benefit us but also benefit our customers. Our ability to supply both branded and private label products broadens and deepens our partnerships with key retail customers, providing us more opportunities for category leadership and growth. We view the private label business as an important and valuable service that we provide to key accounts.

•        Further penetrate international markets.    Our products are currently marketed and sold in approximately two countries. In fiscal 2020, approximately 18% of our sales (on a pro forma combined basis) were to customers outside the United States. We plan to capitalize on our marketing and distribution capabilities to drive incremental international sales of our consumer product brands in emerging markets, which are characterized by a rising middle class and a strong demand for high quality nutritional and wellness products from U.S.-based manufacturers.

•        Drive productivity through operational efficiencies.    We expect to continue to focus on improving efficiency across our operations to allow us to reduce costs in our manufacturing facilities as well as across our overhead cost areas. Our recent acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica significantly increased our production capacity. In addition, we have launched an initiative to optimize our product portfolio, which we expect will enable further efficiencies across our manufacturing network. We are also introducing new initiatives that leverage automation, standardization and simplification and are expected to increase productivity across our operations.

Intellectual Property

We believe trademark protection is particularly important to the maintenance of the recognized brand names under which we market our products. We own or have rights to material trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including the Smart for Life, Doctors Scientific Organica and Sports Illustrated Nutrition brand names. We also own website domain names and have proprietary methodologies that we use in our manufacturing businesses. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position.

In January 2020, GSP Nutrition entered into a license agreement, which was amended on June 1, 2020 and August 1, 2021, for the exclusive use of the Sports Illustrated brand (excluding the Sports Illustrated Swimsuit brand for which GSP Nutrition has a right of first offer under the license) in the United States and Canada for dietary and nutritional supplements in the form of capsules, softgel tablets, chewable tablets, lozenges, gummies, protein bars, and protein powders and concentrates for preparing sports drinks or energy drinks, and the non-exclusive right to use the brand for the production and sale of shaker bottles, in each case to be sold to/through certain approved accounts in the United States and Canada.

As consideration for the license, GSP Nutrition must pay royalties in an amount that is between 4% and 14% of net sales (as defined in the license agreement) with certain amounts guaranteed in advance. The aggregate amount of such guaranteed royalties is $1 million for the initial term of the license agreement. In addition, GSP Nutrition must contribute an amount ranging between 1% and 3% of its net sales to a common marketing fund, to be spent on an annual basis on marketing efforts, including advertising and promotional campaigns.

The license agreement has a term of five years ending on December 31, 2024, with a right to renew for an additional five-year term by providing written notice of renewal between June 1, 2023 and July 31, 2023. The licensor may terminate the license agreement upon breach by GSP Nutrition of the payment or other terms of the license agreement (which is not cured within the applicable cure period, if any, if such breach is capable of cure) or in the event of certain other customary termination events. GSP Nutrition may terminate the license agreement upon a material breach by the licensor if such breach is not cured with thirty (30) business days of the licensor’s receipt of written notice thereof.

We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including trademark, patent and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information. Protection of our intellectual property often affords us the opportunity to enhance our position in the marketplace by precluding our competitors from using or otherwise exploiting our technology and brands. We are also a party to several intellectual property license agreements relating to certain of our products. The duration of our trademark registrations is generally 10, 15 or 20 years, depending on the country in which the marks are

82

Table of Contents

registered, and we can renew the registrations. The scope and duration of our intellectual property protection varies throughout the world by jurisdiction and by individual product. Our global trademark portfolio, with the aforementioned registration durations, consists of our core marks for our business and our proprietary product brands which drive significant brand awareness for all of our businesses. Our proprietary product formulas and recipes, maintained as trade secrets, are significant to our growth and success as they form the foundation for our production and sales of effective, high quality products.

Facilities

Our corporate offices are located at 990 Biscayne Blvd., Suite 503, Miami, Florida 33132.

Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing is located at 10575 N.W. 37th Terrace, Doral, Florida 33178. It operates a 22,000 square foot manufacturing facility at this address. The building housing this manufacturing facility is under a 5-year lease ending in June 2022, at the rental rate of $325,000 per year. Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing has an option to renew this lease for an additional three years with a 3% annual increase in the rental amount.

Doctors Scientific Organica’s manufacturing and corporate offices are located at 1210 W 13th St, Riviera Beach, Florida 33404. It operates a 30,000 square foot manufacturing facility at this address. The building housing this manufacturing facility is under a five-year lease ending in August 2023 at the rental rate of $296,040 per year. Doctors Scientific Organica has an option to renew this lease for an additional three years with a 3% annual increase in the rental amount.

Our Canadian subsidiary Smart for Life Canada Inc. operates a retail store located at 6525 Décarie Boulevard, Suite GR-3, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3W-3E3. This location also acts as a distribution center for our international direct to consumer and big box customers. Smart for Life Canada Inc. rents this facility under a three-year lease agreement ending in September 2024 at the rental rate of C$37,570.50 per year (approximately US$46,734), plus its 3.53% proportionate share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.

We believe that all our properties have been adequately maintained, are generally in good condition, and are suitable and adequate for our business.

Employees

Across all operating units, we currently have approximately 107 employees with approximately 70 of such employees being engaged in our manufacturing operations and the balance being engaged in management or middle management. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe that we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. We are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Regulation

Our business is subject to varying degrees of regulation by a number of government authorities in the United States, including the FDA, the FTC, the CPSC, the USDA and the EPA. Various agencies of the state and localities in which we operate and in which our products are sold also regulate our business.

The areas of our business that these and other authorities regulate include, among others:

•        product claims and advertising;

•        product labels;

•        product ingredients; and

•        how we manufacture, package, distribute, import, export, sell and store our products.

83

Table of Contents

In addition, our products sold in foreign countries are also subject to regulation under various national, local and international laws that include provisions governing, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs.

As a result of the acquisition of Nexus, we are also subject to laws and regulations generally applicable to providers of digital marketing services, including federal and state laws and regulations governing data security and privacy, unfair and deceptive acts and practices, advertising and content regulation.

We are also subject to a variety of other regulations in the United States, including those relating to taxes, employment, import and export, and intellectual property.

Food and Drug Administration

The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994, or DSHEA, amended the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, to establish a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling, manufacturing and marketing of dietary supplements. Generally, under the FDC Act, dietary ingredients (i.e., vitamins; minerals; herb or other botanical; amino acids; or dietary substances for use by humans to supplement diet by increasing total dietary intake; or any concentrate, metabolite, constituent, extract or combination of any of the above) that were marketed in the United States prior to October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. New dietary ingredients (i.e., dietary ingredients that were not marketed in the United States before October 15, 1994) must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient notification submitted to the FDA unless the ingredient has been “present in the food supply as an article used for food” without being “chemically altered.” A new dietary ingredient notification must provide the FDA evidence of a “history of use or other evidence of safety” establishing that use of the dietary ingredient “will reasonably be expected to be safe.” A new dietary ingredient notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 75 days before the initial marketing of the new dietary ingredient. The FDA may determine that a new dietary ingredient notification does not provide an adequate basis to conclude that a dietary ingredient is reasonably expected to be safe. Such a determination could prevent the marketing of such dietary ingredient.

In 2011 and 2016, the FDA issued draft guidance setting forth recommendations for complying with the new dietary ingredient notification requirement. Although FDA guidance is non-binding and does not establish legally enforceable responsibilities, and companies are free to use an alternative approach if the approach satisfies the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, FDA guidance is a strong indication of the FDA’s current thinking on the topic discussed in the guidance, including its position on enforcement. At this time, it is difficult to determine whether the 2016 draft guidance (which replaced the 2011 draft guidance), if finalized, would have a material impact on our operations. However, if the FDA were to enforce the applicable statutes and regulations in accordance with the draft guidance as written, such enforcement could require us to incur additional expenses, which could be significant, and negatively impact our business in several ways, including, but not limited to, enjoining the manufacturing of our products until the FDA determines that we are in compliance and can resume manufacturing, increasing our liability and reducing our growth prospects.

The FDA or other agencies could take actions against products or product ingredients that, in their determination, present an unreasonable health risk to consumers that would make it illegal for us to sell such products. In addition, the FDA could issue consumer warnings with respect to the products or ingredients in such products that are sold in our stores. Such actions or warnings could be based on information received through FDC Act-mandated reporting of serious adverse events.

We take a number of actions to ensure the products we sell comply with the FDC Act. Some of these actions include maintaining and continuously updating a list of restricted ingredients that will be prohibited from inclusion in any products that we sell. In addition, we have developed and maintain a list of ingredients that we believe comply with the applicable provisions of the FDC Act. As is common in our industry, we rely on some third-party vendors to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. In general, we seek representations and warranties, indemnification and/or insurance from our vendors. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. In addition, the failure of such products to comply with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or remove such products from the market, which in certain cases could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. A removal or recall could also result in negative publicity and damage to our

84

Table of Contents

reputation that could reduce future demand for our products. In the past, we have attempted to offset any losses related to recalls and removals with reformulated or alternative products; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to offset all or any portion of losses related to any future removal or recall.

The FDC Act permits structure/function claims to be included in labels and labeling for dietary supplements without FDA pre-market approval. However, companies must have substantiation that the claims are “truthful and not misleading”, and must submit a notification with the text of the claims to the FDA no later than 30 days after marketing the dietary supplement with the claims. Permissible structure/function claims may describe how a particular nutrient or dietary ingredient affects the structure, function or general well-being of the body, or characterize the documented mechanism of action by which a nutrient or dietary ingredient acts to maintain such structure or function. The label or labeling of a product marketed as a dietary supplement may not expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent a disease (i.e. a disease claim). If the FDA determines that a particular structure/function claim is an unacceptable disease claim that causes the product to be regulated as a drug, a conventional food claim or an unauthorized version of a “health claim,” or, if the FDA determines that a particular claim is not adequately supported by existing scientific data or is false or misleading in any particular, we would be prevented from using the claim and would have to update our product labels and labeling accordingly.

In addition, DSHEA provides that so-called “third-party literature,” e.g., “a publication, including an article, a chapter in a book, or an official abstract of a peer-reviewed scientific publication that appears in an article and was prepared by the author or the editors of the publication” supplements, when reprinted in its entirety, may be used “in connection with the sale of a dietary supplement to consumers” without the literature being subject to regulation as labeling. Such literature: (1) must not be false or misleading; (2) may not “promote” a particular manufacturer or brand of dietary supplement; (3) must present a balanced view or is displayed or presented with other such items on the same subject matter so as to present a balanced view of the available scientific information; (4) if displayed in an establishment, must be physically separate from the dietary supplements; and (5) should not have appended to it any information by sticker or any other method. If the literature fails to satisfy each of these requirements, we may be prevented from disseminating such literature with our products, and any continued dissemination could subject our product to regulatory action as an illegal drug.

In June 2007, pursuant to the authority granted by the FDC Act as amended by DSHEA, the FDA published detailed GMP regulations that govern the manufacturing, packaging, labeling and holding operations of dietary supplement manufacturers. The GMP regulations, among other things, impose significant recordkeeping requirements on manufacturers. The GMP requirements are in effect for all dietary supplement manufacturers, and the FDA conducts inspections of dietary supplement manufacturers pursuant to these requirements. There remains considerable uncertainty with respect to the FDA’s interpretation of the regulations and their actual implementation in manufacturing facilities.

In addition, the FDA’s interpretation of the regulations governing dietary supplements will likely change over time as the agency becomes more familiar with the industry and the regulations. The failure of a manufacturing facility to comply with the GMP regulations renders products manufactured in such facility “adulterated,” and subjects such products and the manufacturer to a variety of potential FDA enforcement actions. In addition, under the Food Safety Modernization Act, or FSMA, which was enacted in January 2011, the manufacturing of dietary ingredients contained in dietary supplements will be subject to similar or even more burdensome manufacturing requirements, which will likely increase the costs of dietary ingredients and will subject suppliers of such ingredients to more rigorous inspections and enforcement. The FSMA will also require importers of food, including dietary supplements and dietary ingredients, to conduct verification activities to ensure that the food they might import meets applicable domestic requirements.

The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of federal law applicable to dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning or notice of violation letter to a company, publicize information about illegal products, detain products intended for import, require the reporting of serious adverse events, require a recall of illegal or unsafe products from the market, and request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action or a criminal prosecution in the United States courts.

The FSMA expands the reach and regulatory powers of the FDA with respect to the production and importation of food, including dietary supplements. The expanded reach and regulatory powers include the FDA’s ability to order mandatory recalls, administratively detain domestic products, and require certification of compliance with domestic requirements for imported foods associated with safety issues. FMSA also gave FDA the authority to administratively revoke manufacturing facility registrations, effectively enjoining manufacturing of dietary ingredients and dietary supplements without judicial process. The regulation of dietary supplements may increase or become more restrictive in the future.

85

Table of Contents

Federal Trade Commission

The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and other health-related products and requires that all advertising to consumers be truthful and non-misleading. The FTC actively monitors the dietary supplement space and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. FTC enforcement actions may result in consent decrees, cease and desist orders, judicial injunctions and the payment of fines with respect to advertising claims that are found to be unsubstantiated.

Environmental Regulation

Our facilities and operations, in common with those of similar industries making similar products, are subject to many federal, state, provincial and local requirements, rules and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and of human health and safety, including those regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. We continually examine ways to reduce our emissions, minimize waste and limit our exposure to any liabilities, as well as decrease costs related to environmental compliance. Costs to comply with current and anticipated environmental requirements, rules and regulations and any estimated capital expenditures for environmental control facilities are not anticipated to be material when compared with overall costs and capital expenditures. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that such costs will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or competitive position.

New Legislation or Regulation

Legislation may be introduced which, if passed, would impose substantial new regulatory requirements on dietary supplements and other health products. We cannot determine what effect additional domestic or international governmental legislation, regulations, or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future. New legislation or regulations may require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, require the recall or discontinuance of certain products not capable of reformulation, impose additional record keeping or require expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling or scientific substantiation.

86

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below is information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr.

 

72

 

Executive Chairman of the Board

Ryan F. Zackon

 

39

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Darren C. Minton

 

39

 

President and Director

Alan B. Bergman

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Ronald S. Altbach

 

74

 

Director

Richard M. Cohen

 

70

 

Director(1)

Robert S. Rein, Esq.

 

77

 

Director(1)

Roger Conley Wood

 

54

 

Director(1)

____________

(1)      Appointed to our board of directors effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr.    Mr. Cervantes is the founder of our company and has served as our Executive Chairman since our inception. Mr. Cervantes is also Executive Chairman of Trilogy Capital Group, LLC, or Trilogy, a private equity firm and a principal stockholder, and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of its predecessor, Trilogy Capital Partners, Inc. since 2002. Through more than 35 years as an executive in diversified businesses, Mr. Cervantes has accumulated extensive experience in the public markets with experience in corporate finance and emerging growth companies. His significant corporate finance experience includes mergers and acquisitions, initial public offerings, private placements as well as the reorganization of middle-market companies. Prior to Smart for Life, Inc., Mr. Cervantes was the founder and Vice Chairman of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (NASDAQ: STAF), from 2012 to 2015, where he facilitated, in association with Mr. Minton, multiple acquisitions and drove the company from pure startup to over $100 million in revenues in approximately two years. Mr. Cervantes is a graduate of Webster University with a degree in Communications. We believe Mr. Cervantes is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive corporate finance experience and knowledge of our company.

Ryan F. Zackon.    Mr. Zackon has served as our Chief Executive Officer since November 2020 and as a member of our board of directors since December 2020. Mr. Zackon possesses significant experience in the nutraceutical industry with an emphasis on the development and implementation of operational and financial initiatives. Prior to joining us, he served as Vice President and Interim Chief Operating Officer for Twinlab Consolidated Holdings, Inc. (OTC: TLCC), a 50-year-old international health and wellness company engaged in the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of a broad array of nutritional products on a global basis, from June 2019 to December 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Zackon served as the Vice President of Operations at Woodfield Distribution, LLC, a third-party logistics provider to the pharmaceutical industry, from January 2018 to June 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Zackon was Chief Operating Officer of Private Label Express, a dietary health and wellness contract manufacturer, from September 2016 to January 2018. He previously also served as the Chief Operating Officer of PDF Security Services, a leading multi-national security consulting firm based in Sacramento, CA. Mr. Zackon is a graduate of The Ohio State with a degree in Psychology. We believe Mr. Zackon is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience in the nutraceutical industry.

Darren C. Minton.    Mr. Minton has served as our President since September 2017 and as a member of our board of directors since November 2018. Mr. Minton also serves as President of BSNM, managing day-to-day manufacturing operations. Mr. Minton has more than 15 years of capital markets experience in both small and large organizations. Over the years, his capacities have ranged from various executive positions, as well as president and chief executive officer positions with entrepreneurial ventures to established roles reporting to public company boards, with significant leadership and team building skills. Prior to joining us, Mr. Minton was a co-founder and Executive Vice President at Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (NASDAQ: STAF), from 2012 to 2017, where he facilitated the company’s alternative public offering and listing on Nasdaq. He previously served as President of Trilogy Capital Partners, Inc. and as an Analyst at Mesa West Capital, a privately held portfolio lender with a multi-billion dollar offering capability headquartered in Los Angeles, as well as First Republic Bank in Palo Alto. Mr. Minton is a graduate of Stanford University with a degree in Economics. We believe Mr. Minton is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management and capital markets experience.

87

Table of Contents

Alan B. Bergman.    Mr. Bergman has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2021. Mr. Bergman’s expertise includes corporate financial management, mergers and acquisitions, corporate reorganizations, cost reduction and avoidance, financial analysis and reporting, IPO management, contract negotiations, ISO 9000 Quality Systems and SEC reporting and compliance. Prior to joining us, he served as Chief Financial Officer, Vice President Finance at Bright Mountain Media, Inc. (OTCQB: BMTM) from June 2019 to December 2020. Prior to that, he served as Vice President Finance at Greenlane Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: GNLN), from December 2018 to May 2019. He previously served as Controller for Woodfield Distribution from October 2013 to February 2018 and as Vice President Finance at Latitude Solutions from May 2011 to March 2013. Mr. Bergman commenced his career in 2000 with Deloitte as a Senior Auditor and subsequently as Audit Manager at Mallah Furman, P.A. and as Senior Auditor at Weinberg & Company, P.A. In addition, Mr. Bergman is also an Adjunct Professor of Accounting at Florida Atlantic University and Millennia Atlantic University. Mr. Bergman received his Master’s in Accounting from University of Miami.

Ronald S. Altbach.    Mr. Altbach has been a member of our board of directors since October 2020. He previously served on our board from our inception until November 2018. Mr. Altbach is a financial services executive with over 35 years of capital markets experience with an emphasis on mergers and acquisitions and the development of strategic relationships. He has served in senior leadership positions in a variety of industries, including investment banking, marketing, consumer and luxury products, and media finance. Mr. Altbach is currently a principal in and Chief Commercial Officer and a director of MPS Infrastructure, Inc., which is engaged in the ownership, development, building and operation of large-scale infrastructure projects with an emphasis on sustainable water and power initiatives across Africa, where he has served since 2017. Mr. Altbach previously was President of Altbachco, LLC, a New York-based investment company which is a principal shareholder in Regeneration Capital Group, a New York-based merchant bank he co-formed with Mr. Cervantes in 2008 and where he served as President from 2009 to 2016. He serves as lead independent director on the board of Catch Media, a cloud-based technology provider with millions of active users across the globe. He previously held the position of Vice Chairman of Rosecliff, Inc., a New York-based merchant bank principally engaged in leveraged buyouts, and Chairman of Paul Sebastian, Inc., a Rosecliff portfolio company that marketed its own fragrance brands, as well as licensed brands, to U.S. and international department stores. Mr. Altbach is a graduate of Cornell University with a degree in Music. We believe Mr. Altbach is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive capital markets experience.

Richard M. Cohen.    Mr. Cohen will become a member of our board of directors effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. He previously served on our board from our inception until November 2018. Mr. Cohen is an experienced CEO/CFO at public and private companies. His professional experience includes biotech, financial services and diversified media and he maintains excellent contacts with capital financing sources on and off Wall Street. From 1996 to present, Mr. Cohen has been President of Richard M. Cohen Consultants. He was the CEO, CFO, and Board Member of CorMedix Inc., Bridgewater, NJ, a publicly traded (NYSE) medical device/biotechnology company with an intrapericardial therapy product targeted to markets in the U.S. and Europe, from 2010 to 2013. He has served on the board of directors and as Audit Committee Chair of 20/20 GeneSystems, Inc. (2016 to present), Helix BioMedix, Inc. (2006 to Present), CorMedix Inc. (2010 to 2013), and Rodman & Renshaw (2008 to 2012). Mr. Cohen’s academic credentials include an MBA from Stanford University and B.S. with honors from Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Cohen is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive board and audit committee experience.

Robert S. Rein, Esq.    Mr. Rein will become a member of our board of directors automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Rein is an attorney and has been practicing law in California since 1971. Since 2008, Mr. Rein has been a Partner in Rein & Associates, a law firm representing businesses and individuals with respect to all aspects of business transactions and matters. His practice primarily consists of handling business, corporate and real estate matters; tax issues; and business and estate planning. Mr. Rein’s experience includes business acquisitions and sales, reorganizations, financings, business and tax planning, and business counselling. His firm has represented both public and private entities. Prior to the formation of Rein & Associates, Mr. Rein was a partner in predecessors to Rein & Associates since 1975. Mr. Rein obtained his B.A. in Economics from Brandeis University and his J.D. from Harvard Law School. Upon graduating law school, Mr. Rein clerked for Judge Milton Conford, the then senior judge of the New Jersey Superior Court, Appellate Division. Mr. Rein is currently the CEO and a member of the board of directors of R Solutions, Inc., a corporation involved in the furniture and other corporate fulfilment business, and Racada Corp., a real estate investment company. We believe that Mr. Rein is well qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive legal and business experience.

88

Table of Contents

Roger Conley Wood.    Mr. Wood will become a member of our board of directors effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Wood is a seasoned executive with over 25 years of experience serving in C-level positions with various technology and consumer product businesses. He is currently Chairman of Conley Holdings, a private family company with interests in Homebuilding, Fashion, Training & Education, Pet Care, Media & Entertainment and Personal Care sectors. He served as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner of Blue Bear Brands, a marketing consultancy specializing in predicative analytics and machine learning, from 2014 to 2020. He previously held senior management positions with Hearst Corporation, Orca Payments, Amobee Media, Willis Group, Reebok International, Omnipoint Voicestream and Motorola. He has served on the board of directors of numerous private companies and the board of trustees for the Wardlaw-Hartridge School, Global Alumni Board of Harvard Business School, Junior Achievement and the British American Business Council. Mr. Wood obtained his B.A. in Marketing and Statistics from Morehouse College and his Master’s in Business Administration from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Wood is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management and prior board experience.

Our directors currently have terms which will end at our next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, subject to their prior death, resignation or removal. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There is no arrangement or understanding between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director, nominee or officer.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our officers or directors.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, except as described below, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

•        been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

•        had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

•        been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

•        been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

•        been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

•        been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

89

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance

Governance Structure

We chose to appoint a separate Chairman of the Board who is not our Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors has made this decision based on their belief that a separate Chairman of the Board can act as a balance to the Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as a non-independent director.

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The board of directors oversees that the assets of our company are properly safeguarded, that the appropriate financial and other controls are maintained, and that our business is conducted wisely and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and proper governance. Included in these responsibilities is the board’s oversight of the various risks facing our company. In this regard, our board seeks to understand and oversee critical business risks. Our board does not view risk in isolation. Risks are considered in virtually every business decision and as part of our business strategy. Our board recognizes that it is neither possible nor prudent to eliminate all risk. Indeed, purposeful and appropriate risk-taking is essential for our company to be competitive on a global basis and to achieve its objectives.

While the board oversees risk management, company management is charged with managing risk. Management communicates routinely with the board and individual directors on the significant risks identified and how they are being managed. Directors are free to, and indeed often do, communicate directly with senior management.

Our board administers its risk oversight function as a whole by making risk oversight a matter of collective consideration; however, much of the work is delegated to committees, which will meet regularly and report back to the full board. The audit committee oversees risks related to our financial statements, the financial reporting process, accounting and legal matters, the compensation committee evaluates the risks and rewards associated with our compensation philosophy and programs, and that the nominating and corporate governance committee evaluates risk associated with management decisions and strategic direction.

Independent Directors

Nasdaq’s rules generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. Our board of directors currently consists of four (4) directors, one of whom, Mr. Altbach, is independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq’s rules. We have entered into independent director agreements with Messrs. Cohen, Rein and Wood, pursuant to which they have been appointed to serve as independent directors effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. As a result of these appointments, we anticipate that our board of directors upon closing of this offering will consist of seven (7) directors, four (4) of whom will be independent within the meaning of Nasdaq’s rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each with its own charter approved by the board. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to make each committee’s charter available on our website at www.smartforlifecorp.com.

In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Richard M. Cohen, Ronald S. Altbach and Robert S. Rein, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and Nasdaq’s rules, have been appointed to serve on our audit committee, effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with Mr. Cohen serving as the chairman. Mr. Cohen qualifies as “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company.

The audit committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) retaining and overseeing our independent accountants; (ii) assisting the board in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) reviewing

90

Table of Contents

and approving the plan and scope of the internal and external audit; (iv) pre-approving any audit and non-audit services provided by our independent auditors; (v) approving the fees to be paid to our independent auditors; (vi) reviewing with our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; (vii) reviewing hedging transactions; and (viii) reviewing and assessing annually the audit committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

Compensation Committee

Ronald S. Altbach, Richard M. Cohen and Roger Conley Wood, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and Nasdaq’s rules, have been appointed to serve on our compensation committee, effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with Mr. Altbach serving as the chairman. The members of the compensation committee are also “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers.

The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) reviewing and approving the remuneration of our executive officers; (ii) determining the compensation of our independent directors; (iii) making recommendations to the board regarding equity-based and incentive compensation plans, policies and programs; and (iv) reviewing and assessing annually the compensation committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Robert S. Rein, Esq., Ronald S. Altbach and Roger Conley Wood, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and Nasdaq’s rules, have been appointed to serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee, effective automatically upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with Mr. Rein serving as the chairman. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) recommending the number of directors to comprise our board; (ii) identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of the board and soliciting recommendations for director nominees from the chairman and chief executive officer of our company; (iii) recommending to the board the director nominees for each annual stockholders’ meeting; (iv) recommending to the board the candidates for filling vacancies that may occur between annual stockholders’ meetings; (v) reviewing independent director compensation and board processes, self-evaluations and policies; (vi) reviewing and approving related party transactions; (vii) overseeing compliance with our code of ethics; and (viii) monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate governance.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s methods for identifying candidates for election to our board of directors (other than those proposed by our stockholders, as discussed below) will include the solicitation of ideas for possible candidates from a number of sources — members of our board of directors, our executives, individuals personally known to the members of our board of directors, and other research. The nominating and corporate governance committee may also, from time-to-time, retain one or more third-party search firms to identify suitable candidates.

In making director recommendations, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider some or all of the following factors: (i) the candidate’s judgment, skill, experience with other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size, and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight; (ii) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other board members; (iii) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the board and any committee thereof; (iv) whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence; and (v) the candidate’s ability to contribute to the effective management of our company, taking into account the needs of our company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

A stockholder may nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting of stockholders if the stockholder complies with the notice and information provisions contained in our bylaws. Such notice must be in writing to our company not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days prior to the anniversary date of the

91

Table of Contents

preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders or as otherwise required by requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, stockholders furnishing such notice must be a holder of record on both (i) the date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Such code of ethics addresses, among other things, honesty and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, regulations and policies, including disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws, and reporting of violations of the code.

We are required to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to use our website as a method of disseminating this disclosure, as permitted by applicable SEC rules. Any such disclosure will be posted to our website within four (4) business days following the date of any such amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics.

92

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table — Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods. No other executive officers received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)
(1)

 

Option
Awards
($)
(1)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)
(2)

 

Total
($)

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr.,

 

2021

 

216,667

 

 

 

 

 

216,667

Executive Chairman

 

2020

 

200,000

 

 

22,500

 

900

 

23,328

 

246,728

                             

Ryan F. Zackon,

 

2021

 

254,166

 

 

 

 

16,968

 

271,134

Chief Executive Officer(3)

 

2020

 

22,916

 

 

 

 

 

22,916

                             

Darren C. Minton,

 

2021

 

175,000

 

 

 

 

 

175,000

President

 

2020

 

200,000

 

 

12,500

 

100

 

 

212,600

____________

(1)      The amount is equal to the aggregate grant-date fair value with respect to the awards, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

(2)      Other compensation includes automobile allowances.

(3)      Mr. Zackon was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on November 15, 2020.

Employment Agreements

On July 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Cervantes, our Executive Chairman. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Cervantes was entitled to an annual base salary of $200,000, which was increased to $250,000 on completion of the Doctors Scientific Organica acquisition on July 1, 2021 and was increased to $300,000 on completion of the Nexus acquisition on November 8, 2021. In addition, Mr. Cervantes is eligible to receive a bonus of $100,000 for each bona fide acquisition and $250,000 on conclusion of an initial public offering of not less than $10 million. He will also be entitled to an annual bonus of 20% of his base salary based on meeting company objectives and the remainder will be based on meeting mutually agreed employee objections or as otherwise determined by the board. Mr. Cervantes is eligible to participate in all equity incentive plans and other employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. We also provide Mr. Cervantes an allowance for a late model automobile and related expenses. The term of Mr. Cervantes’ agreement is five years, commencing July 1, 2020 and terminating June 30, 2025. His employment agreement is terminable on 30 days’ notice. However, we may terminate Mr. Cervantes’ employment without notice for cause (as defined in the employment agreement). If we terminate Mr. Cervantes’ employment without cause or due to a disability, he is entitled to twelve (12) months of severance pay equal to the base salary of the current year, which will be paid on a bi-weekly schedule. The employment agreement contains standard confidentiality provisions and restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Cervantes from owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment.

On November 15, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Zackon, our Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Zackon was entitled to an annual base salary of $250,000, which was increased to $300,000 after the first year of employment and will be increased to $350,000 after the second year of employment. He will also be entitled to receive an annual bonus in an amount between 10% and 20% of his base salary based on meeting mutually agreed employee objectives or as otherwise determined by the board. Mr. Zackon is eligible to participate in all equity incentive plans and other employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. The term of Mr. Zackon’s agreement commenced on November 15, 2020 and will continue until termination. His employment agreement is terminable on 30 days’ notice. However, we may terminate Mr. Zackon’s employment without notice for cause (as defined in the employment agreement). If we terminate Mr. Zackon’s employment without cause or due to a disability, he is entitled to six (6) months of severance pay equal to the base salary of the current year, which will be paid on a bi-weekly schedule. The employment agreement contains standard confidentiality provisions and restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Zackon from owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment.

93

Table of Contents

On July 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Minton, our President. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Minton was entitled to an annual base salary of $200,000, which was increased to $250,000 on completion of the Doctors Scientific Organica acquisition on July 1, 2021. In addition, Mr. Minton is eligible to receive a bonus of $25,000 for our first two acquisitions following the date of the employment agreement and $50,000 on conclusion of an initial public offering of not less than $10 million. He will also be entitled to receive an annual bonus of up to 20% of his base salary based on meeting mutually agreed employee objectives or as otherwise determined by the board. Mr. Minton is eligible to participate in all equity incentive plans and other employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. We also provide Mr. Minton an allowance for a late model automobile and related expenses. The term of Mr. Minton’s agreement is three years, commencing July 1, 2020 and terminating June 30, 2023. His employment agreement is terminable on 30 days’ notice. However, we may terminate Mr. Minton’s employment without notice for cause (as defined in the employment agreement). If we terminate Mr. Minton’s employment without cause or due to a disability, he is entitled to six (6) months of severance pay equal to the base salary of the current year, which will be paid on a bi-weekly schedule. The employment agreement contains standard confidentiality provisions and restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Minton from owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table includes certain information with respect to the value of all unexercised options and unvested shares of restricted stock previously awarded to the executive officers named above at the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Option Awards

Name

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

 

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr.

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

$

0.01

 

09/14/30

Darren C. Minton

 

250,000

 

 

 

$

0.01

 

09/14/30

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently make available a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under Section 401(k) of the Code, pursuant to which employees, including the executive officers named above, can make voluntary pre-tax contributions.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

As described under “— Employment Agreements” above, Messrs. Cervantes, Zackon and Minton are entitled severance if their employment is terminated without cause.

Director Compensation

The table below sets forth the compensation paid to our independent directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Name

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)

 

Option
Awards ($)
(1)

 

Total ($)

Ronald S. Altbach

 

 

2,000

 

2,000

____________

(1)      The amount is equal to the aggregate grant-date fair value with respect to the awards, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

No other member of our board of directors received any compensation for his services as a director during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

94

Table of Contents

2020 Stock Incentive Plan

On September 14, 2020, our board of directors adopted the Bonne Santé Group, Inc. 2020 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which was approved by our stockholders on September 14, 2020. The following is a summary of certain significant features of the 2020 Plan. The information which follows is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the 2020 Plan document itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Awards that may be granted include incentive stock options as described in section 422(b) of the Code, non-qualified stock options (i.e., options that are not incentive stock options) and awards of restricted stock. These awards offer our employees, consultants, advisors and outside directors the possibility of future value, depending on the long-term price appreciation of our common stock and the award holder’s continuing service with our company or one or more of its subsidiaries.

All of the permissible types of awards under the 2020 Plan are described in more detail as follows:

Purposes of Plan:    The purpose of the 2020 Plan is to offer selected employees, consultants, advisors and outside directors the opportunity to acquire equity in our company.

Administration of the Plan:    The 2020 Plan is administered by our compensation committee. Among other things, the administrator has the authority to select persons who will receive awards, determine the types of awards and the number of shares to be covered by awards, and to establish the terms, conditions, restrictions and other provisions of awards.

Eligible Recipients:    Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan will be those employees, consultants, advisors and outside directors of our company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the administrator.

Shares Available Under the Plan:    The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be delivered to participants under the 2020 Plan is 2,000,000, subject to adjustment for certain corporate changes affecting the shares, such as stock splits. Shares subject to an award under the 2020 Plan for which the award is canceled, forfeited or expires again become available for grants under the 2020 Plan. Shares subject to an award that is settled in cash will not again be made available for grants under the 2020 Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, 550,000 shares remain available for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

Stock Options:

General.    Subject to the provisions of the 2020 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine all grants of stock options. That determination will include: (i) the number of shares subject to any option; (ii) the exercise price per share; (iii) the expiration date of the option; (iv) the manner, time and date of permitted exercise; (v) other restrictions, if any, on the option or the shares underlying the option; and (vi) any other terms and conditions as the administrator may determine.

Option Price.    The exercise price for stock options will be determined at the time of grant. Normally, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by the administrator. As a matter of tax law, the exercise price for any incentive stock option awarded may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. However, incentive stock option grants to any person owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

Exercise of Options.    An option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions for the option agreement as established by the administrator at the time of the grant. The option must be exercised by notice to us, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payments may be made in cash or, at the option of the administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of shares of common stock to the holder of the option based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise.

Expiration or Termination.    Options, if not previously exercised, will expire on the expiration date established by the administrator at the time of grant; provided that such term cannot exceed ten years and that such term of an incentive stock option granted to a holder of more than 10% of our voting stock cannot exceed five years. Options will terminate before their expiration date if the holder’s service with us terminates before the expiration date. The option may remain

95

Table of Contents

exercisable for specified periods after certain terminations of service, including terminations as a result of death, disability or retirement, with the precise period during which the option may be exercised to be established by the administrator and reflected in the grant evidencing the award.

Stock Awards:    Stock awards can also be granted under the 2020 Plan. A stock award is a grant of shares of common stock. These awards will be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the administrator shall determine at the date of grant. Those may include requirements for continuous service and/or the achievement of specified performance goals.

Other Material Provisions:    Awards will be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as may be approved by the administrator. In the event of various changes to the capitalization of our company, such as stock splits, stock dividends and similar re-capitalizations, an appropriate adjustment will be made by the administrator to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards or to the exercise price of such awards. The administrator is also permitted to include in the written agreement provisions that provide for certain changes in the award in the event of a change of control of our company, including acceleration of vesting. Except as otherwise determined by the administrator at the date of grant, awards will not be transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to any award distribution, we are permitted to deduct or withhold amounts sufficient to satisfy any employee withholding tax requirements. The board also has the authority, at any time, to discontinue the granting of awards. The board also has the authority to alter or amend the 2020 Plan or any outstanding award or may terminate the 2020 Plan as to further grants, provided that no amendment will, without the approval of our stockholders, increase the number of shares available under the 2020 Plan or change the persons eligible for awards under the 2020 Plan. No amendment that would adversely affect any outstanding award made under the 2020 Plan can be made without the consent of the holder of such award.

2022 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 13, 2022, our board of directors adopted the Smart for Life, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2022 Plan. The following is a summary of certain significant features of the 2022 Plan. The information which follows is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the 2022 Plan document itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Awards that may be granted include: (a) incentive stock options, (b) non-qualified stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted awards, (e) performance share awards, and (f) performance compensation awards. These awards offer our officers, employees, consultants and directors the possibility of future value, depending on the long-term price appreciation of our common stock and the award holder’s continuing service with our company.

Stock options give the option holder the right to acquire from us a designated number of shares of common stock at a purchase price that is fixed upon the grant of the option. The exercise price will not be less than the market price of the common stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted may be either tax-qualified stock options (so-called “incentive stock options”) or non-qualified stock options.

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which may be granted alone or in tandem with options, have an economic value similar to that of options. When a SAR for a particular number of shares is exercised, the holder receives a payment equal to the difference between the market price of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the shares under the SAR. Again, the exercise price for SARs normally is the market price of the shares on the date the SAR is granted. Under the 2022 Plan, holders of SARs may receive this payment — the appreciation value — either in cash or shares of common stock valued at the fair market value on the date of exercise. The form of payment will be determined by us.

Restricted shares are shares of common stock awarded to participants at no cost. Restricted shares can take the form of awards of restricted stock, which represent issued and outstanding shares of our common stock subject to vesting criteria, or restricted stock units, which represent the right to receive shares of our common stock subject to satisfaction of the vesting criteria. Restricted shares are forfeitable and non-transferable until the shares vest. The vesting date or dates and other conditions for vesting are established when the shares are awarded.

The 2022 Plan also provides for performance compensation awards, representing the right to receive a payment, which may be in the form of cash, shares of common stock, or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established goals.

96

Table of Contents

All of the permissible types of awards under the 2022 Plan are described in more detail as follows:

Purposes of Plan:    The purposes of the 2022 Plan are to attract and retain officers, employees and directors for our company and its subsidiaries; motivate them by means of appropriate incentives to achieve long-range goals; provide incentive compensation opportunities; and further align their interests with those of our stockholders through compensation that is based on our common stock.

Administration of the Plan:    The 2022 Plan is administered by our compensation committee. Among other things, the administrator has the authority to select persons who will receive awards, determine the types of awards and the number of shares to be covered by awards, and to establish the terms, conditions, performance criteria, restrictions and other provisions of awards. The administrator has authority to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2022 Plan.

Eligible Recipients:    Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2022 Plan will be those officers, employees, consultants, and directors of our company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the administrator.

Shares Available Under the Plan:    The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered to participants under the 2022 Plan is 2,000,000, subject to adjustment for certain corporate changes affecting the shares, such as stock splits. Shares subject to an award under the 2022 Plan for which the award is canceled, forfeited or expires again become available for grants under the 2022 Plan. Shares subject to an award that is settled in cash will not again be made available for grants under the 2022 Plan.

Stock Options:

General.    Subject to the provisions of the 2022 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine all grants of stock options. That determination will include: (i) the number of shares subject to any option; (ii) the exercise price per share; (iii) the expiration date of the option; (iv) the manner, time and date of permitted exercise; (v) other restrictions, if any, on the option or the shares underlying the option; and (vi) any other terms and conditions as the administrator may determine.

Option Price.    The exercise price for stock options will be determined at the time of grant. Normally, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant. As a matter of tax law, the exercise price for any incentive stock option awarded may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. However, incentive stock option grants to any person owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

Exercise of Options.    An option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions for the option agreement as established by the administrator at the time of the grant. The option must be exercised by notice to us, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payments may be made in cash or, at the option of the administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of shares of common stock to the holder of the option based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise.

Expiration or Termination.    Options, if not previously exercised, will expire on the expiration date established by the administrator at the time of grant. In the case of incentive stock options, such term cannot exceed ten years provided that in the case of holders of more than 10% of our voting stock, such term cannot exceed five years. Options will terminate before their expiration date if the holder’s service with our company or a subsidiary terminates before the expiration date. The option may remain exercisable for specified periods after certain terminations of employment, including terminations as a result of death, disability or retirement, with the precise period during which the option may be exercised to be established by the administrator and reflected in the grant evidencing the award.

Incentive and Non-Qualified Options.    As described elsewhere in this summary, an incentive stock option is an option that is intended to qualify under certain provisions of the Code, for more favorable tax treatment than applies to non-qualified stock options. Any option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option will be a non-qualified stock option. Under the Code, certain restrictions apply to incentive stock options. For example, the exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date and the term of the option may not exceed ten years. In addition, an incentive stock option may not be transferred, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder. In addition, no

97

Table of Contents

incentive stock options may be granted to a holder that is first exercisable in a single year if that option, together with all incentive stock options previously granted to the holder that also first become exercisable in that year, relate to shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, measured at the grant date.

Stock Appreciation Rights:    Awards of SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with stock options. SARs provide the holder with the right, upon exercise, to receive a payment, in cash or shares of stock, having a value equal to the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the shares covered by the award over the exercise price of those shares. Essentially, a holder of a SAR benefits when the market price of the common stock increases, to the same extent that the holder of an option does, but, unlike an option holder, the SAR holder need not pay an exercise price upon exercise of the award.

Stock Awards:    Stock awards can also be granted under the 2022 Plan. A stock award is a grant of shares of common stock or of a right to receive shares in the future. These awards will be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the administrator shall determine at the date of grant. Those may include requirements for continuous service and/or the achievement of specified performance goals.

Cash Awards:    A cash award is an award that may be in the form of cash or shares of common stock or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established performance goals and other conditions, restrictions and contingencies identified by the administrator.

Performance Criteria:    Under the 2022 Plan, one or more performance criteria will be used by the administrator in establishing performance goals. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of our company, as the administrator may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the administrator deems appropriate. In determining the actual size of an individual performance compensation award, the administrator may reduce or eliminate the amount of the award through the use of negative discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The administrator shall not have the discretion to (i) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards if the performance goals have not been attained or (ii) increase a performance compensation award above the maximum amount payable under the 2022 Plan.

Other Material Provisions:    Awards will be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as may be approved by the administrator. In the event of various changes to the capitalization of our company, such as stock splits, stock dividends and similar re-capitalizations, an appropriate adjustment will be made by the administrator to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards or to the exercise price of such awards. The administrator is also permitted to include in the written agreement provisions that provide for certain changes in the award in the event of a change of control of our company, including acceleration of vesting. Except as otherwise determined by the administrator at the date of grant, awards will not be transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to any award distribution, we are permitted to deduct or withhold amounts sufficient to satisfy any employee withholding tax requirements. Our board also has the authority, at any time, to discontinue the granting of awards. The board also has the authority to alter or amend the 2022 Plan or any outstanding award or may terminate the 2022 Plan as to further grants, provided that no amendment will, without the approval of our stockholders, to the extent that such approval is required by law or the rules of an applicable exchange, increase the number of shares available under the 2022 Plan, change the persons eligible for awards under the 2022 Plan, extend the time within which awards may be made, or amend the provisions of the 2022 Plan related to amendments. No amendment that would adversely affect any outstanding award made under the 2022 Plan can be made without the consent of the holder of such award.

98

Table of Contents

CURRENT RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Related Persons

The following includes a summary of transactions since the beginning of our 2020 fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeded or exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than compensation described under “Executive Compensation” above). We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

•        We have a management services agreement with Trilogy, a company controlled by our Chairman. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the amounts due from the related party are $67,161 and $386,900, respectively.

•        Prior to September 30, 2021, Doctor Scientific Organica rented its operating facility from Scientific Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a non-consolidating company owned by its former sole member, Sasson Moulavi. Rent expense paid to the related party for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were $267,966 and $267,966, respectively. As of December 15, 2021, the total rent paid in 2021 is $357,289.

•        Prior to our acquisition, Doctor Scientific Organica provided advances to, and received advances from, Sasson Moulavi and entities related to him. These advances are non-interest bearing with no fixed maturity and are expected to be repaid in the near term. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, these advances amounted to $0 and $19,758, respectively. At December 31, 2020, the net balance due to these related parties was $118,375.

•        Prior to October 1, 2021, Doctor Scientific Organica sold its products to Control de Poids/Smart for Life-Montreal, which was considered a related party due to common ownership by Sasson Moulavi. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, sales to this related party were $561,041 and $76,305, respectively. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, accounts receivable due from this related party was $0 and $111,218, respectively.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr., our Executive Chairman and founder, may be deemed a “promoter” as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act. For information regarding compensation, including items of value, that have been provided or that may be provided to Mr. Cervantes, please refer to “Executive Compensation” above.

In addition, in 2020, at the same time that we made other compensatory stock and option awards to officers, directors and consultants for prior services, we issued an aggregate of 2,250,000 shares of common stock and an option for the purchase of 1,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 to Mr. Cervantes for services rendered.

As noted above, we are also party to a management services agreement with Trilogy, a company controlled by Mr. Cervantes that initially organized our company and provided us with seed capital. In 2020, we issued 6,200,000 shares of common stock to Trilogy.

99

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 13, 2022 for (i) each of our executive officers and directors; (ii) all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and (iii) each other stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. The following table assumes that the underwriters have not exercised the over-allotment option.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of January 13, 2022. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of January 13, 2022 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person. The share ownership numbers after the offering for the beneficial owners indicated below exclude any potential purchases that may be made by such persons in this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o our company, 990 Biscayne Blvd., Suite 503, Miami, Florida 33132.

 

Common Stock Beneficially 
Owned Prior to this Offer
ing(1)

 

Common Stock Beneficially 
Owned After this Offering
(2)

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr., Executive Chairman(3)

 

9,140,000

 

61.23

%

 

9,140,000

 

42.38

%

Ryan F. Zackon, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

300,000

 

2.15

%

 

300,000

 

1.46

%

Darren C. Minton, President and Director(4)

 

1,500,000

 

10.58

%

 

1,500,000

 

7.21

%

Alan B. Bergman, Chief Financial Officer

 

15,000

 

*

 

 

15,000

 

*

 

Ronald S. Altbach, Director(5)

 

1,200,000

 

8.49

%

 

1,200,000

 

5.78

%

Richard M. Cohen, Director Nominee

 

550,000

 

3.95

%

 

550,000

 

2.67

%

Robert S. Rein, Esq., Director Nominee

 

1,130,000

 

8.11

%

 

1,130,000

 

5.49

%

Roger Conley Wood, Director Nominee

 

 

*

 

 

 

*

 

All executive officers and directors as a group

 

13,835,000

 

94.63

%

 

13,835,000

 

65.07

%

____________

*        Less than 1%

(1)      Based on 13,927,223 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 13, 2022.

(2)      Based on 20,566,124 shares of common stock issued and outstanding after this offering.

(3)      Includes (i) 1,750,000 shares of common stock held directly, (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock which Mr. Cervantes has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested options and (iii) 6,390,000 shares of common stock held by Trilogy. Mr. Cervantes is the Chairman of Trilogy and has voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Mr. Cervantes disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Trilogy except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares.

(4)      Includes (i) 1,250,000 shares of common stock held directly and (ii) 350,000 shares of common stock which Mr. Minton has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested options.

(5)      Includes (i) 200,000 shares of common stock which Mr. Altbach has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested options and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock held by Mesa Lane LLC. Mr. Altbach is the Manager of Mesa Lane LLC and has voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Mr. Altbach disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Mesa Lane LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares.

We do not currently have any arrangements which if consummated may result in a change of control of our company.

100

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

The following description summarizes important terms of the classes of our capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, the certificate of designation for our series A convertible preferred stock and our bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We will also file a certificate of designation for the series B convertible preferred stock that may be acquired as a substitute for the common stock being issued as a component of the units offered hereunder, the form of which have been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 13,927,223 shares of common stock and 8,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Units

We are offering 1,800,000 units at the initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit. Each unit consists of (i) one share of our common stock (or, at the purchaser’s election, one share of series B convertible preferred stock), (ii) one series A warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $            per share (or 70% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date, and (iii) one series B warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $            per share (or 100% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date and subject to certain adjustment and cashless exercise provisions as described herein. The shares of our common stock and the warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately but will be purchased together in this offering.

As noted above, we are offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of our common stock in this offering would otherwise result in such purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of our outstanding common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to substitute series B convertible preferred stock for the shares of common stock included in the units purchased by that investor. Each share of series B convertible preferred stock is being sold together with the same warrants described above being sold with each share of common stock. For each share of series B convertible preferred stock purchased in this offering in lieu of common stock, we will reduce the number of shares of common stock being sold in the offering on a one-for-one basis. Pursuant to this prospectus, we are also offering the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the series B convertible preferred stock. The shares of series B convertible preferred stock will otherwise have the preferences, rights and limitations described under “— Preferred Stock — Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” below.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights.    Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation Rights.    In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Voting Rights.    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of stockholders other than for election of directors shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes. Stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights.

101

Table of Contents

Other Rights.    Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to determine the designations and the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including the dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights (including the number of votes per share), redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting the series. Our board of directors could, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock and which could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

On June 29, 2021, we filed a certificate of designation with the Delaware Secretary of State to establish our series A convertible preferred stock. We designated a total of 8,000 shares of our preferred stock as series A convertible preferred stock. Our series A convertible preferred stock has the following voting powers, designations, preferences and relative rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions:

Dividend Rights.    Holders of series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 7.5% of the stated value per share ($1,000, subject to adjustment) per annum, which shall increase to 15% per annum after November 23, 2021 and 24% per annum after December 31, 2021; provided, however, that no dividends shall accrue following the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC (which we refer to as the IPO date). The dividends shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30 calendar day periods, and shall accrue daily and shall be deemed to accrue whether or not earned or declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Any dividends that are not paid within three (3) trading days following a dividend payment date shall continue to accrue and shall entail a late fee at the rate of 15% per annum or the lesser rate permitted by applicable law.

Liquidation Rights.    Prior to the IPO date, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon a change of control, the holders of series A convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of our company an amount equal to the greater of (a) 150% of the stated value, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, for each share held, and (b) the amount that could otherwise be received by a holder for the shares issuable upon conversion of the series A convertible preferred stock in full (ignoring for such purposes any conversion limitations) before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of common stock. Following the IPO date, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon a change of control, the holders of series A convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of our company the same amount that a holder of common stock would receive if the series A convertible preferred stock were fully converted (disregarding for such purposes any conversion limitations) to common stock which amounts shall be paid pari passu with all holders of common stock.

Voting Rights.    Until the IPO date, the holders of series A convertible preferred stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of common stock (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock-basis). On and after the IPO date, the series A convertible preferred stock shall have no voting rights except as set forth below. As long as any shares of series A convertible preferred stock are outstanding, we shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the series A convertible preferred stock, (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the series A convertible preferred stock or, after the IPO date, alter or amend the certificate of designation, (b) authorize or create any class of stock ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon a liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the series A convertible preferred stock, (c) amend our certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that adversely affects any rights of the holders of series A convertible preferred stock, (d) prior to the IPO date, increase the number of authorized shares of common stock or series A convertible preferred stock, (e) prior to the IPO date, repay, repurchase or offer to repay, repurchase or otherwise acquire more than a de minimis number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or

102

Table of Contents

exchangeable for common stock, (f) prior to the IPO date, repurchases of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of departing officers and directors, (g) prior to the IPO date, pay cash dividends or distributions on any of our equity securities, (h) prior to the IPO date, enter into any change of control transaction (as defined in the certificate of designation) or (i) either prior to the IPO date or after the IPO date, as applicable, enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

Conversion Rights.    Each share of series A convertible preferred stock is convertible, at any time and from time to time from at the option of the holder thereof, into that number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the stated value of such share of series A convertible preferred stock (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon) by the conversion price. The conversion price is initially equal $0.6667 (subject to adjustments); provided, however, if the pre-money valuation of our company on the IPO date is less than $75,000,000, the conversion price shall be reduced to equal the product of (i) the then conversion price and (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the pre-money valuation of our company on the IPO date and (B) $75,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not effect any conversion, and a holder shall not have the right to convert, any portion of the series A convertible preferred stock to the extent that, after giving effect to the conversion, such holder (together with such holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares issuable upon the conversion. This limitation may be waived (up to a maximum of 9.99%) by the holder and in its sole discretion, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to us.

Participation Rights.    Pursuant to a securities purchase agreement that we entered into with the holders of the series A convertible preferred stock, until the one-year anniversary of the IPO date, upon any issuance by us or any of our subsidiaries of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination thereof, each holder of series A convertible preferred stock shall have the right to participate in such subsequent financing up to an amount equal to 50% of the aggregate amount raised thereunder on the same terms, conditions and price provided for thereunder.

Registration Rights.    Pursuant to a registration rights agreement that we entered into with the holders of the series A convertible preferred stock, we are required to file a registration statement with the SEC covering the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the series A convertible preferred stock and upon the exercise of the warrants described below by August 14, 2021 and use our best efforts to ensure that the registration statement is declared effective by the SEC by the earlier of the IPO date or January 31, 2022. If the registration statement is not filed or declared effective on or prior to such dates, or such registration statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective or the holders are otherwise not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell their shares for more than ten (10) consecutive calendar days or more than an aggregate of fifteen (15) calendar days (which need not be consecutive calendar days) during any 12-month period (each of which is referred to herein as an event), then, in addition to any other rights the holders may have under the registration rights agreement or under applicable law, on each such event date and on each monthly anniversary of each such event date (if the applicable event shall not have been cured by such date) until the applicable event is cured, the we must pay to each holder an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to the product of 1.0% multiplied by the aggregate subscription amount paid by such holder pursuant to the securities purchase agreement. If we fail to pay any partial liquidated damages pursuant in full within seven days after the date payable, we will pay interest thereon at a rate of 12% per annum (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law), accruing daily from the date such partial liquidated damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will we be liable for liquidated damages in excess of 1.0% of the aggregate subscription amount in any single month and the maximum aggregate liquidated damages payable to a holder shall be ten percent (10%) of the aggregate subscription amount.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will file a certificate of designation with the Delaware Secretary of State to establish our series B convertible preferred stock. We will designate a total of            shares of our preferred stock as series B convertible preferred stock. Our series B convertible preferred stock will have the following voting powers, designations, preferences and relative rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions:

Dividend Rights.    Holders of series B convertible preferred stock will not be entitled to receive any dividends, unless and until specifically declared by our board of directors. However, holders of our series B convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive dividends on shares of series B convertible preferred stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the common

103

Table of Contents

stock when such dividends are specifically declared by our board of directors, except for stock dividends or distributions payable in shares of common stock on shares of common stock or any other common stock equivalents for which the conversion price will be adjusted.

Liquidation Rights.    In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our series B convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares of series B convertible preferred stock if such shares had been converted to common stock immediately prior to such event (without giving effect for such purposes to the 4.99% or 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation, as applicable) subject to the preferential rights of holders of any class or series of our capital stock specifically ranking by its terms senior to the series B convertible preferred stock as to distributions of assets upon such event, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

Voting Rights.    The holders of the series B convertible preferred stock will have no voting rights, except as required by law. However, we may not disproportionally alter or change adversely the powers, preferences and rights of the series B convertible preferred stock or amend the certificate of designation or amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws in any manner that disproportionally adversely affect any right of the holders of the series B convertible preferred stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of series B convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

Conversion Rights.    Each share of series B convertible preferred stock will be convertible at any time at the holder’s option into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the certificate of designation); provided that the holder will be prohibited from converting series B convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. However, any holder may increase or decrease such percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99%, provided that any increase in such percentage shall not be effective until the 61st day after such notice to us.

Other Rights.    We are not obligated to redeem or repurchase any shares of series B convertible preferred stock. Shares of series B convertible preferred stock are not otherwise entitled to any redemption rights, or mandatory sinking fund or analogous fund provisions.

Options

As of the date of this prospectus, we have issued options to purchase an aggregate of 1,450,000 shares of common stock under the 2020 Plan, each at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

Warrants Outstanding Prior to this Offering

In July and August 2021, we issued warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 11,999,404 shares of common stock. These warrants are excisable at any time during the period commencing on the sixth (6th) month anniversary of the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC and ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary of such date. The exercise price per share will be equal to 125% of the initial public offering price, subject to standard adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and similar change of control transactions, and for certain dilutive issuances; provided that, we shall not effect any exercise, and a holder shall not have the right to exercise, any portion of a warrant to the extent that, after giving effect to the exercise, such holder (together with such holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares issuable upon the exercise. This limitation may be waived (up to a maximum of 9.99%) by the holder and in its sole discretion, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to us.

In December 2021 and January 2022, we entered into note and warrant purchase agreements with certain investors, pursuant to which we sold to such investors (i) original issue discount secured subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $411,765 and (ii) warrants for the purchase of a number of shares of our common stock that is equal to the investors’ investment amount divided by a price per share that is equal to 125% of the effective initial public offering price. These warrants are excisable at any time during the three (3) year period commencing on the sixth (6th) month anniversary of the closing of this offering. The exercise price per share will be equal to 125% of the effective initial public offering price, subject to standard adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and similar transactions, and may be exercised on a cashless basis if the market value of our common stock is greater than such exercise price.

104

Table of Contents

On December 18, 2020, we issued a warrant for the purchase of 1,292,445 shares of common stock to Peah Capital, LLC. This warrant is exercisable for the period commencing on January 31, 2022 and ending on December 18, 2027; provided that, the warrant will automatically expire and terminate in the event a registration statement covering the resale of all shares issued pursuant the future equity agreement with Peah Capital, LLC described below has been declared effective by the SEC. The exercise price of this warrant is $0.0001, subject to standard adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, reclassifications and similar transactions. In addition, in the event that the number of our outstanding shares of common stock is increased prior to the 18-month anniversary of the warrant, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant shall be automatically increased to represent that number which is 9.9% of the then total outstanding capitalization.

On May 18, 2017, we issued a warrant to Leonite Capital LLC for the purchase of a number of shares of common stock as determined by dividing $60,000 by the price per share paid by investors in an equity financing occurring after the date of the warrant and resulting in gross proceeds to us of at least $1,000,000. Following the recent private placement, in which investors paid $0.6667 per underlying common share, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant is 89,996 shares. The exercise price of this warrant is $0.0001, subject to standard adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and similar change of control transactions, and for certain dilutive issuances; provided that, we shall not effect any exercise, and the holder shall not have the right to exercise, any portion of the warrant to the extent that, after giving effect to the exercise, the holder (together with the holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares issuable upon the exercise. This limitation may be waived (up to a maximum of 9.99%) by the holder and in its sole discretion, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to us.

Warrants Issued in this Offering

The series A warrants and series B warrants will be issued in registered form under separate warrant agent agreements, each of which we refer to as a warrant agent agreement, between us and our warrant agent, VStock Transfer, LLC, who we refer to as the warrant agent. The material provisions of the warrants are set forth in this description and a copy of each of the warrant agent agreements has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our company and the warrant agent may amend or supplement each of the warrant agent agreements without the consent of any holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under each of the warrant agent agreements as the parties thereto may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties determine, in good faith, shall not adversely affect the interest of the series A warrant or series B warrant holders, respectively. All other amendments and supplements to each of the warrant agent agreement shall require the vote or written consent of holders of at least 50.1% of each of the series A warrants and series B warrants, as applicable.

Series A Warrants

The series A warrants entitle the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $            per share (or 70% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the series A warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend on or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation.

The series A warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form attached to the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The series A warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their series A warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the series A warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No series A warrants will be exercisable for cash unless at the time of the exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the series A warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the

105

Table of Contents

terms of the series A warrant agent agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the series A warrants until the expiration of the series A warrants. Additionally, the market for the series A warrants may be limited if the prospectus or prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the series A warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of such series A warrants reside. In no event will the registered holders of a series A warrant be entitled to receive a net-cash settlement in lieu of physical settlement in shares of our common stock.

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon exercise of the series A warrants. If, upon exercise of the series A warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the Warrant holder. If multiple series A warrants are exercised by the holder at the same time, we will aggregate the number of whole shares issuable upon exercise of all the series A warrants.

The price of the series A warrants has been arbitrarily established by us and the underwriter after giving consideration to numerous factors, including but not limited to, the pricing of the units in this offering. No particular weighting was given to any one aspect of those factors considered. We have not performed any method of valuation of the warrants.

Series B Warrants

The series B warrants entitle each holder to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $            per share (or 100% of the unit offering price), exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the issuance date and subject to certain adjustment and cashless exercise provisions as described herein. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the series B warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend on or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation.

The series B warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form attached to the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The series B warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their series B warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the series B warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No series B warrants will be exercisable for cash unless at the time of the exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the series B warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the series B warrant agent agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the series B warrants until the expiration of the series B warrants. Additionally, the market for the series B warrants may be limited if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the series B warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of such series B warrants reside. In no event will the registered holders of a series B warrant be entitled to receive a net-cash settlement in lieu of physical settlement in shares of our common stock. If we fail to maintain a current prospectus or prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the series B warrants, such holders may exercise their series B warrants on a “cashless” basis pursuant to a formula set forth in the terms of the series B warrants.

Additionally, holders of series B warrants may exercise such warrants on a “cashless” basis upon the earlier of (i) 10 trading days from the issuance date of such warrant or (ii) the time when $10.0 million of volume is traded in our common stock, if the VWAP of our common stock on any trading day on or after the date of issuance fails to exceed the exercise price of the series B warrant (subject to adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations and similar events). In such event, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in such cashless exercise shall equal the product of (x) the aggregate number of shares of common stock that would be issuable upon exercise of the series B warrant in accordance with its terms if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise and (y) 1.00.

106

Table of Contents

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon exercise of the series B warrants. If, upon exercise of the series B warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the Warrant holder. If multiple series B warrants are exercised by the holder at the same time, we will aggregate the number of whole shares issuable upon exercise of all the series B warrants.

The price of the series B warrants has been arbitrarily established by us and the Underwriter after giving consideration to numerous factors, including but not limited to, the pricing of the Units in this offering. No particular weighting was given to any one aspect of those factors considered. We have not performed any method of valuation of the warrants.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On February 25, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 to East West Capital LLC. This note accrues interest at 15% per annum and matures on March 31, 2023. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to 50% of the initial public offering price.

On May 10, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 to Bevilacqua PLLC, our outside securities counsel. This note accrues interest at 15% per annum and matures on May 10, 2022. The note is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including this offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given.

On July 1, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 to Sasson E. Moulavi in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica. This note accrues interest at 6% per annum and matures on July 1, 2024. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price.

On November 8, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 to Justin Francisco and Steven Rubert in connection with the acquisition of Nexus. This note accrues interest at 5% per annum and matures on November 8, 2024. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price.

Debentures

On November 5, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors, pursuant to which we sold 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 to such investors for gross proceeds of $2,250,000.

Interest at a rate of 12% per annum shall accrue on the principal balance of the debentures from the date of issuance until the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC (which we refer to as the IPO date); provided that upon an event of default, such interest rate shall increase to 18% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, and we may be required to pay a default amount in certain circumstances. The debentures are due and payable on the earliest of the maturity date, November 30, 2022, or upon their earlier conversion or redemption.

At any time after the sixth month anniversary of the IPO date, the holders may convert the principal amount of the debentures into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after the IPO date, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the IPO date; provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00. The conversion price is subject to standard equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions, as well as, prior to the IPO date, for future issuances below the conversion price. The debentures also contain beneficial ownership limitations which limit the holders’ beneficial ownership to 9.99% of our outstanding common stock.

At any time after the IPO date, we may redeem some or all of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures for cash in an amount equal to 115% of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures, plus accrued but unpaid interest and any other amounts due under the debentures.

107

Table of Contents

The securities purchase agreement and the debentures contain customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default for loans of this type. The debentures are guaranteed by each of our subsidiaries.

Future Equity Agreements

We have entered into a future equity agreement with Peah Capital, LLC, pursuant to which we have agreed to issue to Peah Capital, LLC concurrent with the closing of this offering a number of shares of our common stock equal to 75% of all funds loaned to us by it divided by the initial public offering price. The aggregate amount loaned to us by Peah Capital, LLC is $1,675,000. As noted above, the warrant issued to Peah Capital, LLC will automatically expire and terminate in the event a registration statement covering the resale of these shares has been declared effective by the SEC.

From May 2017 to December 15, 2021, we entered into future equity agreements with 56 lenders, pursuant to which we have agreed to issue to such lenders concurrent with the closing of this offering a number of shares of our common stock equal to the principal amount loaned to us divided by the initial public offering price. The aggregate principal amount loaned to us by these lenders is $5,880,405.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Charter Provisions

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, except under certain circumstances, with an interested stockholder.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects, making it more difficult for or preventing a third party from acquiring control of our company or changing our board of directors and management.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock without further stockholder approval. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by the board of directors without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of such common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could make it more difficult, delay, discourage, prevent or make it more costly to acquire or effect a change-in-control, which in turn could prevent our stockholders from recognizing a gain in the event that a favorable offer is extended and could materially and negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our bylaws permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our bylaws provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders without cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than the majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given us timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

108

Table of Contents

Furthermore, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of our company by replacing its board of directors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

VStock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, telephone 212-828-8436, is the transfer agent for our common stock.

Trading Symbol and Market

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “SMFL.” The closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing. We do not intend to list the warrants or series B convertible preferred stock on any securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system.

109

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the conversion of convertible notes, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, we will have 20,566,124 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, we will have 20,836,124 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.

Previously issued shares of common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and subject to employee stock options, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least twelve months, or at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

•        1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

Rule 701

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until ninety (90) days after the date of this prospectus before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of (i) 12 months after the closing of this offering in the case of our company and (ii) 6 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and executive officers. See “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”

110

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our units that are being issued pursuant to this offering. This summary is limited to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our units as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for United States federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of the Non-U.S. Holder’s particular investment or other circumstances. Accordingly, all prospective Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the United States federal, state, local and non-United States tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our units.

This summary is based on provisions of the Code, applicable United States Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this prospectus. Subsequent developments in United States federal income tax law, including changes in law or differing interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could alter the United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our units as described in this summary. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position with respect to one or more of the tax consequences described herein and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our units.

As used in this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our units that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•        an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

•        an estate whose income is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust, if (1) a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of the Code) has the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our units, the tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships, and partners in partnerships, that hold our units should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our units that are applicable to them.

This summary does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax, and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders, including, without limitation:

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, pension plan, broker, dealer or trader in stocks or securities, foreign currency dealer, U.S. covered expatriate, controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company;

•        a Non-U.S. Holder holding our units as part of a conversion, constructive sale, wash sale or other integrated transaction or a hedge, straddle or synthetic security;

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that holds or receives our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that at any time owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 5% or more of our outstanding common stock.

In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. or other tax consequences, or any United States federal income tax consequences for beneficial owners of a Non-U.S. Holder, including stockholders of

111

Table of Contents

a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company that holds our units or their constituent stock or warrants. This summary also does not address the effects of other United States federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws.

Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our units or their constituent stock or warrants.

Characterization of Units and Allocation of Purchase Price

No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit, or any instrument similar to these units for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. We intend to take the position that the acquisition or disposition of a unit is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the acquisition or disposition of the underlying common stock and series A warrant and series B warrant. By purchasing a unit, you will agree to adopt such treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the underlying common stock, series A warrant and series B warrant based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, each investor must make his or her own determination of such value based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Therefore, we urge each investor to consult his or her tax advisor regarding the determination of value for these purposes. The price allocated to each share of common stock, each series A warrant and series B warrant should be the shareholder’s initial tax basis in such shares of common stock or series A warrant or series B warrant. We also intend to take the position that the separation of the common stock, series A warrant and series B warrant constituting a unit is not a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The foregoing treatment of the units, common stock, series A warrant and series B warrant and a holder’s purchase price allocation is not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of the same). The remainder of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above will be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock) with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain from a disposition of our common stock subject to the tax treatment described below in “— Dispositions of Our Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate).

Distributions on our common stock that are treated as dividends and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons. An exception may apply if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for, and properly claims, the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. In such case, the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence. Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will not be subject to the United States withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable

112

Table of Contents

certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our common stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

The IRS Forms and other certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in the form of a U.S. tax return. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their eligibility for benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the manner of claiming such benefits.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “— FATCA Withholding.”

Dispositions of Our Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax (including United States withholding tax) on gain recognized on any sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

•        the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); in this case, the gain will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

•        the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain, which may be offset by certain United States source capital losses (provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed United States federal income tax returns with respect to such losses), generally will be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax, even if the Non-U.S. Holder is not treated as a resident of the United States under the Code; or

•        we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and (ii) the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is made from time to time and depends on the relative fair market values of our assets, there can be no assurance in this regard. If we were a United States real property holding corporation, the tax relating to disposition of stock in a United States real property holding corporation generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct, indirect and constructive, constituted 5% or less of our common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (as provided in applicable United States Treasury regulations) at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible adverse United States federal income tax consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “— FATCA Withholding.”

113

Table of Contents

Exercise or Lapse of Series A Warrant or Series B Warrant

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of a series A warrant or series B warrant, except to the extent the Non-U.S. Holder receives a cash payment for any such fractional share that would otherwise have been issuable upon exercise of the series A warrant or the series B warrant, which will be treated as a sale subject to the rules described under “— Dispositions of Our Common Stock” above. Upon the lapse or expiration of a series A warrant or series B warrant, a Non-U.S. Holder will recognize a loss equal to such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax basis in each series A warrant or series B warrant if the loss is (i) effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such loss is attributable) or (ii) treated as a loss from sources within the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder is present 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Certain Adjustments to the Series A Warrants and Series B Warrants

Under Section 305(c) of the Code, an adjustment (or a failure to make an adjustment) to the conversion ratio of a series A warrant and series B warrant that has the effect of increasing a Non-U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings may, in some circumstances, result in a deemed distribution to a Non-U.S. Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Adjustments to the conversion rate made pursuant to a bona fide, reasonable, adjustment formula that has the effect of preventing the dilution of the interest of the holders of series A warrants and series B warrants, however, generally will not be deemed to result in a distribution to a Non-U.S. Holder. Any such deemed distribution would be taxable to a Non-U.S. Holder as described above under “— Distributions.”

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person or is otherwise entitled to an exemption. However, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to report to the IRS (and to such Non-U.S. Holder) payments of distributions on our common stock and the amount of United States federal income tax, if any, withheld from those payments, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends. In accordance with applicable treaties or agreements, the IRS may provide copies of such information returns to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

The gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock may be subject, in certain circumstances discussed below, to United States backup withholding and information reporting. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of our common stock outside the United States through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the disposition proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, then the United States backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting, but not United States backup withholding, will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common stock through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

If a Non-U.S. Holder receives payments of the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment will be subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the broker a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s United States federal income tax liability (which may result in the Non-U.S. Holder being entitled to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

114

Table of Contents

FATCA Withholding

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose United States federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of (i) U.S. source dividends (including dividends paid on our common stock) and (ii) (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of property that produces U.S. source dividends (including sales or other dispositions of our common stock). This withholding tax applies to a foreign entity, whether acting as a beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign entity complies with (i) certain information reporting requirements regarding its United States account holders and its United States owners and (ii) certain withholding obligations applicable to certain payments to its account holders and certain other persons. Accordingly, the entity through which a Non-United States Holder holds its common stock will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

115

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Dawson James Securities, Inc. is acting as lead book-running manager of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally and not jointly agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of units described in this prospectus.

Underwriter

 

Number of
Units

Dawson James Securities, Inc.

 

 

Total

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the units in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of such units (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the units.

The units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $            per unit. If all the units are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted the representative of the underwriters an option exercisable on one or more occasions for up to 45 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase up to            shares of common stock, and/or up to            series A warrants, and/or             series B warrants at $            per share of common stock, and $            per series A warrant and $            per series B warrant, less underwriting discounts. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, and the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, we will be obligated to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters will be obligated to purchase, these additional shares of common stock and/or warrants.

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

The following table shows the per unit price and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:

 

Per Unit

 

Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions (9%)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriter for its expenses in connection with this offering, including all reasonable fees and expenses of the underwriters’ outside legal counsel, up to $145,000. We estimate the total expenses of this offering which will be payable by us, excluding the underwriting discount and the underwriter’s expenses payable by us, will be approximately $561,000.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

116

Table of Contents

Tail Financing

Dawson James Securities, Inc. will be entitled to the compensation discussed above with respect to any public or private offering or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind to the extent that financing or capital is provided by investors that were contacted by Dawson James Securities, Inc. during the term of its engagement for this offering or twelve months following the completion thereof.

Lock-up Agreements

We and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed to enter into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the representative, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock. These restrictions remain in effect and will generally terminate on the six-month anniversary after the closing date with respect to our directors and executive officers and on the twelve-month anniversary with respect to our company.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

•        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

•        A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

•        Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

117

Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s website and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for the issuer and its affiliates, for which they received or may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer or its affiliates. If the underwriters or their affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the shares of common stock offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the shares of common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (i) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized, (ii) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or (iii) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been taken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the units or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the units in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any units or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of units by it will be made on the same terms.

Determination of Public Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities. The public offering price of the units offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the units were:

•        our history and our prospects;

•        our financial information and historical performance;

118

Table of Contents

•        the industry in which we operate;

•        the status and development prospects for our products and services;

•        the experience and skills of our executive officers; and

•        the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of our common stock. That price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and we cannot assure you that our common stock can be resold at or above the public offering price.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any units which are the subject of the offering contemplated herein may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any units may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

•        to legal entities which are qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

•        by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

•        in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any units under, the offers contemplated here in this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each underwriter and us that:

•        it is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive; and

•        in the case of any units acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the units acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in the circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale or (ii) where units have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of such units to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purposes of this representation and the provision above, the expression an “offer of units to the public” in relation to any units in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the units, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

119

Table of Contents

United Kingdom

This prospectus has only been communicated or caused to have been communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated as an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 (the “FSMA”)) as received in connection with the issue or sale of the units in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us. All applicable provisions of the FSMA will be complied with in respect to anything done in relation to the units in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Residents of Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

120

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of units offered hereby will be passed upon by Bevilacqua PLLC, Washington, DC. Schiff Hardin, LLP, Washington, DC, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

Bevilacqua PLLC holds 250,000 shares of common stock. In addition, on May 10, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 to Bevilacqua PLLC. The note accrues interest at 15% per annum and matures on May 10, 2022. The note is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including this offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given. Bevilacqua PLLC received these securities as partial consideration for legal services previously provided to us.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Smart for Life, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and Nexus Offers, Inc. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of Daszkal Bolton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and the securities to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains these reports, proxy statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The website address is http://www.sec.gov. Additionally, we will make these filings available, free of charge, on our website at www.smartforlifecorp.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information on our website, other than these filings, is not, and should not be, considered part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference into this document.

121

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Smart for Life, Inc. for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-2

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

F-3

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-4

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-5

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-6

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

     

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Smart for Life, Inc. for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-19

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-20

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-21

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-22

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-23

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-25

     

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements of Nexus Offers, Inc. for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-35

Unaudited Interim Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

F-36

Unaudited Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-37

Unaudited Interim Statements of Income and Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-38

Unaudited Interim Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-39

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-40

     

Audited Financial Statements of Nexus Offers, Inc. for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-44

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-45

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-46

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-47

Statements of Income and Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020
and 2019

 

F-48

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-49

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-50

     

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-54

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

F-55

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Changes in Member’s Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-56

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-57

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-58

     

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-65

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-66

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-67

Consolidated Statements of Income and Changes in Member’s Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-68

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

F-69

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-70

F-1

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

F-2

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

September 30,
2021

 

December 31, 2020

   

(unaudited)

   

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

690,101

 

 

$

484,949

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

160,897

 

 

 

69,325

 

Inventory

 

 

3,030,957

 

 

 

58,426

 

Related party receivable

 

 

329,883

 

 

 

78,466

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

113,624

 

 

 

77,051

 

Total current assets

 

 

4,325,462

 

 

 

768,217

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,298,451

 

 

 

381,174

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

9,848,712

 

 

 

285,627

 

Operating lease right of use asset

 

 

767,294

 

 

 

495,154

 

Deposits and other assets

 

 

61,877

 

 

 

37,197

 

Total assets

 

$

16,301,796

 

 

$

1,967,369

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,928,541

 

 

$

986,632

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,186,879

 

 

 

1,434,314

 

Related party payable

 

 

83,661

 

 

 

124,555

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

225,287

 

 

 

194,020

 

Operating lease obligations, current

 

 

504,541

 

 

 

249,284

 

Note payable, current

 

 

7,422,734

 

 

 

3,971,482

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

11,351,643

 

 

 

6,960,287

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations, noncurrent

 

 

289,939

 

 

 

223,985

 

Note payable, noncurrent

 

 

7,908,923

 

 

 

1,908,923

 

Total liabilities

 

 

19,550,505

 

 

 

9,093,195

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 8,000 shares authorized, 8,000 and 0 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 13,870,000 and 13,805,000 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

1,381

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

8,121,869

 

 

 

121,870

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(11,371,966

)

 

 

(7,249,077

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(3,248,709

)

 

 

(7,125,826

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

16,301,796

 

 

$

1,967,369

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-3

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020
(UNAUDITED)

 

September 30,
2021

 

September 30,
2020

Net sales

 

$

4,794,494

 

 

$

1,406,345

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,328,402

 

 

 

1,232,763

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,466,092

 

 

 

173,582

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

5,232,937

 

 

 

1,122,118

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

159,928

 

 

 

82,638

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,392,865

 

 

 

1,204,756

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(3,926,773

)

 

 

(1,031,174

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

80,311

 

 

 

13,865

 

Interest (expense)

 

 

(276,427

)

 

 

(408,587

)

Total other expense

 

 

(196,116

)

 

 

(394,722

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,122,889

)

 

$

(1,425,896

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

13,835,274

 

 

 

3,203,849

 

Loss per share

 

$

(0.30

)

 

$

(0.45

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-4

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

(UNAUDITED)

 


Preferred Stock

 


Common Stock

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

$

 

2,000,000

 

$

200

 

$

 

$

(4,080,059

)

 

$

(4,079,859

)

Stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

11,805,000

 

 

1,181

 

 

121,870

 

 

 

 

 

123,051

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,169,018

)

 

 

(3,169,018

)

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

 

$

 

13,805,000

 

$

1,381

 

$

121,870

 

$

(7,249,077

)

 

$

(7,125,826

)

Stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Stock issued for cash

 

8,000

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

7,999,999

 

 

 

 

 

8,000,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,122,889

)

 

 

(4,122,889

)

Balance, September 30, 2021

 

8,000

 

$

1

 

13,870,000

 

$

1,387

 

$

8, 121,869

 

$

(11,371,966)

 

 

$

(3,428,709)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-5

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020
(UNAUDITED)

 

September 30,
2021

 

September 30,
2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,122,889

)

 

$

(1,425,896

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

12,921

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

118,466

 

 

 

115,063

 

Amortization expense

 

 

41,462

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

66,250

 

Stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(104,487

)

 

 

(249,559

)

Related party receivable

 

 

(251,417

)

 

 

(173,892

)

Inventory

 

 

(2,972,531

)

 

 

(271,733

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(36,573

)

 

 

(41,306

)

Deposits and other assets

 

 

(24,680

)

 

 

(500

)

Accounts payable

 

 

941,909

 

 

 

(172,458

)

Related party payables

 

 

(40,894

)

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(247,435

)

 

 

290,338

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

31,270

 

 

 

943,232

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(6,654,878

)

 

 

(875,461

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of DSO

 

 

(6,000,000

)

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

 

(1,550

)

 

 

(31,039

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(6,001,550

)

 

 

(31,039

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right of use asset and lease liability

 

 

49,069

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

8,000,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of note payable

 

 

5,547,104

 

 

 

500,000

 

Repayments on notes payable

 

 

(995,757

)

 

 

(116,600

)

Paycheck protection program loan proceeds

 

 

261,164

 

 

 

539,286

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

12,861,580

 

 

 

922,686

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

205,152

 

 

 

16,186

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

484,949

 

 

 

12,212

 

Cash, end of period

 

$

690,101

 

 

$

28,398

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

276,427

 

 

$

85,307

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-6

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 1 — Description of Business

Smart for Life, Inc., formerly Bonne Santé Group, Inc. (“SFL”), is a Delaware corporation which was formed on February 7, 2017. Structured as a global holding company, it is engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, acquisition, operation and sale of a broad spectrum of nutraceutical and related products with an emphasis on Health & Wellness.

On March 8, 2018, SFL acquired 51% of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. and Millenium Natural Health Products, Inc. (collectively, “Millenium”). On October 8, 2019, SFL entered into an agreement to acquire the remaining 49% of these companies, subject to certain conditions which were subsequently met. On September 30, 2020, the name of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. was changed to Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc. (“BSNM”), and on November 24, 2020, Millenium Natural Health Products Inc. was merged into BSNM.

Based in Doral, Florida, BSNM operates a 22,000 square-foot FDA-certified manufacturing facility. It manufactures nutritional products for a significant number of customers.

On July 1, 2021, SFL acquired Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC d/b/a Smart for Life, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C (collectively, “DSO”). On August 27, 2021, SFL transferred all of the equity interests of Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. to Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC. As a result, these entities are now wholly owned subsidiaries of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC.

Based in Riviera Beach, Florida, DSO operates a 30,000 square-foot FDA-certified manufacturing facility. DSO manufactures and sells weight management foods and related products. Additionally, DSO provides manufacturing services for other customers.

On August 24, 2021, Smart for Life Canada Inc. (“SFL Canada”) was established as a wholly owned subsidiary of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC in Canada. SFL Canada sells retail products through a retail store location in Montreal Canada and the same location also acts as distribution center for international direct to consumer and big box customers. It maintains inventory and employees at this location.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of SFL and its wholly owned subsidiaries BSNM, DSO and SFL Canada (collectively the “Company”) from the effective date of formation and are prepared in the United States Dollars in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the realization of deferred taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible and intangible assets, assumptions used in the valuation of options, the computation of revenue based on the proportional delivery of services, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. Some of these estimates can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

F-7

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three (3) months or less to be cash equivalents. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $13,103 and $12,915 at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate for uncollectible receivables based on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectability, as well as management’s past experience with the customers.

Inventory, net

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress, and finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) (replacement cost or net realizable value). An allowance for inventory obsolescence is provided for slow moving or obsolete inventory to write down historical cost to net realizable value. The Company primarily performs their manufacturing for nutraceuticals in the form of powders, tablets and capsules.

The allowance for obsolescence is an estimate established through charges to cost of goods sold. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based upon several factors which include, but are not limited to, analysis of slow moving inventory, analysis of the selling price of inventory, the predetermined shelf life of the product, and management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions. Given the nature of the inventory, it is reasonably possible the Company’s estimate of the allowance for obsolescence will change in the near term.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major betterments and additions are charged to the asset accounts, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization over the estimated useful lives of various assets using the straight-line method ranging from 3-15 years.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets principally consist of customer relationships, intellectual property, and non-compete agreements with employees. The Company amortizes intangible assets with finite lives on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which ranges from 3 to 5 years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. An impairment loss is recognized when the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset (or group of assets) is less than its carrying amount. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. The Company had no impairment of long-lived assets at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Deferred Rent and Rent Expense

The Company leases space under operating leases. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Tenant improvement allowances funded by landlord incentives, rent holidays and rent escalation clauses which provide for scheduled rent increases during the lease term or for rental payments commencing at a date other than the date of initial occupancy are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income on a straight-line basis over the lease

F-8

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

term, whereby an equal amount of rent expense is attributed to each period during the term of the lease, regardless when actual payments are made. This generally results in rent expense in excess of cash payments during the first half of the lease and cash payments in excess of rent expense during the latter half. The difference between the rent due under the stated periods of the lease and the straight-line basis is recorded as deferred rent on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Revenue Recognition

Impact of the initial adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company now evaluates revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted the new revenue recognition standard using the modified retrospective method to undelivered performance obligations on existing contracts which resulted in no impact to retained earnings.

The Company evaluates and recognize revenue by:

•        identifying the contract(s) with the customer,

•        identifying the performance obligations in the contract,

•        determining the transaction price,

•        allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and

•        recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”).

The Company primarily generates revenues by manufacturing and packaging of nutraceutical products as a contract manufacturer for customers. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized when it satisfies a single performance obligation by transferring control of its products to a customer. Control is generally transferred when the Company’s products are either shipped or delivered based on the terms contained within the underlying contracts or agreements. The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration. The Company does not have significant financing components or payment terms. The Company did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at September 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020.

Distribution expenses to transport the Company’s products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Freight

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, freight costs amounted to $181,782 and $84,229, respectively and have been recorded in cost of goods sold in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were $518,443 and $36,156, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company recognizes expense for stock options and warrants granted over the vesting period based on the fair value of the award at the grant date, are valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair

F-9

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

market value of the stock options. The Company calculates the amount of tax benefit available by tracking each stock option award on an employee-by-employee basis and on a grant-by-grant basis. The Company then compares the recorded expense to the tax deduction received for each stock option grant.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income tax under the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company has no liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The Company’s tax years subject to examination by tax authorities generally remain open for three (3) years from the date of filing.

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

Recent Accounting Standards Issued Not Yet Adopted

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for areas of ASC 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. This standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 — Acquisition

On February 11, 2020, the Company entered into securities purchase agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2020 and June 4, 2021, to acquire DSO. On July 1, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

Pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement, the Company paid $6,000,000 in cash and issued two promissory notes to the member of DSO. The first promissory note is a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 that bears interest at an annual rate of 6% and the second promissory note is also in the principal amount of $3,000,000, is not convertible, and bears interest at an annual rate of 6%.

F-10

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 3 — Acquisition (cont.)

The table below summarizes the value of the total consideration given in the transaction.

 

Amount

Cash issued

 

$

6,000,000

Debt issued

 

 

6,000,000

Total consideration

 

$

12,000,000

Under the acquisition method of accounting outlined in ASC 805, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition are recorded at their acquisition-date fair values and are included in the Company’s consolidated financial position.

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition of DSO.

 

Amount

Tangible assets acquired

 

$

3,497,511

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

(1,102,057

)

Intangible assets

 

 

9,604,546

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

12,000,000

 

The intangible assets acquired from DSO have estimated useful lives and values of:

 

Useful life in years

 

Amount

Non-compete agreements

 

3

 

$

540,000

Customer contracts

 

5

 

 

6,723,182

Intellectual property

 

5

 

 

2,341,364

Total intangible assets

     

$

9,604,546

Note 4 — Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

September 30,
2021

 

December 31, 2020

Raw materials

 

$

2,667,248

 

$

54,797

Finished goods

 

 

363,710

 

 

3,629

   

 

3,030,957

 

 

58,426

Less: allowance for obsolescence

 

 

 

 

   

$

3,030,957

 

$

58,426

F-11

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 5 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

Estimated Useful Lives (in Years)

 

September 30, 2021

 

December 31, 2020

Furniture and fixtures

 

7

 

$

13,955

 

 

$

1,090

 

Equipment – Manufacturing

 

5

 

 

2,918,938

 

 

 

797,760

 

Vehicle

 

6

 

 

29,336

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

2.5

 

 

86,015

 

 

 

10,650

 

       

 

3,048,244

 

 

 

809,500

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     

 

(1,749,793

)

 

 

(428,326

)

Property and equipment, net

     

$

1,298,451

 

 

$

381,174

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 totaled $123,857 and $212,415, respectively.

Note 6 — Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

Estimated
Useful Lives
(in Years)

 

September 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Customer contracts

 

5

 

$

7,165,444

 

 

$

442,642

 

Non-compete agreements

 

3

 

 

540,000

 

 

 

 

Intellectual property

 

5

 

 

2,341,365

 

 

 

 

Less: amortization

     

 

(198,097

)

 

 

(157,015

)

Intangibles, net

     

$

9,848,711

 

 

$

285,627

 

Amortization (included in depreciation and amortization expense) for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were $41,462 and $55,283, respectively.

Future amortization expense for the next 5 years is expected to be:

For the Year Ended December 31:

 

 

 

2022

 

$

2,081,362

2023

 

 

2,081,362

2024

 

 

2,081,362

2025

 

 

1,901,362

2026

 

 

1,901,362

F-12

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 7 — Lease Commitments

The Company enters into lessee arrangements consisting of operating leases for premises. The Company had four operating leases for premises as of September 30, 2021 and three as of December 31, 2020, respectively. One new lease commenced during 2020 and one lease agreement is set to expire at the end of 2022. The following table below provides supplemental information on leases at September 30, 2021:

 

September 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Asset

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use asset

 

$

767,294

 

$

495,154

Total lease asset

 

$

767,294

 

$

495,154

   

 

   

 

 

Liability

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use liability, current portion

 

$

504,542

 

$

249,284

Right of use liability, net of current portion

 

 

289,936

 

 

223,985

Total lease liability

 

$

          794,478

 

$

          473,269

Future minimum lease payments under capital leases and rental payments required under operating leases are presented as follows:

For the period ended September 30:

 

 

 

 

2021

 

$

348,290

 

2022

 

 

466,173

 

2023

 

 

86,277

 

Total payments

 

$

900,740

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

(106,262

)

Lease obligation, net

 

$

794,478

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(504,542

)

Lease obligation – long-term

 

$

289,936

 

Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $303,195 and $981,241, respectively.

Note 8 — Debt

Since inception, the Company has issued term loans to various lenders. These notes accrue interest at rates between 12 – 15%, with various maturity dates.

In December 2020, the Company entered into a factoring agreement which was then converted into a $1,500,000 term loan, which was amended on April 27, 2021 to increase the loan amount to $1,625,000. The loan matures 18 months from issuance and earns interest at 17.5% per annum.

In June 2020, the Company received an Economic Injury Disaster Loan (“EIDL”) from the Small Business Administration. The loan matures in 30 years and bears interest at a rate of 3.75%.

In May 2020, the Company received loan proceeds through the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). The loan matures in April 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1%.

In February 2021, the Company received loan proceeds through the PPP. The loan matures in January 2023 and bears interest at a rate of 1%.

On July 1, 2021, the Company acquired DSO. As part of the purchase price, the Company issued two promissory notes to the seller, including (i) a 6% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 which accrues interest at 6% per annum and matures on July 1, 2024 and (ii) a 6% secured subordinated

F-13

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 8 — Debt (cont.)

promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000. This note accrues interest at 6% per annum and the outstanding principal and interest will be amortized on a straight-line basis and are payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached to the note, with all amounts due and payable on July 1, 2024.

On July 1, 2021, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Diamond Creek Capital, LLC for a term loan in the principal amount of up to $3,000,000 and issued a term loan promissory note to Diamond Creek Capital, LLC in the principal amount of $3,000,000. The loan bears interest at a rate of 15.0% per annum, provided that upon an event of default, such rate shall increase by 5%. The loan is due and payable on the earlier of July 1, 2022 or upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering. A portion of this borrowing was used to pay down other note holders.

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the outstanding balances on these loans are as follows:

 

September 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Term loans

 

$

6,916,325

 

$

3,841,413

EIDL loan

 

 

1,614,906

 

 

1,499,730

PPP loan May 2020

 

 

300,000

 

 

300,000

PPP loan February 2021

 

 

239,262

 

 

239,262

Notes issued to DSO seller

 

 

261,164

 

 

Term loan

 

 

6,000,000

 

 

Total

 

$

15,331,657

 

$

5,880,405

The future maturities of the debt are as follows:

For the Year Ended December 31:

   

2021

 

$

2022

 

 

10,770,493

2023

 

 

261,164

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

4,300,000

Total

 

$

15,331,657

Note 9 — Concentrations of Credit Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and unbilled receivables. The Company maintains bank accounts with several financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited to the dispersion of customers across different industries and geographic regions.

Cash

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had cash balances of $0 and $243,262 in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage of $250,000 per institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Major Vendors

The Company does not have any suppliers which represent a significant portion of its supply chain. The Company’s officers are closely monitoring the relationships with all suppliers.

F-14

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 10 — Stock Options and Warrants

In 2020, the Company adopted its Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) under which the Company is authorized to issue a total of 2,000,000 qualified stock options and nonqualified stock options to purchase common stock, to be granted to employees, and certain consultants or independent advisors who provide services to the Company. The maximum term of the options is ten (10) years. The Board of Directors has the right to accelerate the vesting period of the options based upon the performance of the employees and other reasons that would benefit the Company.

At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 550,000 and 750,000 stock options, respectively, available for issuance.

The Company recognized $0 and $1,000 of compensation expense related to the vesting of options during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following is a summary of options and warrants granted, exercised, forfeited and outstanding during the nine months ended:

 

September 30, 2021
Stock Options

 

September 30, 2021
Warrants

   

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number of Warrants

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

1,250,000

 

$

0.01

 

1,382,441

 

$

0.0001

Granted

 

200,000

 

 

0.01

 

11,999,404

 

 

0.0001

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30,

 

1,450,000

 

$

0.01

 

13,381,845

 

$

0.0001

Exercisable at September 30,

 

1,450,000

 

 

   

1,382,441

 

 

 

Available for issuance at September 30,

 

550,000

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of options and warrants granted, exercised, forfeited and outstanding during the years ended December 31:

 

December 31, 2020
Stock Options

 

December 31, 2020
Warrants

   

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number of
Warrants

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

$

 

250,000

 

$

Granted

 

1,250,000

 

 

0.01

 

1,292,445

 

 

0.01

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31,

 

1,250,000

 

$

0.01

 

1,542,445

 

$

0.01

Exercisable at December 31,

 

1,250,000

 

 

   

1,542,445

 

 

 

Available for issuance at December 31,

 

750,000

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, there were 200,000 stock options granted. At December 31, 2020, total future compensation costs related to non-vested stock options, less estimated forfeitures are approximately $4,000 and will be recognized over the next four years.

During 2020, there were 1,250,000 stock options granted.

F-15

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 10 — Stock Options and Warrants (cont.)

Valuation Assumptions for Stock Options and Warrants

The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

2020

 

2019

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.36

%

 

1.69

%

Expected volatility

 

77

%

 

81

%

Expected life (years)

 

5

 

 

5

 

Dividend yield

 

0

%

 

0

%

The expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield constant maturity in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option.

Note 11 — Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

On June 29, 2021, the Company filed a certificate of designation with the Delaware Secretary of State to establish its series A convertible preferred stock. The Company designated a total of 8,000 shares of its preferred stock as series A convertible preferred stock. The series A convertible preferred stock has the following voting powers, designations, preferences and relative rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions:

Dividend Rights.    Holders of series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 7.5% of the stated value per share ($1,000, subject to adjustment) per annum, which shall increase to 15% per annum after November 23, 2021 and 24% per annum after December 31, 2021; provided, however, that no dividends shall accrue following the date that a registration statement covering the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the series A convertible preferred stock is declared effective by the SEC (the “IPO Date”). The dividends shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30 calendar day periods, and shall accrue daily and shall be deemed to accrue whether or not earned or declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Any dividends that are not paid within three (3) trading days following a dividend payment date shall continue to accrue and shall entail a late fee at the rate of 15% per annum or the lesser rate permitted by applicable law.

Liquidation Rights.    Prior to the IPO Date, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon a change of control, the holders of series A convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company an amount equal to the greater of (a) 150% of the stated value, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, for each share held, and (b) the amount that could otherwise be received by a holder for the shares issuable upon conversion of the series A convertible preferred stock in full (ignoring for such purposes any conversion limitations) before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of common stock. Following the IPO Date, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon a change of control, the holders of series A convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company the same amount that a holder of common stock would receive if the series A convertible preferred stock were fully converted (disregarding for such purposes any conversion limitations) to common stock which amounts shall be paid pari passu with all holders of common stock.

Voting Rights.    Until the IPO Date, the holders of series A convertible preferred stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of common stock (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock-basis). On and after the IPO Date, the series A convertible preferred stock shall have no voting rights except as set forth below. As long as any shares of series A convertible preferred stock are outstanding, the Company shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of

F-16

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 11 — Stockholders’ Equity (cont.)

a majority of the then outstanding shares of the series A convertible preferred stock, (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the series A convertible preferred stock or, after the IPO Date, alter or amend the certificate of designation, (b) authorize or create any class of stock ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon a liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the series A convertible preferred stock, (c) amend the Company’s certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that adversely affects any rights of the holders of series A convertible preferred stock, (d) prior to the IPO Date, increase the number of authorized shares of common stock or series A convertible preferred stock, (e) prior to the IPO Date, repay, repurchase or offer to repay, repurchase or otherwise acquire more than a de minimis number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, (f) prior to the IPO Date, repurchases of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of departing officers and directors, (g) prior to the IPO Date, pay cash dividends or distributions on any equity securities, (h) prior to the IPO Date, enter into any change of control transaction (as defined in the certificate of designation) or (i) either prior to the IPO Date or after the IPO Date, as applicable, enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

Conversion Rights.    Each share of series A convertible preferred stock is convertible, at any time and from time to time from at the option of the holder thereof, into that number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the stated value of such share of series A convertible preferred stock (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon) by the conversion price. The conversion price is initially equal $0.6667 (subject to adjustments); provided, however, if the pre-money valuation of the Company on the IPO Date is less than $75,000,000, the conversion price shall be reduced to equal the product of (i) the then conversion price and (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the pre-money valuation of the Company on the IPO Date and (B) $75,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not effect any conversion, and a holder shall not have the right to convert, any portion of the series A convertible preferred stock to the extent that, after giving effect to the conversion, such holder (together with such holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares issuable upon the conversion. This limitation may be waived (up to a maximum of 9.99%) by the holder and in its sole discretion, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to us.

On July 1, 2021, the Company completed a private placement in which it sold an aggregate of 6,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 8,999,552 shares of common stock to certain investors for gross proceeds of $6,000,000. On August 18, 2021, the completed an additional closing of this private placement in which it sold 2,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and warrants for the purchase of 2,999,852 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $2,000,000.

Common Stock

On June 15, 2020, the Company issued 6,625,000 shares of common stock for services rendered valued at $66,250.

Between June 15, 2020 and November 30, 2020, the Company issued 5,180,000 shares of common stock for compensation valued at $51,800.

On April 21, 2021, the Company issued 45,000 shares of common stock for compensation values at $4.

On April 21, 2021, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock for services rendered valued at $2.

Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management

F-17

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its consolidated financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of consolidated financial condition, liquidity or operations.

Commercial Matters

From time to time, the Company may become subject to threatened and/or asserted claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any matters, either individually or in the aggregate, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 13 — Related Party Transaction

The Company has a management services agreement with a company controlled by the Company’s Chairman. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the amounts due from the related party are $83,661 and $386,900, respectively.

Note 14 — Subsequent Events

On November 5, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors, pursuant to which it sold 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 to such investors for gross proceeds of $2,250,000 to fund the purchase of Nexus Offers, Inc. (“Nexus”) described below. Interest at a rate of 12% per annum shall accrue on the principal balance of the debentures from the date of issuance until the date that a registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided that upon an event of default, such interest rate shall increase to 18% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. The debentures are due and payable on the earliest of the maturity date, November 30, 2022, or upon their earlier conversion or redemption.

In July 2021, the Company executed a securities purchase agreement with Nexus. On November 8, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of Nexus for a total purchase price of $6,000,000 (subject to adjustment), comprised of (i) $2,200,000 in cash (subject to adjustment), (ii) a 5% secured subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 and (iii) a 5% secured subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000.

On November 29, 2021, the Company entered into a contribution and exchange agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GSP Nutrition Inc. (“GSP Nutrition”). On December 6, 2021, the acquisition was completed.

The total purchase price was $425,000, payable in 42,500 shares of common stock; provided that if the effective price per share of common stock in the Company’s initial public offering (as determined in accordance with the contribution and exchange agreement) is less than $10 per share, then the Company must issue an additional number of shares of common stock equal to an amount determined by dividing the $425,000 purchase price by the effective offering price per share, minus 42,500. In connection with this acquisition, the Company also issued 14,723 shares of common stock to certain vendors of GSP who agreed to settle accounts payable owed to them into the Company’s common stock.

On September 27, 2021, Ada De Quesada (“De Quesada”) brought a lawsuit against SFL, BSNM and Millenium Natural Health Products, Inc. (the “Defendant Entities”) in the 11th Judicial Circuit in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida, having case number 21-021989-CA-01. Within the lawsuit, De Quesada sought damages against the Defendant Entities for breach of contract and failure to indemnify, arising out of an alleged failure by the Defendant Entities to pay an obligation purportedly due to De Quesada stemming from the purchase of the BSNM businesses by SFL. On November 9, 2021, the Defendant Entities filed a Motion to Dismiss the entire lawsuit. Shortly thereafter and as a result of the Motion to Dismiss, the parties engaged in settlement discussions and agreed to a settlement of $75,000 to be paid over a period of time. A draft of the confidential settlement agreement has been circulated for review and execution amongst the parties.

F-18

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Management and Board of Directors Smart for Life, Inc.

Doral, Florida

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Smart for Life, Inc. (the “Company”) at December 31, 2020, and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021

Sunrise, Florida

August 11, 2021

F-20

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

484,949

 

 

$

12,212

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

69,325

 

 

 

33,656

 

Inventory

 

 

58,426

 

 

 

566,396

 

Related party receivable

 

 

78,466

 

 

 

91,821

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

77,051

 

 

 

12,276

 

Total current assets

 

 

768,217

 

 

 

716,361

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

381,174

 

 

 

505,340

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

285,627

 

 

 

340,910

 

Deposits and other assets

 

 

37,197

 

 

 

36,697

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

495,154

 

 

 

772,267

 

Total other assets

 

 

1,199,152

 

 

 

1,655,214

 

Total assets

 

$

1,967,369

 

 

$

2,371,575

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

986,632

 

 

$

992,153

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,434,314

 

 

 

957,942

 

Related party payable

 

 

124,555

 

 

 

99,187

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

194,020

 

 

 

162,830

 

Operating lease obligations, current

 

 

249,284

 

 

 

213,232

 

Note payable, current

 

 

3,971,482

 

 

 

3,552,820

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

6,960,287

 

 

 

5,978,164

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations, noncurrent

 

 

223,985

 

 

 

473,270

 

Note payable, noncurrent

 

 

1,908,923

 

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

2,132,908

 

 

 

473,270

 

Total liabilities

 

 

9,093,195

 

 

 

6,451,434

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 0 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 13,810,000 and 200,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

1,381

 

 

 

200

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

121,870

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(611,420

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(7,249,077

)

 

 

(4,080,059

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(7,125,826

)

 

 

(4,079,859

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,967,369

 

 

$

2,371,575

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-21

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

Net sales

 

$

1,959,595

 

 

$

2,364,863

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

1,831,629

 

 

 

2,316,674

 

Gross profit

 

 

127,966

 

 

 

48,189

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,863,087

 

 

 

2,282,712

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

166,613

 

 

 

169,380

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,029,700

 

 

 

2,452,092

 

Operating loss

 

 

(1,901,734

)

 

 

(2,403,903

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

(14,141

)

 

 

13,290

 

Interest (expense)

 

 

(1,253,143

)

 

 

(624,493

)

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(1,267,284

)

 

 

(611,203

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(3,169,018

)

 

 

(3,015,106

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(3,169,018

)

 

 

(3,015,106

)

Net loss attributable to the non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(492,763

)

Net loss

 

$

(3,169,018

)

 

$

(2,522,343

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

6,031,685

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

Loss per share

 

$

(0.53

)

 

$

(1.26

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-22

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Preferred Shares

 

Stock Amount

 


Common Stock

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

Non-Controlling Interest

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

 

$

 

2,000,000

 

$

200

 

$

 

$

111,387

 

 

$

(1,557,716

)

 

$

(1,446,129

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(492,763

)

 

 

(2,522,343

)

 

 

(3,015,106

)

Purchase of non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

381,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

381,376

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,080,059

)

 

 

(4,079,859

)

Stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

11,805,000

 

 

1,181

 

 

121,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,051

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,169,018

)

 

 

(3,169,018

)

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

 

$

 

13,805,000

 

$

1,381

 

$

121,870

 

$

 

 

$

(7,249,077

)

 

$

(7,125,826

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-23

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(3,169,018

)

 

$

(2,522,343

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

10,346

 

 

 

82,378

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

108,760

 

 

 

111,213

 

Amortization expense

 

 

57,853

 

 

 

58,167

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

663

 

 

 

 

Stock-issued for services

 

 

122,388

 

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(46,015

)

 

 

24,438

 

Related party receivable

 

 

13,355

 

 

 

22,349

 

Inventory

 

 

507,970

 

 

 

212,441

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(500

)

 

 

161,740

 

Deposits and other assets

 

 

(37,197

)

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(15,796

)

 

 

81,228

 

Related party payable

 

 

25,368

 

 

 

99,187

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

476,372

 

 

 

317,675

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

31,190

 

 

 

(393,987

)

Net cash provided used in activities

 

 

(1,941,839

)

 

 

(1,745,514

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

 

(32,966

)

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(32,966

)

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right of use asset and lease liability

 

 

63,880

 

 

 

(85,765

)

Proceeds from issuance of note payable

 

 

2,555,749

 

 

 

2,230,000

 

Repayments on notes payable

 

 

(490,100

)

 

 

(385,000

)

Paycheck protection program loan proceeds

 

 

318,013

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

2,447,542

 

 

 

1,759,235

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

472,737

 

 

 

13,721

 

Cash, beginning of year

 

 

12,212

 

 

 

(1,509

)

Cash, end of year

 

$

484,949

 

 

$

12,212

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

85,307

 

 

$

95,076

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-24

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 1 — Description of Business

Bonne Santé Group, Inc., is a Delaware corporation which was formed on February 7, 2017. The Company is engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, acquisition, operation and sale of a broad spectrum of nutraceutical and related products with an emphasis on Health & Wellness. Structured as a global holding company. On August 4, 2021 the Company changed it’s name to Smart for Life, Inc. (“SFL”)

On March 8, 2018, our Company acquired 51% of Millenium Natural Manufacturing Corp. and Millenium Natural Health Products, Inc., which we refer to collectively as Millenium. Based in Doral, Florida, Millenium operates a 22,000 square-foot FDA-certified manufacturing facility. Millenium manufactures nutritional products for a significant number of customers. Millennium was rebranded “Bonne Santé Natural Manufacturing” (“BSNM”)

On October 8, 2019, our Company entered into an agreement to acquire the remaining 49% of BSNM, subject to certain conditions which were subsequently met for $100,000. The Company recorded the increase in ownership interests as a transaction within stockholders’ deficit. As a result of this transaction, noncontrolling interests were reduced by $381,376 reflecting the carrying value of the interest.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of SFL and its wholly owned subsidiary BSNM, (collectively the “Company”) from the effective date of formation and are prepared in the United States Dollars in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Going Concern

At December 31, 2020 the Company had liabilities in excess of assets in the amount of approximately $7.1 million. During 2020, the Company received approximately $2.6 million from the proceeds from the issuance of indebtedness but sustained a net loss of approximately $3.1 million and had consumed cash in operating activities of approximately $1.9 million during the year.

To date the Company has satisfied its capital needs with the net proceeds from its issuance of notes payable and bank debt. Company management expects to continue to incur net losses and have significant cash outflows for at least the next 12 months.

Subsequent to December 31, 2020, the Company completed a series of transactions, including an $11.0 million equity and debt financing (see Note 13). These events served to mitigate the conditions that historically raised substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Based on this analysis the Company concluded it has the ability to continue as a going concern for at least the next 12 months.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the realization of deferred taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible and intangible assets, assumptions used in the valuation of options, the computation of revenue based on the proportional delivery of services, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. Some of these estimates can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

F-25

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three (3) months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate for uncollectible receivables based on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectability, as well as management’s past experience with the customers. Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $12,915 and $2,569 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Inventory, net

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress, and finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) (replacement cost or net realizable value). An allowance for inventory obsolescence is provided for slow moving or obsolete inventory to write down historical cost to net realizable value. The Company primarily performs their manufacturing for nutraceuticals in the form of powders, tablets and capsules.

The allowance for obsolescence is an estimate established through charges to cost of goods sold. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based upon several factors which include, but are not limited to, analysis of slow moving inventory, analysis of the selling price of inventory, the predetermined shelf life of the product, and management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions. Given the nature of the inventory, it is reasonably possible the Company’s estimate of the allowance for obsolescence will change in the near term.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major betterments and additions are charged to the asset accounts, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization over the estimated useful lives of various assets using the straight-line method ranging from 3-15 years.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships acquired in 2018 with the acquisition of 51% of BSNM. The Company amortizes intangible assets with finite lives on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which is 8 years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. An impairment loss is recognized when the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset (or group of assets) is less than its carrying amount. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. The Company had no impairment of long-lived assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Lease Right-of-Use Asset

The Company records a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases are classified either as finance or operating with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.

F-26

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the remaining lease payments and are discounted using the most reasonable incremental borrowing rate. The Company uses the implicit rate when it is readily determinable. Since the Company’s lease does not provide an implicit rate, to determine the present value of lease payments, management uses the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement. Leases with a term of 12 months or less at inception are not recorded on our balance sheet and are expensed on a straight- line basis over the lease term.

Debt Issuance Cost

In accordance with ASC 835-30 Other Presentation Matters, the Company has reported debt issuance cost as a deduction from the carrying amount of line of credit and will amortize these costs using the effective interest method over the term of the debt as interest expense.

Revenue Recognition

Impact of the initial adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company now evaluates revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted the new revenue recognition standard using the modified retrospective method to undelivered performance obligations on existing contracts which resulted in no impact to retained earnings.

The Company evaluates and recognize revenue by:

•        identifying the contract(s) with the customer,

•        identifying the performance obligations in the contract,

•        determining the transaction price,

•        allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and

•        recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”).

The Company primarily generates revenues by manufacturing and packaging of nutraceutical products as a contract manufacturer for customers. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized when it satisfies a single performance obligation by transferring control of its products to a customer. Control is generally transferred when the Company’s products are either shipped or delivered based on the terms contained within the underlying contracts or agreements. The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration. The Company does not have significant financing components or payment terms. The Company did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Distribution expenses to transport the Company’s products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Freight

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, freight costs amounted to $84,229 and $59,593, respectively and have been recorded in cost of goods sold in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income.

F-27

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $36,593 and $28,306, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program

The Company records Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan proceeds in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 470, Debt . Debt is extinguished when either the debtor pays the creditor or the debtor is legally released from being the primary obligor, either judicially or by the creditor.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company recognizes expense for stock options and warrants granted over the vesting period based on the fair value of the award at the grant date, are valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair market value of the stock options. The Company calculates the amount of tax benefit available by tracking each stock option award on an employee-by-employee basis and on a grant-by-grant basis. The Company then compares the recorded expense to the tax deduction received for each stock option grant.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income tax under the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has no liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The Company’s tax years subject to examination by tax authorities generally remain open for three (3) years from the date of filing. Due to the continued losses full valuation at the end of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

Recent Accounting Standards Issued Not Yet Adopted

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for areas of ASC 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. This standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

F-28

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Accounting Pronouncement Adopted

The Company has adopted the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires lessees to record an ROU asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 during 2019, which resulted in the recognition of the right-of-use assets and related obligations on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 — Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Raw materials

 

$

54,797

 

$

274,166

Work in Progress

 

 

3,629

 

 

23,100

Finished goods

 

 

 

 

269,130

   

$

58,424

 

$

566,396

Note 4 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Furniture and fixtures

 

$

1,090

 

 

$

1,090

 

Equipment – Manufacturing

 

 

797,760

 

 

 

764,794

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

10,650

 

 

 

10,650

 

   

 

809,500

 

 

 

776,534

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(428,326

)

 

 

(271,194

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

381,174

 

 

$

505,340

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled $108,760 and $111,213, respectively.

Note 5 — Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Customer contracts

 

$

442,262

 

 

$

442,262

 

Less: amortization

 

 

(156,635

)

 

 

(101,352

)

Intangibles, net

 

$

285,627

 

 

$

340,910

 

Amortization (included in depreciation and amortization expense) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $57,853 and $58,167, respectively.

F-29

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 5 — Intangible Assets (cont.)

The future amortization is as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

   

2021

 

$

55,253

2022

 

 

55,253

2023

 

 

55,253

2024

 

 

55,253

2025

 

 

55,253

Thereafter

 

 

9,362

Total

 

$

285,627

Note 6 — Lease Commitments

The Company enters into lessee arrangements consisting of operating leases for premises. The Company had four and three operating leases for premises as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. One new lease commenced during 2020 and one lease agreement is set to expire at the end of 2020.

Discount Rate Applied to Property Operating Lease

To determine the present value of minimum future lease payments for its operating lease at January 1, 2019, the Company was required to estimate a rate of interest that it would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment (the “incremental borrowing rate” or “IBR”).

The lease asset and liability were calculated utilizing a discount rate of 12%, according to the Company’s elected policy.

Right of Use Asset and Liability

The right of use asset and liability is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Asset

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use asset

 

$

495,154

 

$

772,267

   

 

   

 

 

Liability

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use liability, current portion

 

$

249,284

 

$

213,232

Right of use liability, net of current portion

 

 

223,985

 

 

473,270

Total lease liability

 

$

473,269

 

$

686,502

Minimum lease payments under the operating lease are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

For the Year Ended December 31:

   

2021

 

$

279,198

 

2022

 

 

250,863

 

Total payments

 

$

530,061

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

(56,792

)

Lease obligation, net

 

$

473,269

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(249,284

)

Lease obligation – long-term

 

$

223,985

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $277,113 and $139,395, respectively.

F-30

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 7 — Debt

Notes Payable

Notes payable consists of the following at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

The Company has issued various promissory notes with various lenders that are convertible into common stock. These notes accrue interest at rates between 12 – 17%, with various maturity dates and are convertible into common stock at either original principal amount divided by price per initial public offering (“IPO”) at 100% or 200% of the principal if extension is provided by the lender or Regulation A offering price per share at 50% discount.

 

$

3,841,143

 

 

$

3,552,820

 

In December 2020, the Company entered into a factoring agreement which was then converted into a $1,500,000 term loan. The loan matures 18 months from issuance and accrues interest at 17.5% per annum.

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

In June and August 2020, the Company received Economic Injury Disaster Loans from the Small Business Administration. The loans matures in 30 years and bear interest at a rate of 3.75%.

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

In May and April 2020, the Company received loan proceeds through the Paycheck Protection Program. The loan matures in April and May 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1%.

 

 

239,262

 

 

 

 

   

 

5,880,405

 

 

 

3,552,820

 

Less: debt issuance costs

 

 

(56,250

)

 

 

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(3,971,482

)

 

 

(3,552,820

)

Long term portion

 

$

1,908,923

 

 

$

 

The future maturities of the debt are as follows:

For the Year Ended December 31:

   

2021

 

$

3,971,482

2022

 

 

1,608,923

Thereafter

 

 

300,000

Total

 

$

5,880,405

Note 8 — Concentrations of Credit Risks

Credit Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains bank accounts with several financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited to the dispersion of customers across different industries and geographic regions.

Cash

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had cash balances of $254,115 and $0 in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) coverage of $250,000 per institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

F-31

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 8 — Concentrations of Credit Risks (cont.)

Major Customers

The Company does not have any suppliers which represent a significant portion of its supply chain. The Company’s officers are closely monitoring the relationships with all suppliers.

Major Vendors

The Company does not have any suppliers which represent a significant portion of its supply chain. The Company’s officers are closely monitoring the relationships with all suppliers.

Note 9 — Income Taxes

The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence in assessing the realizability of its deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, estimates of projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future.

The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. Currently, the tax years subsequent to 2018 are open and subject to examination by the taxing authorities.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $6.8 million, which will be available to offset future taxable income.

Note 10 — Stock Options and Warrants

In 2020, the Company adopted the Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) under which the Company is authorized to issue a total of 2,000,000 qualified stock options and nonqualified stock options to purchase common stock, to be granted to employees, and certain consultants or independent advisors who provide services to the Company. The maximum term of the options is ten (10) years. The Board of Directors has the right to accelerate the vesting period of the options based upon the performance of the employees and other reasons that would benefit the Company.

At December 31, 2020, there were 750,000 stock options available for issuance.

The Company recognized $1,000 of compensation expense related to the vesting of options during the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following is a summary of options granted, exercised, forfeited and outstanding during the years ended December 31:

 

2020 – Stock Options

 

2020 – Warrants

   

Number of Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Number of Warrants

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

$

 

250,000

 

$

Granted

 

1,250,000

 

 

0.01

 

1,292,445

 

 

0.01

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31,

 

1,250,000

 

$

0

 

1,542,445

 

$

0

Exercisable at December 31,

 

1,250,000

 

 

   

1,542,445

 

 

 

Available for issuance at December 31,

 

750,000

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-32

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 10 — Stock Options and Warrants (cont.)

During 2020, there were 1,250,000 stock options granted. At December 31, 2020, total future compensation costs related to non-vested stock options, less estimated forfeitures are approximately $4,000 and will be recognized over the next four years.

Valuation Assumptions for Stock Options and Warrants

The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

2020

 

2019

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.36

%

 

1.69

%

Expected volatility

 

77

%

 

81

%

Expected life (years)

 

5

 

 

5

 

Dividend yield

 

0

%

 

0

%

The expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield constant maturity in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option.

Note 11 — Commitments and Contingencies

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its consolidated financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of consolidated financial condition, liquidity or operations for 2020.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may become subject to threatened and/or asserted claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any matters, either individually or in the aggregate, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Employment Agreements

In July 2020 and November, the Company hired a President and Chief Executive Officer for 3-year term. Compensation ranging from $200,000 to $350,000. Compensation includes annual bonuses of 10-20% if certain milestones are met. Restricted common stock issuance of 250,000 of which 83,333 at 1 year anniversary and remaining amount over last 2 years of the agreement.

Note 12 — Related Party Transaction

The Company has a management services agreement with a company controlled by the Company’s Chairman for $12,000 per month through June 30, 2021.

F-33

Table of Contents

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 13 — Subsequent Event

In January 2021, the Company issued term loans with various individuals for $78,000, bearing interest at 15%.

In January 2021, the Company hired a Chief Financial Officer for a 3-year term. Compensation is the following for each year ending in 2023: $175,000, $200,000, and $250,000. Compensation includes annual bonus of 10% - 20% if certain milestones are met. Restricted common stock of 15,000 are issued at inception and 15,000 at 1 year anniversary.

In February 2021, the Company issued an unsecured convertible note for $500,000, bearing interest at 15% with a maturity date of March 2023.

In April 2021, the Company issued 65,000 shares of common stock to employees as part of their employment agreements.

In June 2021, the Company issued a promissory note for $25,000, bearing interest at 15%, due on demand.

In July 2021, the Company acquired Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC. Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company completed an equity and debt financing that totaled $11,000,000, with four funds providing the equity financing of $8,000,000 and a commercial lender providing senior secured debt of $3,000,000. The purchase price consists of $6,000,000 cash, $3,000,000 convertible debt, and a $3,000,000 promissory note.

In July 2021, the Company executed a securities purchase agreement with Nexus Offers, Inc.

F-34

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.

UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

September 30, 2021

 

December 31, 2020

   

(unaudited)

   

ASSETS

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

44,330

 

$

36,189

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

124,756

 

 

146,845

 

Total current assets

 

 

169,086

 

 

183,033

 

Total assets

 

$

169,086

 

$

183,033

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commissions payable

 

$

101,628

 

$

129,923

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,768

 

 

26,569

 

Notes payable

 

 

 

 

59,900

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

103,396

 

 

216,392

 

Total liabilities

 

 

103,396

 

 

216,392

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

 

100

 

 

100

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

65,590

 

 

(33,459

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

65,690

 

 

(33,359

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

169,086

 

$

183,033

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements

F-36

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020
(UNAUDITED)

 

September 30,
2021

 

September 30,
2020

Net sales

 

$

4,238,330

 

$

3,876,096

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,221,539

 

 

2,844,462

Gross profit

 

 

1,016,791

 

 

1,031,634

   

 

   

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

   

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

914,690

 

 

848,474

Total operating expenses

 

 

914,690

 

 

848,474

   

 

   

 

 

Operating income

 

 

102,101

 

 

183,160

   

 

   

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

102,101

 

 

183,160

Income tax expense

 

 

3,052

 

 

Net income

 

$

99,049

 

$

183,160

   

 

   

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

100

 

 

100

Earnings per share

 

$

990.49

 

$

1,831.60

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements

F-37

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020
(UNAUDITED)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

87,741

 

 

$

87,841

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

183,160

 

 

 

183,160

 

Balance, September 30, 2020

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

270,901

 

 

$

271,001

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

(33,459

)

 

$

(33,359

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,049

 

 

 

99,049

 

Balance, September 30, 2021

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

65,590

 

 

$

65,690

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements

F-38

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020
(UNAUDITED)

 

September 30, 2021

 

September 30, 2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

99,049

 

 

$

183,160

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

22,089

 

 

 

(207,342

)

Commissions payable

 

 

(28,295

)

 

 

156,761

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(24,801

)

 

 

(19,536

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

68,042

 

 

 

113,043

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from paycheck protection program loan

 

 

 

 

 

59,900

 

Repayment of paycheck protection program loan

 

 

(59,900

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

(59,900

)

 

 

59,900

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

8,142

 

 

 

172,943

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

36,188

 

 

 

54,917

 

Cash, end of period

 

$

44,330

 

 

$

227,860

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

3,053

 

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements

F-39

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 1 — Description of Business

Nexus Offers, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Florida corporation which was formed on October 10, 2016. The Company operates a cost per action/cost per acquisition network. This is an advertising model where publishers are paid for an action that is taken as a direct result of their marketing. Through the publisher’s method of marketing, the Company sends traffic to one of the advertiser’s product offers listed on the network. Examples of the publishers marketing tactics include but are not limited to native ads, email marketing, SEO and social media traffic. The products on the network come from several different advertisers which pay the Company a specific amount per sale. A portion of that sale made is paid out to the publisher. The Company has established long-term relationships with many advertisers and publishers. The Company also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network. It has created a plug-and-play streamlined business that allows for seamless scalability into any vertical, niche or product.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the realization of deferred taxes, the computation of revenue based on the proportional delivery of services, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. Some of these estimates can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three (3) months or less to be cash equivalents. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate for uncollectible receivables based on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectability, as well as management’s past experience with the customers. There was no allowance at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Impact of the initial adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company now evaluates revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted the new revenue recognition standard using the modified retrospective method to undelivered performance obligations on existing contracts which resulted in no impact to retained earnings.

F-40

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The Company evaluates and recognize revenue by:

•        identifying the contract(s) with the customer,

•        identifying the performance obligations in the contract,

•        determining the transaction price,

•        allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and

•        recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”).

The Company primarily generates revenues by sending traffic to one of the advertiser’s products listed on the network. Examples of the publishers marketing tactics include but are not limited to native ads, email marketing, SEO and social media traffic. The products on the network come from several different advertisers which pay the Company a specific amount per sale. The revenue is recognized when it satisfies a single performance obligation by transferring control of the service to the advertiser. A portion of that sale made is paid out to the publisher. The Company also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network. To illustrate the revenue process, a publisher logs onto the platform and selects an offer to promote for the day. The platform generates a unique link which the publisher distributes either via email or a banner ad. As individuals use that link and make purchases, the traffic is credited to their affiliate account. The benefit to the publisher is that they get paid and there are no claw backs in a click per action environment. The software platforms act as the transaction ledger, keeping track of clicks, sales and commissions.

The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration. The Company does not have significant financing components or payment terms. The Company did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at September 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were $38,944 and $34,422, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income tax under the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company has no liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The Company’s tax years subject to examination by tax authorities generally remain open for three (3) years from the date of filing.

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

F-41

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Recent Accounting Standards Issued Not Yet Adopted

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for areas of ASC 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. This standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its financial statements.

Note 3 — Debt

In June 2020, the Company received Economic Injury Disaster Loans (“EIDL”) from the Small Business Administration in the amount of $59,900. The loans mature in 30 years and bear interest at a rate of 3.75%. The EIDL may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. Funds from the EIDL may only be used as working capital to alleviate economic injury caused by disaster occurring in the month of January 2020, and continuing thereafter, and to pay Uniform Commercial Code lien filing fees. The Company intends to use the funds from the EIDL for qualifying expenses. These amounts were fully repaid in September 2021 and were therefore listed as short-term.

Notes payable consists of the following at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

September 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

EIDL Loan

 

$

 

$

59,900

Less: current portion

 

 

 

 

Long term portion

 

$

 

$

59,900

Note 4 — Concentrations of Credit Risks

Credit Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains bank accounts with a single financial institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited to the dispersion of customers across different industries and geographic regions.

Cash

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had no cash balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage of $250,000 per institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Major Customers and Vendors

The Company had three (3) and three (3) significant customers representing a total of 43% and 64% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. These customers represented 8% and 31% of customer accounts receivable at September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

The Company contracts with individuals which refer clients and are paid based on leads and how successful those leads are for the Company. This activity is captured and payable on a monthly basis. At September 30, 2021 and 2020, one vendor accounted for approximately 11% and 10% of total purchases, respectively. This vendor represented 20% and none of outstanding commissions payable at September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

F-42

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 5 — Commitments and Contingencies

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of these financial statements. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of financial condition, liquidity or operations for 2021.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may become subject to threatened and/or asserted claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any matters, either individually or in the aggregate, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 6 — Subsequent Events

On November 8, 2021, the Company was acquired by Smart for Life, Inc.

F-43

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Nexus Offers, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Nexus Offers, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, and 2019, and the related to the statements of operations and changes in stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the years ended in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021

Sunrise, Florida

December 15, 2021

F-45

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

36,188

 

 

$

54,917

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

146,845

 

 

 

116,609

Total current assets

 

 

183,033

 

 

 

171,526

Total assets

 

$

183,033

 

 

$

171,526

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions payable

 

$

129,923

 

 

$

64,149

Accrued expenses

 

 

26,569

 

 

 

19,536

Notes payable

 

 

59,900

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

216,392

 

 

 

83,685

Total liabilities

 

 

216,392

 

 

 

83,685

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

 

 

(33,459

)

 

 

87,741

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

 

(33,359

)

 

 

87,841

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

$

183,033

 

 

$

171,526

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-46

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Net sales

 

$

5,674,946

 

 

$

3,634,159

Cost of goods sold

 

 

4,353,573

 

 

 

3,109,566

Gross profit

 

 

1,321,373

 

 

 

524,593

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

 

437,741

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,436,710

 

 

 

437,741

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(115,337

)

 

 

86,852

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(115,337

)

 

 

86,852

Income tax expense

 

 

5,863

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(121,200

)

 

$

86,852

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

(Loss) earnings per share

 

$

(1,212.00

)

 

$

868.52

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-47

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 


Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Accumulated (Deficit)
Equity

 

Total

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

889

 

 

$

989

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,852

 

 

 

86,852

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

87,741

 

 

$

87,841

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(121,200

)

 

 

(121,200

)

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

100

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

(33,459

)

 

$

(33,359

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-48

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(121,200

)

 

$

86,852

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(30,236

)

 

 

(116,609

)

Commissions payable

 

 

65,774

 

 

 

64,149

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

7,033

 

 

 

1,808

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

 

(78,629

)

 

 

36,200

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from paycheck protection program loan

 

 

59,900

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

59,900

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

 

 

(18,729

)

 

 

36,200

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

54,917

 

 

 

18,717

 

Cash, end of period

 

$

36,188

 

 

$

54,917

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

 

 

$

1,787

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-49

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 1 — Description of Business

Nexus Offers, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Florida corporation which was formed on October 10, 2016. The Company operates a cost per action/cost per acquisition network. This is an advertising model where publishers are paid for an action that is taken as a direct result of their marketing. Through the publisher’s method of marketing, the Company sends traffic to one of the advertiser’s product offers listed on the network. Examples of the publishers marketing tactics include but are not limited to native ads, email marketing, SEO and social media traffic. The products on the network come from several different advertisers which pay the Company a specific amount per sale. A portion of that sale made is paid out to the publisher. The Company has established long-term relationships with many advertisers and publishers. The Company also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network. It has created a plug-and-play streamlined business that allows for seamless scalability into any vertical, niche or product.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the realization of deferred taxes, the computation of revenue based on the proportional delivery of services, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. Some of these estimates can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three-months or less to be cash equivalents. There were no cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate for uncollectible receivables based on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectability, as well as management’s past experience with the customers. There was no allowance at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Impact of the initial adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company now evaluates revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted the new revenue recognition standard using the modified retrospective method to undelivered performance obligations on existing contracts which resulted in no impact to retained earnings.

The Company evaluates and recognize revenue by:

•        identifying the contract(s) with the customer,

•        identifying the performance obligations in the contract,

F-50

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

•        determining the transaction price,

•        allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and

•        recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”).

The Company primarily generates revenues by sending traffic to one of the advertiser’s products offers listed on the network. Examples of the publishers marketing tactics include but are not limited to native ads, email marketing, SEO, and social media traffic. The products on the network come from several different advertisers which pay the Company a specific amount per sale. The revenue is recognized when it satisfies a single performance obligation by transferring control of the service to the advertiser. A portion of that sale made is paid out to the publisher. The Company also has internal data streams it utilizes to create email lists and produce sales internally to the multitude of advertiser products on the network. To illustrate the revenue process, a publisher logs onto the platform and selects an offer to promote for the day. The platform generates a unique link which the publisher distributes either via email or a banner ad. As individuals use that link and make purchases, the traffic is credited to their affiliate account. The benefit to the publisher is that they get paid and there are no claw backs in a click per action environment. The software platforms act as the transaction ledger, keeping track of clicks, sales and commissions.

The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration. The Company does not have significant financing components or payment terms. The Company did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $60,744 and $21,422, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income tax under the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has no liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The Company’s tax years subject to examination by tax authorities generally remain open for three (3) years from the date of filing. Due to the continued losses full valuation at the end of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

Recent Accounting Standards Issued Not Yet Adopted

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740. The amendments

F-51

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for areas of ASC 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. This standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its financial statements.

Note 3 — Debt

Note Payable — Economic Injury Disaster Loan

In June 2020, the Company was granted a disaster loan from the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”), pursuant to the Economic Injury Disaster Loan (“EIDL”) program under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, in the amount of $59,900. The EIDL, which was in the form of a note dated June 19, 2020, bears interest of 3.75% per annum, payable monthly for $2,437 commencing in June of 2021.

The EIDL may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. Funds from the EIDL may only be used as working capital to alleviate economic injury caused by disaster occurring in the month of January 2020, and continuing thereafter, and to pay Uniform Commercial Code lien filing fees. The Company intends to use the funds from the EIDL for qualifying expenses. These amounts were fully repaid in September 2021 and therefore listed as short-term.

Note 4 — Concentrations of Credit Risks

Credit Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains bank accounts with a single financial institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited to the dispersion of customers across different industries and geographic regions.

Cash

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had cash balances of $0 and $0 in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage of $250,000 per institution.

Major Customers and Vendors

The Company had four (4) and two (2) significant customers representing a total of 54% and 21% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company contracts with individuals which refer clients and are paid based on leads and how successful those leads are for the Company. This activity is captured and payable on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, one vendor accounted for approximately 12% and none of total purchases, respectively. This vendor represented 25% and none of outstanding commissions payable at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Note 5 — Income Taxes

The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence in assessing the realizability of its deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, estimates of projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future.

The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no liabilities for uncertain tax

F-52

Table of Contents

NEXUS OFFERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 5 — Income Taxes (cont.)

positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. Currently, the tax years subsequent to 2018 are open and subject to examination by the taxing authorities.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $39,209, which will be available to offset future taxable income.

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of these financial statements. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of financial condition, liquidity or operations for 2020.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may become subject to threatened and/or asserted claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any matters, either individually or in the aggregate, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 7 — Subsequent Events

On September 23, 2021, the Company paid off its loan from SBA in the full amount of $59,900.

On November 8, 2021, the Company was acquired by Smart for Life, Inc. Smart for Life, Inc. is formally known as Bonne Santé Group, Inc.

F-53

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF JUNE 30, 2021 AND DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

ASSETS

 

 

   

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Cash

 

$

 

$

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

391,229

 

 

510,065

Inventory

 

 

2,197,472

 

 

1,618,002

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

26,624

Total current assets

 

 

2,588,701

 

 

2,154,691

Property and equipment, net

 

 

346,462

 

 

312,453

Other assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Operating lease right of use asset

 

 

562,358

 

 

672,741

Total assets

 

$

3,497,521

 

$

3,139,885

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

 

 

   

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

Accounts payable and cash overdraft

 

$

530,824

 

$

588,900

Accrued expenses

 

 

8,885

 

 

86,722

Due to related party

 

 

 

 

118,375

Operating lease obligations, current

 

 

272,192

 

 

227,557

Line of credit

 

 

740,127

 

 

739,657

Paycheck protection program loan

 

 

 

 

352,750

Note payable

 

 

337,542

 

 

46,370

Total current liabilities

 

 

1,889,570

 

 

2,160,331

   

 

   

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

Operating lease obligations, noncurrent

 

 

290,166

 

 

445,184

Total liabilities

 

 

2,179,736

 

 

2,605,515

   

 

   

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

   

 

 
   

 

   

 

 

Member’s equity

 

 

1,317,785

 

 

534,370

Total liabilities and member’s equity

 

$

3,497,521

 

$

3,139,885

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-55

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQ
UITY
(DEFI
CIT)
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

June 30,
2021

 

June 30,
2020

Net sales

 

$

4,772,565

 

 

$

5,164,515

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

2,042,966

 

 

 

2,111,502

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,729,599

 

 

 

3,053,013

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,214,741

 

 

 

2,270,329

 

Depreciation

 

 

82,786

 

 

 

41,352

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,297,527

 

 

 

2,311,681

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

432,072

 

 

 

741,332

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

842,477

 

 

 

11,871

 

Other income

 

 

7,903

 

 

 

75,305

 

Interest expense

 

 

(25,810

)

 

 

(31,880

)

Total other income

 

 

824,570

 

 

 

55,296

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

1,256,642

 

 

 

796,628

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member’s equity (deficit), beginning of year

 

 

534,370

 

 

 

(38,604

)

Distributions to member

 

 

(473,227

)

 

 

(1,042,049

)

Member’s equity (deficit), June 30

 

$

1,317,785

 

 

$

(284,025

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-56

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

June 30,
2021

 

June 30,
2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,256,642

 

 

$

796,628

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

2,129

 

 

 

 

Paycheck protection program loan forgiveness

 

 

(709,189

)

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

21,994

 

 

 

25,539

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

116,707

 

 

 

124,153

 

Inventory

 

 

(579,470

)

 

 

(670,200

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

26,624

 

 

 

49,098

 

Accounts payable and cash overdraft

 

 

(50,076

)

 

 

101,367

 

Related party payables

 

 

(118,375

)

 

 

242

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(77,837

)

 

 

(174,573

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

(118,851

)

 

 

252,254

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(56,003

)

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(56,003

)

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to member

 

 

(473,227

)

 

 

(544,995

)

Paycheck protection program loan proceeds

 

 

356,439

 

 

 

352,750

 

Term loan funded

 

 

291,642

 

 

 

298,416

 

Repayments on term loan

 

 

 

 

 

(342,026

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

174,854

 

 

 

(235,855

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

 

 

 

16,399

 

Cash, beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

82,513

 

Cash, June 30

 

$

 

 

$

98,912

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

25,810

 

 

$

31,880

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-57

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 1 — Description of Business

Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and its consolidated companies (collectively the “Company”) operates in Riviera Beach, Florida, and is primarily engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, and sale of a broad spectrum of weight management and related products.

Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC (“DSO”) was originally incorporated in the State of Nevada on February 16, 2006. On September 28, 2015, it converted to a Florida company. DSO owns 100% of Oyster Management Services, Ltd. (“Oyster”), Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. (“Lawee”) and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. (“U.S. Medical”). Oyster was organized as a limited partnership in the State of Florida on April 1, 2003. Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. was organized as a limited liability company in the State of Florida on January 3, 2005. U.S. Medical was organized as a limited liability company in the State of Florida on April 1, 2003.

Each wholly owned subsidiary services customers in different sales markets. Based in Riviera Beach, Florida, DSO operates a 35,000 square-foot FDA-certified manufacturing facility.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of DSO and its wholly owned subsidiaries from the effective date of formation and are prepared in the United States Dollars in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the realization of deferred taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible and intangible assets, assumptions used in the valuation of options, the computation of revenue based on the proportional delivery of services, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. Some of these estimates can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three (3) months or less to be cash equivalents. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $35,016 at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate for uncollectible receivables based on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectability, as well as management’s past experience with the customers.

Inventory, net

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress, and finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) (replacement cost or net realizable value). An allowance for inventory obsolescence is provided for slow moving or obsolete inventory to write down historical cost to net realizable value. The Company primarily performs their manufacturing for nutraceuticals in the form of powders, tablets and capsules.

F-58

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The allowance for obsolescence is an estimate established through charges to cost of goods sold. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based upon several factors which include, but are not limited to, analysis of slow moving inventory, analysis of the selling price of inventory, the predetermined shelf life of the product, and management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions. Given the nature of the inventory, it is reasonably possible the Company’s estimate of the allowance for obsolescence will change in the near term.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major betterments and additions are charged to the asset accounts, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization over the estimated useful lives of various assets using the straight-line method ranging from 3-7 years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. An impairment loss is recognized when the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset (or group of assets) is less than its carrying amount. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. The Company had no impairment of long-lived assets at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Lease Right-of-Use Asset

The Company records a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases are classified either as finance or operating with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.

Lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the remaining lease payments and are discounted using the most reasonable incremental borrowing rate. The Company uses the implicit rate when it is readily determinable. Since the Company’s lease does not provide an implicit rate, to determine the present value of lease payments, management uses the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement. Leases with a term of 12 months or less at inception are not recorded on our balance sheet and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Revenue Recognition

Impact of the initial adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company now evaluates revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted the new revenue recognition standard using the modified retrospective method to undelivered performance obligations on existing contracts which resulted in no impact to retained earnings.

The Company evaluates and recognize revenue by:

•        identifying the contract(s) with the customer,

•        identifying the performance obligations in the contract,

•        determining the transaction price,

F-59

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

•        allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and

•        recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”).

The Company primarily generates revenues by manufacturing and sales of weight management products under its own brands and as a contract manufacturer for customers. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized when it satisfies a single performance obligation by transferring control of its products to a customer. Control is generally transferred when the Company’s products are either shipped or delivered based on the terms contained within the underlying contracts or agreements. The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration. The Company does not have significant financing components or payment terms. The Company did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Distribution expenses to transport the Company’s products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Freight

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, freight costs amounted to $260,718 and $273,917, respectively and have been recorded in cost of goods sold in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $628,440 and $462,900, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company operates as a limited liability company whereby all of the tax impacts pass through to the member. Accordingly, no liability or uncertain tax positions has been recognized by the Company.

Leases

On January 1, 2019 the Company adopted issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize their operating leases on the balance sheet as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. All of the Company’s leases are operating leases and the Company recorded a right-of-use asset and lease liability for leases where the lease term is greater than 12 months. Lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the remaining lease payments and are discounted using the most reasonable incremental borrowing rate. The Company uses the prime rate as the discount rate, since the only debt the Company has are government issued loans at a minimal borrowing rate. Leases with a term of 12 months or less at inception are not recorded on our balance sheet and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term in our Statement of Operations.

F-60

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 3 — Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following at June 30, 2021 and 2020:

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Raw materials

 

$

2,058,153

 

$

1,491,214

Finished goods

 

 

139,319

 

 

126,788

   

 

2,197,472

 

 

1,618,002

Less: allowance for obsolescence

 

 

 

 

   

$

2,197,472

 

$

1,618,002

Note 4 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

Estimated
Useful Lives
(in Years)

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Furniture and fixtures

 

7

 

$

28,365

 

 

$

12,865

 

Manufacturing equipment

 

5

 

 

1,391,906

 

 

 

1,351,402

 

Leasehold improvements

 

3

 

 

68,400

 

 

 

68,400

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     

 

(1,142,209

)

 

 

(1,120,214

)

Property and equipment, net

     

$

346,462

 

 

$

312,453

 

Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 totaled $21,994.

Note 5 — Lease Commitments

The Company enters into lessee arrangements consisting of operating leases for premises. The Company had one operating lease for premises as of June 30, 2021. The following table below provides supplemental information on leases at June 30:

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Asset

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use asset

 

$

562,358

 

$

672,741

Total lease asset

 

$

562,358

 

$

672,741

   

 

   

 

 

Liability

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use liability, current portion

 

$

272,192

 

$

227,557

Right of use liability, net of current portion

 

 

290,166

 

 

445,184

Total lease liability

 

$

562,358

 

$

672,741

F-61

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 5 — Lease Commitments (cont.)

Future minimum lease payments under capital leases and rental payments required under operating leases are presented as follows:

For the Year Ended June 30:

   

2021

 

$

148,020

 

2022

 

 

296,040

 

2023

 

 

197,360

 

Total payments

 

$

641,420

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

(79,062

)

Lease obligation, net

 

$

562,358

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(272,192

)

Lease obligation – long-term

 

$

290,166

 

Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $149,220 and $150,420.

Note 6 — Debt

PPP Loans

During April 2020, the Company was granted a loan (the “PPP Loan”) pursuant to the PPP under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Secures Act (the “CARES Act”) in the amount of $352,750. The PPP Loan, which was in the form of a note dated April 17, 2020, matures on April 17, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the Loan may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act and meet the conditions established by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). In February 2021 and April 2021, the loans were forgiven resulting in gains on debt extinguishment on the accompanying consolidating statements of income.

Line of Credit

On June 26, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with a bank, which permitted borrowings up to $750,000 and bears interest at 3.5%. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance of the line of credit was $740,127 and $739,657, respectively.

Notes Payable

On December 6, 2019, the Company entered into a thirteen-month financing agreement (the “2019 Thirteen-Month Financing Agreement”) with a vendor for an amount of $350,000. The agreement requires monthly payments including interest at 14.72% per annum. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance due for this loan was $0 and $31,882, respectively.

On March 6, 2020, the Company entered into a one-year financing agreement (the “2020 Financing Agreement”) with a vendor for an amount of $41,000. The agreement requires monthly payments including interest at 9.72% per annum. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance due for this loan was $0 and $14,488, respectively.

F-62

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 6 — Debt (cont.)

Notes payable consists of the following at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

2019 Thirteen-Month Financing Agreement

 

$

 

$

31,882

2019 One-Year Financing Agreement

 

 

 

 

2013 Equipment Loan

 

 

 

 

2020 Financing Agreement

 

 

337,542

 

 

14,488

Total

 

$

337,542

 

$

46,370

Collateral and Guarantor

The notes payable and line of credit are collateralized by certain assets of the Company and guaranteed by the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

Note 7 — Concentrations of Credit Risks

Credit Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and unbilled receivables. The Company maintains bank accounts with several financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited to the dispersion of customers across different industries and geographic regions.

Cash

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had a cash balance of $0 and $0 in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) coverage of $250,000 per institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Major Vendors

The Company does not have any suppliers which represent a significant portion of its supply chain. The Company’s officers are closely monitoring the relationships with all suppliers.

Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its consolidated financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of consolidated financial condition, liquidity or operations for 2020.

F-63

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

Commercial Matters

From time to time, the Company may become subject to threatened and/or asserted claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any matters, either individually or in the aggregate, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 9 — Related Party Transaction

The Company rents its operating facility from a non-consolidating company owned by the member. Rent expense paid to the related party for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $148,020 and $148,020, respectively.

Doctor Scientific Organica has provided advances to, and received advances from, its prior sole member and entities related to its prior sole member. These advances are non-interest bearing with no fixed maturity and are expected to be repaid in the near term. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the net balance due to related parties was $0 and $118,375, respectively.

Note 10 — Subsequent Event

In July 2021, the Company was sold to Smart for Life, Inc. for approximately $12,000,000.

F-64

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Management and Board of Directors Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC
Doral, Florida

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC (the “Company”) at December 31, 2020, and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income and changes in member’s equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021

Sunrise, Florida

August 5, 2021

F-66

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

ASSETS

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

 

$

82,513

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

510,065

 

 

464,817

 

Inventory

 

 

1,618,002

 

 

971,060

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

26,624

 

 

49,598

 

Total current assets

 

 

2,154,691

 

 

1,567,988

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

312,453

 

 

380,136

 

Other assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

672,741

 

 

874,686

 

Total other assets

 

 

985,194

 

 

1,254,822

 

Total assets

 

$

3,139,885

 

$

2,822,810

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts payable and cash overdraft

 

$

588,900

 

$

687,932

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

86,722

 

 

306,585

 

Due to related party

 

 

118,375

 

 

19,758

 

Operating lease obligation, current portion

 

 

227,557

 

 

201,945

 

Line of credit

 

 

739,657

 

 

 

Paycheck protection program loan

 

 

352,750

 

 

 

Notes payable

 

 

46,370

 

 

972,453

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,160,331

 

 

2,188,673

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating lease obligation, net of current portion

 

 

445,184

 

 

672,741

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

445,184

 

 

672,741

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,605,515

 

 

2,861,414

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

   

 

 

 

Member’s equity (deficit)

 

 

534,370

 

 

(38,604

)

Total liabilities and member’s equity

 

$

3,139,885

 

$

2,822,810

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-67

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND MEMBER’S EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

Net sales

 

$

10,782,192

 

 

$

10,048,642

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

4,436,389

 

 

 

4,777,392

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,345,803

 

 

 

5,271,250

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

4,608,331

 

 

 

3,875,983

 

Depreciation

 

 

82,786

 

 

 

97,160

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

4,691,117

 

 

 

3,973,143

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

1,654,686

 

 

 

1,298,107

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

410,500

 

Interest expense

 

 

(85,307

)

 

 

(95,076

)

Total other (expense) income

 

 

(85,307

)

 

 

315,424

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

1,569,379

 

 

 

1,613,531

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member’s (deficit), beginning of year

 

 

(38,604

)

 

 

(803,103

)

Contributions from member

 

 

2,995,090

 

 

 

4,574,513

 

Distributions to member

 

 

(3,991,495

)

 

 

(5,423,545

)

Member’s equity (deficit), end of year

 

$

534,370

 

 

$

(38,604

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-68

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

December 31, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,569,379

 

 

$

1,613,531

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for bad debt

 

 

92,860

 

 

 

16,714

 

Depreciation

 

 

82,786

 

 

 

97,160

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(138,108

)

 

 

27,460

 

Inventory

 

 

(646,942

)

 

 

(154,183

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

22,974

 

 

 

(49,598

)

(Decrease) increase in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and cash overdraft

 

 

(99,032

)

 

 

(394,503

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

(219,863

)

 

 

173,381

 

Due to related party

 

 

98,617

 

 

 

(99,042

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

762,671

 

 

 

1,230,920

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(15,103

)

 

 

(110,923

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(15,103

)

 

 

(110,923

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to member

 

 

(3,991,495

)

 

 

(5,423,545

)

Contributions from member

 

 

2,407,076

 

 

 

4,374,513

 

Proceeds from line of credit

 

 

1,937,397

 

 

 

 

Repayments on line of credit

 

 

(1,197,740

)

 

 

 

Principal repayments on notes payable

 

 

(379,069

)

 

 

(659,452

)

Proceeds from note payable

 

 

41,000

 

 

 

671,000

 

Paycheck protection program loan proceeds

 

 

352,750

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(830,081

)

 

 

(1,037,484

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

 

 

(82,513

)

 

 

82,513

 

Cash, beginning of year

 

 

82,513

 

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

 

$

 

 

$

82,513

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

85,307

 

 

$

95,076

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non cash deemed contributions from member via assumption of liabilities

 

$

588,014

 

 

$

200,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-69

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 1 — Description of Business

Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and its consolidated companies (collectively the “Company”) operates in Riviera Beach, Florida, and is primarily engaged in the development, marketing, manufacturing, and sale of a broad spectrum of weight management and related products.

Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC (“DSO”) was originally incorporated in the State of Nevada on February 16, 2006. On September 28, 2015, it converted to a Florida company. DSO owns 100% of Oyster Management Services, Ltd. (“Oyster”), Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. (“Lawee”) and U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. (“U.S. Medical”). Oyster was organized as a limited partnership in the State of Florida on April 1, 2003. Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C. was organized as a limited liability company in the State of Florida on January 3, 2005. U.S. Medical was organized as a limited liability company in the State of Florida on April 1, 2003.

Each wholly owned subsidiary services customers in different sales markets. Based in Riviera Beach, Florida, DSO operates a 35,000 square-foot FDA-certified manufacturing facility.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of DSO and its wholly owned subsidiaries Oyster, Lawee and U.S. Medical. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, useful lives and recoverability of tangible assets, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. Some of these estimates can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three (3) months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company had no cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company does not accrue finance or interest charges. The Company uses an allowance method to account for uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s best estimate for uncollectible receivables based on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectability, as well as management’s past experience with the customers. Allowance for doubtful accounts were $90,731 and $35,016 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory consists of raw materials and finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. An allowance for inventory obsolescence is provided for slow moving or obsolete inventory to write down historical cost to net realizable value. The Company primarily performs its manufacturing for nutraceuticals in the form of powders, tablets, and capsules.

F-70

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The allowance for obsolescence is an estimate established through charges to cost of goods sold. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based upon several factors which include, but are not limited to, analysis of slow-moving inventory, analysis of the selling price of inventory, the predetermined shelf life of the product, and management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions. Given the nature of the inventory, it is reasonably possible the Company’s estimate of the allowance for obsolescence will change in the near term. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no allowance for inventory obsolescence.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Expenditures for major betterments and additions are charged to the asset accounts, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from five (5) to seven (7) years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. An impairment loss is recognized when the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset (or group of assets) is less than its carrying amount. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. The Company had no impairment of long-lived assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Lease Right-of-Use Asset

The Company records a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases are classified either as finance or operating with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.

Lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the remaining lease payments and are discounted using the most reasonable incremental borrowing rate. The Company uses the implicit rate when it is readily determinable. Since the Company’s lease does not provide an implicit rate, to determine the present value of lease payments, management uses the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement. Leases with a term of 12 months or less at inception are not recorded on our balance sheet and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Revenue Recognition

The Company evaluates revenue recognition based on the criteria set forth in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company evaluates and recognize revenue by:

•        identifying the contract(s) with the customer,

•        identifying the performance obligations in the contract,

•        determining the transaction price,

•        allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and

•        recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (i.e., “transfer of control”).

F-71

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The Company primarily generates revenues by manufacturing and sales of weight management products under its own brands and as a contract manufacturer for customers. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized when it satisfies a single performance obligation by transferring control of its products to a customer. Control is generally transferred when the Company’s products are either shipped or delivered based on the terms contained within the underlying contracts or agreements. The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration. The Company does not have significant financing components or payment terms. The Company did not have any material unsatisfied performance obligations at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Distribution expenses to transport the Company’s products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Freight

The Company charges its customers a flat rate for shipping and handling. Freight costs are included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, freight costs amounted to $484,503 and $599,174, respectively.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company incurred advertising costs of $1,018,570 and $374,511, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program

The Company records Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan proceeds in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 470, Debt . Debt is extinguished when either the debtor pays the creditor or the debtor is legally released from being the primary obligor, either judicially or by the creditor.

Income Taxes

DSO, Lawee and U.S. Medical are limited liability companies that have elected to be taxed as an S Corporation. Oyster is a limited partnership. As a result, income tax liabilities are passed through to the individual member. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes is reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company records a liability for uncertain tax positions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2020, the Company had no liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The Company’s tax years subject to examinations by the U.S. federal, state and local non-U.S. tax authorities generally remain open for three years from the date of filing.

Accounting Pronouncement Adopted

The Company has adopted the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires lessees to record an ROU asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 during 2019, which resulted in the recognition of the right-of-use assets and related obligations on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 — Fair Value Disclosures

The Company’s financial instruments consist mainly of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and term loans. The Company believes that the carrying amounts of these financial instruments approximate its fair values due to their short-term nature or market interest rates. The term loans approximate fair value due to the current rate of interest charged.

F-72

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 4 — Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Raw materials

 

$

1,491,214

 

$

896,381

Finished goods

 

 

126,788

 

 

74,679

   

$

1,618,002

 

$

971,060

Note 5 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

Estimated Useful Lives (in Years)

 

2020

 

2019

Furniture and fixtures

 

7

 

$

12,865

 

 

$

12,865

 

Equipment – Manufacturing

 

7

 

 

1,351,402

 

 

 

1,336,300

 

Leasehold improvements

 

5 – 7

 

 

68,400

 

 

 

68,400

 

       

 

1,432,667

 

 

 

1,417,565

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

     

 

(1,120,214

)

 

 

(1,037,429

)

Property and equipment, net

     

$

312,453

 

 

$

380,136

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled $82,786 and $97,160, respectively.

Note 6 — Debt

PPP Loan

During April 2020, the Company was granted a loan (the “PPP Loan”) pursuant to the PPP under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Secures Act (the “CARES Act”) in the amount of $352,750. The PPP Loan, which was in the form of a note dated April 17, 2020, matures on April 17, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the Loan may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act and meet the conditions established by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). See Subsequent Events note.

Line of Credit

On June 26, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with a bank, which permitted borrowings up to $750,000 and bears interest at 3.5%. As of December 31, 2020, the balance of the line of credit was $739,657. The line of credit matured on June 26, 2021.

Notes Payable

On April 16, 2010, the Company entered into a twenty-year loan (the “Loan”) with a financial institution for an amount of $570,682. The loan required monthly payments including interest at 7.49% per annum. The note was assumed by a related party during 2020.

During 2019, the Company entered into a one-year financing agreement (the “2019 One-Year Financing Agreement”) with a vendor for an amount of $41,000. The agreement requires monthly payments including interest at 9.72% per annum. The balance was fully paid during 2020.

F-73

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 6 — Debt (cont.)

On December 6, 2019, the Company entered into a thirteen-month financing agreement (the “2019 Thirteen-Month Financing Agreement”) with a vendor for an amount of $350,000. The agreement requires monthly payments including interest at 14.72% per annum.

On June 17, 2013, the Company entered into an equipment loan (the “2013 Equipment Loan”) with a financial institution for an amount of $210,000 bearing an interest rate of 1.96%. The equipment loan was fully paid during 2020.

On January 26, 2012, the Company entered into an equipment loan (the “2012 Equipment Loan”) with a financial institution for an amount of $259,150 bearing an interest rate of 5.25%. The equipment loan was fully paid during 2020.

On March 6, 2020, the Company entered into a one-year financing agreement (the “2020 Financing Agreement”) with a vendor for an amount of $41,000. The agreement requires monthly payments including interest at 9.72% per annum.

Notes payable consists of the following at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Loan

 

$

 

$

427,388

2019 One-Year Financing Agreement

 

 

 

 

34,439

2019 Thirteen-Month Financing Agreement

 

 

31,882

 

 

350,000

2013 Equipment Loan

 

 

 

 

79,958

2012 Equipment Loan

 

 

 

 

80,668

2020 Financing Agreement

 

 

14,488

 

 

Total

 

$

46,370

 

$

972,453

Collateral and Guarantor

The notes payable and line of credit are collateralized by certain assets of the Company and guaranteed by the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

Note 7 — Member’s Equity

DSO, U.S. Medical, and Oyster are limited liability companies, governed by individual operating agreements. Each company maintains separate capital accounts for the Member, who is credited for capital contributions and profits, and is debited for distributions and losses. The liability of the Member is limited to the Member’s total capital contributions.

Note 8 — Operating Lease

On September 1, 2018, the Company entered into an operating lease with an initial 5 year term with a related party for its warehouse space in Riviera Beach, Florida. The lease term is used for the amortization/depreciation life of lease assets. The lease agreement does not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective method applied to the lease that was in place at January 1, 2019.

Discount Rate Applied to Property Operating Lease

To determine the present value of minimum future lease payments for its operating lease at January 1, 2019, the Company was required to estimate a rate of interest that it would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment (the “incremental borrowing rate” or “IBR”).

The lease asset and liability were calculated utilizing a discount rate of 12%, according to the Company’s elected policy.

F-74

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 8 — Operating Lease (cont.)

Right of Use Asset and Liability

The right of use asset and liability is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows at December 31:

 

2020

 

2019

Non-current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use asset

 

$

672,741

 

$

874,686

   

 

   

 

 

Liability:

 

 

   

 

 

Right of use liability, current portion

 

$

227,557

 

$

201,945

Right of use liability, net of current portion

 

 

445,184

 

 

672,741

Total lease liability

 

$

672,741

 

$

874,686

Minimum lease payments under the operating lease are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Years ending December 31:

   

2021

 

$

296,040

 

2022

 

 

296,040

 

2023

 

 

197,360

 

Total payments

 

 

789,440

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

(116,699

)

Lease obligation, net

 

 

672,741

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(227,557

)

Lease obligation – long-term

 

$

445,184

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $303,757 and $299,967, respectively.

Note 9 — Concentrations of Credit Risks

Credit Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and unbilled receivables. The Company maintains bank accounts with several financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited to the dispersion of customers across different industries and geographic regions.

Cash

The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 per institution per entity. The Company did not have cash balances in excess of the FDIC coverage at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

F-75

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 9 — Concentrations of Credit Risks (cont.)

Sales and Accounts Receivable

The following is a summary of customer concentration in sales and accounts receivable at:

December 31, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

Customer

 

%
of Sales

 

% of Accounts Receivable

 

Customer

 

%
of Sales

 

% of Accounts Receivable

A

 

4%

 

11%

 

A

 

37%

 

62%

B

 

27%

 

12%

 

B

 

15%

 

1%

C

 

5%

 

15%

 

C

 

13%

 

0%

D

 

9%

 

30%

           

E

 

1%

 

23%

           

F

 

25%

 

<1%

           

Purchases

The following is a summary of vendor concentrations in purchases and accounts payable at:

December 31, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

Vendor

 

% of
Purchases

 

% of Accounts Payable

 

Vendor

 

% of
Purchases

 

% of Accounts Payable

A

 

3%

 

17%

 

A

 

5%

 

14%

B

 

14%

 

0%

 

B

 

1%

 

14%

C

 

12%

 

0%

 

C

 

17%

 

0%

Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its consolidated financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of consolidated financial condition, liquidity, or operations for 2021.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may become subject to threatened and/or asserted claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any matters, either individually or in the aggregate, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Insurance Settlement

During 2019, the Company received $400,000 as a settlement from an insurance claim for hurricane damages, which is included in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

F-76

Table of Contents

DOCTORS SCIENTIFIC ORGANICA, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Note 11 — Related Party Transactions

The Company rents its operating facility from a non-consolidating company owned by the Member. Rent expense paid to the related party for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $302,040 and 298,449, respectively.

The Company has provided advances to, and received advances from, the Member and entities related to the Member of the Company. These advances are non-interest bearing with no fixed maturity and are expected to be repaid in the near term. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the net balance due to related parties was $118,375 and $19,758, respectively.

The Company sells its products to companies that are considered related parties due to common ownership by the Member. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, sales to related parties were $561,041 and $76,305, respectively. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, accounts receivable due from related parties was $0 and $111,218, respectively.

Note 12 — Subsequent Events

Paycheck Protection Program Loan Forgiveness

The Company used the funds of its PPP Loan for qualifying costs, and as such, received full loan forgiveness in the amount of $352,750 from the SBA in February 2021.

Paycheck Protection Program Loan

On February 10, 2021, the Company was granted an additional loan (the “Second PPP Loan”) from City National Bank of Florida, N.A pursuant to the PPP under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act in the amount of $356,438.The Second PPP Loan, which was in the form of a Note dated February 10, 2021, was set to mature on February 10, 2023. The Company used the funds of its PPP Loan for qualifying costs, and as such, received full loan forgiveness in the amount of $356,438 from the SBA in June 2021.

Acquisition

During July 2021, the Company was sold to a third party, resulting in a change in ownership.

F-77

Table of Contents

  

1,800,000 Units consisting of:

Common Stock
Series A Warrants
Series B Warrants

Smart for Life, Inc.

________________________________

PROSPECTUS

________________________________

DAWSON JAMES SECURITIES, INC.

            , 2022

Through and including                   , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

  

 

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 14, 2022

Smart for Life, Inc.

53,151,992 Shares of
Common Stock

____________________________

This prospectus relates to 53,151,992 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Smart for Life, Inc. that may be sold from time to time by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus, which includes:

•        11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock issued to the selling stockholders;

•        11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to the selling stockholders at an exercise price per share that is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price for our initial public offering;

•        2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures issued to the selling stockholders;

•        up to an additional 26,248,808 shares of common stock that may be issuable to the selling stockholders upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures; and

•        654,376 shares of common stock issuable to the selling stockholders under future equity agreements.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of outstanding common stock by the selling stockholders, but we will receive funds from the exercise of the warrants held by the selling stockholders.

Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “SMFL”. There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements or that we will otherwise be approved for listing.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock.”

The selling stockholders may offer and sell the common stock being offered by this prospectus from time to time in public or private transactions, or both. These sales will occur at a fixed price of $5.00 per share until our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB or OTCQX marketplace, or listed on a national securities exchange. Thereafter, these sales will occur at fixed prices, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. The selling stockholders may sell shares to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders, the purchasers of the shares, or both. Any participating broker-dealers and any selling stockholders who are affiliates of broker-dealers may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any commissions or discounts given to any such broker-dealer or affiliates of a broker-dealer may be regarded as underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The selling stockholders have informed us that they do not have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute their common stock. See “Plan of Distribution” for a more complete description of the ways in which the shares may be sold.

Investing in our securities is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk.    See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is            , 2022.

 

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

The Offering

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders:

 


This prospectus relates to 53,151,992 shares of common stock that may be sold from time to time by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus, which includes:

•   11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock issued to the selling stockholders;

•   11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to the selling stockholders at an exercise price per share that is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price for our initial public offering;

•   2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures issued to the selling stockholders;

•   up to an additional 26,248,808 shares of common stock that may be issuable to the selling stockholders upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures; and

•   654,376 shares of common stock issuable to the selling stockholders under future equity agreements.

Shares outstanding:

 

20,566,124 shares of common stock (or 20,836,124 shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Use of proceeds:

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of outstanding common stock by the selling stockholders, but we will receive funds from the exercise of the warrants held by the selling stockholders.

Risk factors:

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 23.

Trading market and symbol:

 

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “SMFL.” There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements or that we will otherwise be approved for listing.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding assumes the issuance by us of units pursuant to the Public Offering Prospectus filed contemporaneously herewith and includes the following shares to be issued upon closing of the initial public offering described therein (assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per unit, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of the Public Offering Prospectus):

•        200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of the offering at a conversion price equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price;

•        600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of the offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

Alt-1

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

•        380,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 that will convert concurrent with the closing of the offering at a conversion price equal to the effective initial public offering price;

•        3,365,151 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of the offering under future equity agreements that we entered into with certain lenders, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lenders a number of shares of common stock equal to the stated value described in the future equity agreement, which may be the principal amount of the loan or the principal amount of the loan plus a premium, divided by the effective initial public offering price, which total stated value, in the aggregate, is $16,825,751;

•        251,250 shares of common stock to be issued concurrent with the closing of the offering under a future equity agreement that we entered into with a lender, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to such lender a number of shares of common stock equal to 75% of all funds advanced by such lender ($1,675,000) divided by the effective initial public offering price; and

•        42,500 shares of common stock that we have agreed to issue to the former shareholders of GSP Nutrition pursuant to the terms of the contribution and exchange agreement.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding does not including the following:

•        1,450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $0.01 per share;

•        up to 550,000 additional shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2020 Stock Incentive Plan;

•        up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan;

•        11,999,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding series A convertible preferred stock;

•        13,437,845 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price per share that is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price for the offering;

•        1,382,441 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share;

•        up to 2,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 that are convertible at the option of the holders into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the such date; and provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00;

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 that is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including the offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given;

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued in connection with the offering; and

•        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued in connection with the offering.

Alt-2

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. We may, however, receive up to $            from the exercise of warrants held by the selling stockholders.

We have no specific plan for such proceeds except to generate funds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will have broad discretion in the way that we use these proceeds.

The selling stockholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by them for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by them in disposing of the shares. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our accountants.

Alt-3

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The common stock being offered by the selling stockholders are those issuable to the selling stockholders upon the conversion or exercise of series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and debentures held by the selling stockholders. For additional information regarding the issuances of those securities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recent Developments” above. We are registering the shares of common stock in order to permit the selling stockholders to offer the shares for resale from time to time. Except for the ownership of these securities, the selling stockholders have not had any material relationship with us within the past three years and based on the information provided to us by the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

The table below lists the selling stockholders and other information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock by each of the selling stockholders. The second column lists the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by each selling stockholder, based on its ownership of the shares of series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and debentures as of            , 2022, assuming the conversion of the series A convertible preferred stock, the exercise of the warrants and the conversion of the debentures held by the selling stockholders on that date, without regard to any limitations on conversions and exercises.

The third column lists the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus by the selling stockholders.

In accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement with the selling stockholders, this prospectus generally covers the resale of the sum of the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of all shares of series A convertible preferred stock, the exercise of all warrants and the conversion of all debentures held by the selling stockholders, each as of the trading day immediately preceding the date of this prospectus and all subject to adjustment as provided in the registration right agreement, without regard to any limitations on the conversion or exercise of these securities. The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus.

Under the terms of the series A convertible preferred stock, the warrants and the debentures, a selling stockholder may not convert the series A convertible preferred stock, exercise the warrants or convert the debentures to the extent such conversion or exercise would cause such selling stockholder, together with its affiliates, to beneficially own a number of shares of common stock which would exceed 4.99% of our then outstanding common stock following such conversion or exercise. This limitation may be waived (up to a maximum of 9.99%) by the selling stockholder and in its sole discretion, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to us. The number of shares in the table below do not reflect this limitation. The selling stockholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Name of Selling Stockholder

 

Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering

 

Number of
Shares Being
Offered

 


Common Stock Beneficially
Owned After this Offering

Shares

 

Percent(1)

Anson East Master Fund LP(2)

 

3,281,102

 

3,281,102

 

 

Anson Investments Master Fund LP(3)

 

9,843,302

 

9,843,302

 

 

District 2 Capital Fund LP(4)

 

13,124,404

 

13,124,404

 

 

Ionic Ventures, LLC(5)

 

13,415,238

 

13,415,238

 

 

Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd.(6)

 

13,124,404

 

13,124,404

 

 

Brendan O’Neil(7)

 

363,542

 

363,542

 

 

____________

(1)      Applicable percentage ownership after to this offering is based on            shares of common stock and 8,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock deemed to be outstanding as of            , 2022. As noted above, for purposes of computing percentage ownership after this offering, we have assumed that all series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and debentures held by the selling stockholders will be converted to common stock and sold in this offering.

(2)      Consists of (i) 749,963 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock, (ii) 749,963 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, (iii) 140,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures and (iv) up to an additional 1,640,551 shares of common stock that may be issuable upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures. Anson Advisors Inc. and Anson Funds Management LP, the Co-Investment Advisers of Anson East Master Fund LP,

Alt-4

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Anson East Master Fund LP. Bruce Winson is the managing member of Anson Management GP LLC, which is the general partner of Anson Funds Management LP. Moez Kassam and Amin Nathoo are directors of Anson Advisors Inc. Mr. Winson, Mr. Kassam and Mr. Nathoo each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(3)      Consists of (i) 2,249,888 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock, (ii) 2,249,888 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, (iii) 421,875 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures and (iv) up to an additional 4,921,651 shares of common stock that may be issuable upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures. Anson Advisors Inc. and Anson Funds Management LP, the Co-Investment Advisers of Anson Investments Master Fund LP, hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Anson Investments Master Fund LP. Bruce Winson is the managing member of Anson Management GP LLC, which is the general partner of Anson Funds Management LP. Moez Kassam and Amin Nathoo are directors of Anson Advisors Inc. Mr. Winson, Mr. Kassam and Mr. Nathoo each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(4)      Consists of (i) 2,999,851 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock, (ii) 2,999,851 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, (iii) 562,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures and (iv) up to an additional 6,562,202 shares of common stock that may be issuable upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures. Michael Bigger is the Managing Member of District 2 GP LLC, the General Partner of District 2 Capital Fund LP, and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by it. Mr. Bigger disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(5)      Consists of (i) 2,999,851 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock, (ii) 2,999,851 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, (iii) 562,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures, (iv) up to an additional 6,562,202 shares of common stock that may be issuable upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures and (iv) up to 290,834 shares of common stock to be issued under a future equity agreement that we entered into with Ionic Ventures, LLC, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to Ionic Ventures, LLC a number of shares of common stock equal to $1,163,333, divided by the initial public offering price allocated to the common stock comprising a part of the unit sold in our initial public offering that is occurring at or about the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; provided that such initial offering price shall not be less than $4.00. Brendan O’Neil and Keith Coulston are the principals of Ionic Ventures, LLC and hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by it. Mr. O’Neil and Mr. Coulston each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(6)      Consists of (i) 2,999,851 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of series A convertible preferred stock, (ii) 2,999,851 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, (iii) 562,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of debentures and (iv) up to an additional 6,562,202 shares of common stock that may be issuable upon the occurrence of certain adjustments to the conversion/exercise price of the series A convertible preferred stock, warrants and/or debentures. Sabby Management, LLC, the investment manager of Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd., and Hal Mintz, manager of Sabby Management, LLC, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to these securities. Each of Sabby Management, LLC and Hal Mintz disclaims beneficial ownership over the securities listed except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(7)     Consists of up to 363,542 shares of common stock to be issued under a future equity agreements that we entered into with Brendan O’Neil, pursuant to which we agreed to issue to Mr. O’Neil a number of shares of common stock equal to $1,454,167 divided by the initial public offering price allocated to the common stock comprising a part of the unit sold in our initial public offering that is occurring at or about the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; provided that such initial offering price shall not be less than $4.00.

Alt-5

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each selling stockholder and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their securities covered hereby on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions. These sales will occur at a fixed price of $5.00 per share until our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB or OTCQX marketplace, or listed on a national securities exchange. Thereafter, these sales will occur at fixed prices, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. A selling stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling securities:

•        ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

•        block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

•        purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

•        an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

•        privately negotiated transactions;

•        settlement of short sales;

•        in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security;

•        through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

•        a combination of any such methods of sale; or

•        any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling stockholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 or any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of securities, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA Rule 2121; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with FINRA Rule 2121.

In connection with the sale of the securities or interests therein, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell securities short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or create one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the securities purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Each selling stockholder has informed us that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

Alt-6

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

We are required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the securities. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the securities may be resold by the selling stockholders without registration and without regard to any volume or manner-of-sale limitations by reason of Rule 144, without the requirement for us to be in compliance with the current public information under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the securities have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The resale securities will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale securities covered hereby may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale securities may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the selling stockholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of the common stock by the selling stockholders or any other person. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the selling stockholders and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale (including by compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).

Alt-7

Table of Contents

[Alternate Page for Resale Prospectus]

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock covered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Bevilacqua PLLC.

Alt-8

Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common shares being registered. All amounts, other than the SEC registration fee, Nasdaq listing fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimates. We will pay all these expenses.

 

Amount

SEC registration fee

 

$

29,433.18

Nasdaq listing fee

 

 

75,000.00

FINRA filing fee

 

 

28,439.89

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

15,000.00

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

232,500.00

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

 

10,000.00

Printing and related fees and expenses

 

 

10,000.00

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

 

 

10,262.88

Total

 

$

410,635.95

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including payment of expenses in advance of resolution of any such matter.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

We are in the process of obtaining standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to us with respect to payments which we may make to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification, under certain circumstances, by the underwriter of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

II-1

Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we issued the following securities, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

During the period from June 15, 2020 through April 13, 2021, we issued a total of 13,370,000 shares of our common stock to our employees and consultants in consideration for services rendered to our company. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

During the period from March 8, 2018 through January 20, 2021, we issued promissory notes to accredited investors in a series of private placements. The aggregate principal amount of the notes is $4,519,500. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

During the period from September 14, 2020 through April 13, 2021, we granted options to purchase a total of 1,450,000 shares of our common stock to officers and directors of our company. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On December 18, 2020, we entered into a future equity agreement with Peah Capital, LLC, pursuant to which we have agreed to issue to Peah Capital, LLC concurrent with the closing of this offering a number of shares of our common stock equal to 75% of all funds loaned to us by it divided by the initial public offering price. The aggregate amount loaned to us by Peah Capital, LLC is $1,675,000. We also issued a warrant for the purchase of 1,292,445 shares of common stock to Peah Capital, LLC. This warrant is exercisable for the period commencing on January 31, 2022 and ending on December 18, 2027; provided that, the warrant will automatically expire and terminate in the event a registration statement covering the resale of all shares issued pursuant the future equity agreement has been declared effective by the SEC. The exercise price of this warrant is $0.0001, subject to standard adjustments for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, reclassifications and similar transactions. In addition, in the event that the number of our outstanding shares of common stock is increased prior to the 18-month anniversary of the warrant, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant shall be automatically increased to represent that number which is 9.9% of the then total outstanding capitalization. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On February 25, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 to East West Capital LLC. This note accrues interest at 15% per annum and matures on March 31, 2023. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to 50% of the initial public offering price. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On May 10, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $73,727.01 to Bevilacqua PLLC, our outside securities counsel. This note accrues interest at 15% per annum and matures on May 10, 2022. The note is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to forty percent (40%) of either (i) the price per share paid by investors in our next priced equity financing, including this offering, or (ii) the volume weighted average price of the common stock for the five trading days from and including the date that the conversion notice is given. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On July 1, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 to Sasson E. Moulavi in connection with the acquisition of Doctors Scientific Organica. This note accrues interest at 6% per annum and matures on July 1, 2024. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On July 1, 2021, we completed a private placement in which we sold an aggregate of 6,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 8,999,552 shares of common stock to certain investors for gross proceeds of $6,000,000. On August 18, 2021, we completed an additional closing of this private placement in which we sold 2,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and warrants for the purchase of 2,999,852 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $2,000,000. Please see “Description of Securities” for a description of the series A convertible preferred stock and warrants issued in this private placement. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

II-2

Table of Contents

On November 5, 2021, we completed a private placement in which we sold 12% unsecured subordinated convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000 to certain investors for gross proceeds of $2,250,000. At any time after the sixth month anniversary of the IPO date, the holders may convert the principal amount of the debentures into shares of common stock at a conversion price that is equal to 50% of the effective initial public offering price (as described in the debentures); provided that after the IPO date, the conversion price shall be reduced to the lower of such price and the lowest volume weighted average price during the 10 trading days immediately following the IPO date; provided further, that the conversion price shall not be less than $1.00. Please see “Description of Securities” for a description of the debentures issued in this private placement. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On November 8, 2021, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,900,000 to Justin Francisco and Steven Rubert in connection with the acquisition of Nexus. This note accrues interest at 5% per annum and matures on November 8, 2024. This note will automatically convert into shares of common stock concurrent with the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On December 6, 2021, we issued 42,500 shares of our common stock to the shareholders of GSP Nutrition in connection with the acquisition of GSP Nutrition. In connection with this acquisition, we also issued 14,723 shares of common stock to certain vendors of GSP who agreed to settle accounts payable owed to them into our common stock. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In December 2021 and January 2022, we entered into note and warrant purchase agreements with certain investors, pursuant to which we sold to such investors (i) original issue discount secured subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $411,765 and (ii) warrants for the purchase of a number of shares of our common stock that is equal to the investors’ investment amount divided by a price per share that is equal to 125% of the effective initial public offering price, for total gross proceeds of $250,000. Please see “Description of Securities” for a description of the warrants issued in this private placement. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

From May 2017 to December 31, 2021, we entered into future equity agreements with 56 lenders, pursuant to which we have agreed to issue to such lenders concurrent with the closing of this offering a number of shares of our common stock equal to the principal amount loaned to us divided by the initial public offering price. The aggregate principal amount loaned to us by these lenders is $5,880,405. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In instances described above where we indicate that we relied upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in issuing securities, our reliance was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there were only a limited number of offerees; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by us; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; and (e) the negotiations for the sale of the stock took place directly between the offeree and us.

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1***

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1**

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Smart for Life, Inc., as amended

3.2**

 

Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

3.3***

 

Form of Certificate of Designation of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

3.4**

 

Bylaws of Smart for Life, Inc.

4.1***

 

Form of Warrant Agent Agreement

4.2***

 

Form of Series A Warrant (included in Exhibit 4.1)

4.3***

 

Form of Series B Warrant (included in Exhibit 4.1)

4.4**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Anson East Master Fund LP on August 18, 2021

II-3

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.5**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Anson Investments Master Fund LP on August 18, 2021

4.6**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to District 2 Capital Fund LP on August 18, 2021

4.7**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Ionic Ventures, LLC on August 18, 2021

4.8**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd. on August 18, 2021

4.9**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Anson East Master Fund LP on July 1, 2021

4.10**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Anson Investments Master Fund LP on July 1, 2021

4.11**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to District 2 Capital Fund LP on July 1, 2021

4.12**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Ionic Ventures, LLC on July 1, 2021

4.13**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd. on July 1, 2021

4.14**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Peah Capital, LLC on December 18, 2020

4.15**

 

Amendment No 1 to Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated June 30, 2021, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Peah Capital, LLC

4.16**

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Leonite Capital LLC on May 18, 2017

4.17***

 

Warrant issued Smart for Life, Inc. to Ryan Hazel on December 23, 2021

4.18***

 

Warrant issued Smart for Life, Inc. to Thomas L Calkins II and Diane M Calkins JTIC on December 27, 2021

4.19***

 

Warrant issued Smart for Life, Inc. to Robert Rein on January 3, 2022

4.20***

 

Warrant issued Smart for Life, Inc. to Laurie Rosenthal on January 7, 2022

5.1***

 

Opinion of Bevilacqua PLLC as to the legality of the shares

10.1**

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc. and the purchasers named therein

10.2**

 

Subsidiary Guarantee, dated November 5, 2021, by Smart for Life, Inc., Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C., U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. and Nexus Offers, Inc.

10.3**

 

12% Unsecured Subordinated Convertible Debenture due November 30, 2022 issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Anson East Master Fund LP on November 5, 2021

10.4**

 

12% Unsecured Subordinated Convertible Debenture due November 30, 2022 issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Anson Investments Master Fund LP on August 18, 2021

10.5**

 

12% Unsecured Subordinated Convertible Debenture due November 30, 2022 issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to District 2 Capital Fund LP on November 5, 2021

10.6**

 

12% Unsecured Subordinated Convertible Debenture due November 30, 2022 issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Ionic Ventures, LLC on November 5, 2021

10.7**

 

12% Unsecured Subordinated Convertible Debenture due November 30, 2022 issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd. on November 5, 2021

10.8**

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 1, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc. and the purchasers named therein

10.9**

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 1, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc. and the purchasers named therein

10.10**

 

Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated November 29, 2021, among GSP Nutrition Inc., the shareholders of GSP Nutrition Inc. and Smart for Life, Inc.

10.11**

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 21, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc., Nexus Offers, Inc., Justin Francisco and Steven Rubert

10.12**

 

Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 8, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc., Nexus Offers, Inc., Justin Francisco and Steven Rubert

II-4

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.13**

 

5% Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Justin Francisco and Steven Rubert on November 8, 2021

10.14**

 

5% Secured Subordinated Promissory Note issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Justin Francisco and Steven Rubert on November 8, 2021

10.15**

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated February 11, 2020, among Smart for Life, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C., U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. and Sasson E. Moulavi

10.16**

 

First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 7, 2020, among Smart for Life, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C., U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. and Sasson E. Moulavi

10.17**

 

Second Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 4, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C., U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. and Sasson E. Moulavi

10.18**

 

Third Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 1, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC, Oyster Management Services, Ltd., Lawee Enterprises, L.L.C., U.S. Medical Care Holdings, L.L.C. and Sasson E. Moulavi

10.19**

 

6% Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Sasson E. Moulavi on July 1, 2021

10.20**

 

6% Secured Subordinated Promissory Note issued by Smart for Life, Inc. to Sasson E. Moulavi on July 1, 2021

10.21**

 

Loan Agreement, dated July 1, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc., Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and Diamond Creek Capital, LLC

10.22**

 

Term Loan Promissory Note issued by Smart for Life, Inc., Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc. and Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC to Diamond Creek Capital, LLC on July 1, 2021

10.23**

 

Security Agreement, dated July 1, 2021, among Smart for Life, Inc., Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC and Diamond Creek Capital, LLC

10.24**

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 18, 2020, among Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., Smart for Life, Inc. and Peah Capital, LLC

10.25**

 

Loan and Security Agreement Amendment, dated April 27, 2021, among Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., Smart for Life, Inc. and Peah Capital, LLC

10.26**

 

Promissory Note issued by Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc. and Smart for Life, Inc. to Peah Capital, LLC on December 18, 2020

10.27**

 

First Amended and Restated Promissory Note issued by Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc. and Smart for Life, Inc. to Peah Capital, LLC on December 18, 2020

10.28**

 

Seconded Amended and Restated Promissory Note issued by Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc. and Smart for Life, Inc. to Peah Capital, LLC on April 27, 2021

10.29**

 

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated December 18, 2020, among Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., Smart for Life, Inc., Trilogy Capital Group LLC, Mesa Lane LLC, Darren Minton, Alfonso J. Cervantes and Peah Capital, LLC

10.30**

 

Corporate Guaranty, dated December 18, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Peah Capital, LLC

10.31**

 

Corporate Guaranty, dated December 18, 2020, between Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc. and Peah Capital, LLC

10.32**

 

Future Equity Agreement, dated December 18, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Peah Capital, LLC

10.33**

 

Lease, dated February 3, 2012, between O & B Properties, Inc. and Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc., as amended

10.34**

 

Business Lease, dated November 20, 2015, between Aqua USA Property Management LLC and Bonne Sante Natural Manufacturing, Inc.

10.35**

 

Lease, dated September 1, 2018, between Scientific Real Estate Holdings LLC and Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC

10.36**

 

Memorandum of Agreement of Lease, dated September 30, 2021, between The Linger Corporation and Smart for Life Canada Inc.

10.37*+

 

License Agreement, dated January 1, 2020, between ABG-SI, LLC and GSP Nutrition Inc.

10.38**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Alfonso J. Cervantes

10.39**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 15, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Ryan Zackon

II-5

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.40**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Darren C. Minton

10.41*

 

Form of Independent Director Agreement between Smart for Life, Inc. and each independent director

10.42*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Smart for Life, Inc. and each independent director

10.43**†

 

2020 Stock Incentive Plan

10.44**†

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2020 Stock Incentive Plan

10.45**†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2020 Stock Incentive Plan

10.46*†

 

2022 Equity Incentive Plan

10.47*†

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2022 Equity Incentive Plan

10.48*†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2022 Equity Incentive Plan

10.49*†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2022 Equity Incentive Plan

10.50*+

 

Amendment No. 1 to License Agreement, dated June 1, 2020, between ABG-SI, LLC and GSP Nutrition Inc.

10.51*+

 

Amendment No. 2 to License Agreement, dated August 1, 2021, between ABG-SI, LLC and GSP Nutrition Inc.

10.52*

 

Future Equity Agreement, dated March 6, 2018, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Ionic Ventures, LLC

10.53*

 

Letter Agreement, dated March 8, 2019, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Ionic Ventures, LLC

10.54*

 

Letter Agreement, dated February 5, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Ionic Ventures, LLC

10.55*

 

Future Equity Agreement, dated May 14, 2018, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Brendan O’Neil

10.56*

 

Letter Agreement, dated March 8, 2019, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Brendan O’Neil

10.57*

 

Letter Agreement, dated February 5, 2020, between Smart for Life, Inc. and Brendan O’Neil

10.58***

 

Letter Agreement, dated January 14, 2022, among Smart for Life, Inc., Ionic Ventures, LLC and Brendan O’Neil

21.1**

 

Subsidiaries of Smart for Life, Inc.

23.1*

 

Consent of Daszkal Bolton LLP for Smart for Life, Inc.

23.2*

 

Consent of Daszkal Bolton LLP for Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC

23.3*

 

Consent of Daszkal Bolton LLP for Nexus Offers, Inc.

23.4***

 

Consent of Bevilacqua PLLC (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)

99.1**

 

Consent of Richard M. Cohen (director nominee)

99.2**

 

Consent of Robert S. Rein, Esq. (director nominee)

99.3**

 

Consent of Roger Conley Wood (director nominee)

99.4*

 

Audit Committee Charter

99.5*

 

Compensation Committee Charter

99.6*

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

____________

*        Filed herewith

**      Previously filed

***    To be filed by amendment

+        Certain confidential information contained these exhibits has been omitted in accordance with Item 6.01(b)(10) because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that we treat as private or confidential because it would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed

†        Executive compensation plan or arrangement

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-6

Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-7

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Miami, State of Florida, on January 14, 2022.

 

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Ryan F. Zackon

       

Ryan F. Zackon

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Ryan F. Zackon

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

January 14, 2022

Ryan F. Zackon

 

(principal executive officer)

   

*

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

January 14, 2022

Alan B. Bergman

 

(principal financial and accounting officer)

   

*

 

Executive Chairman of the Board

 

January 14, 2022

Alfonso J. Cervantes, Jr.

       

*

 

President and Director

 

January 14, 2022

Darren C. Minton

       

*

 

Director

 

January 14, 2022

Ronald S. Altbach

       

*  By:

 

/s/ Ryan F. Zackon

   
   

Ryan F. Zackon

   
   

Attorney-In-Fact

   

II-8

Exhibit 10.37

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL BECAUSE IT WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

 

 

SUMMARY OF COMMERCIAL TERMS

(“Commercial Terms”)

 

This Agreement (as hereinafter defined) is effective as of the Effective Date defined below, and is by and between ABG - SI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Licensor”) and the Licensee defined below (Licensor and Licensee may be hereinafter referred to, each individually as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties”).

 

1. Effective Date:

Effective Date” shall be defined as: January 1, 2020.

 

2.

Licensee:

 

Corporate Organization:

 

Address:

 

Main Contact:

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

Finance Contact:

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

Website:

 

Licensee” shall be defined as: GSP Nutrition, Inc.

 

Licensee is a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware.

 

 

3. Licensed Property:

(a)  “Licensed Property” shall be defined as: the rights in and to the following trademarks, whether registered under applicable laws of the Territory (as hereinafter defined) and/or protected under common law of the Territory, to the extent recognized:  

 

Licensed Property

SPORTS ILLUSTRATED

SPORTS ILLUSTRATED KIDS

 

(b)   Licensee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Licensed Property shall specifically exclude: (i) the ’Sports Illustrated Swimsuit’ trademarks and any Licensor owned and/or controlled intellectual property related to the ’Sports Illustrated Swimsuit’ brand (the “Excluded Brand”); and (ii) any and all derivatives (including, without limitation, derivative works), variations, and modifications of the Licensed Property (“Derivative(s)”).

 

(c)  Excluded Brand.  

 

(i) During the Term, and provided that Licensee is not in breach of this Agreement, Licensee shall have a right of first offer (“EB ROFO”) to amend this Agreement (“Option EB Amendment”) to include the Excluded Brand set forth in Section 3(b)(i) above as part of the Licensed Property herein. In the event Licensor or Licensee desires to enter into an Option EB Amendment during the Term, such Party shall notify the other Party of the same, in writing (“EB Option Notice”).  

 

(ii)  [***]  

 

(iii) [***]  

 

 

(d)  [***]  

 

 

 

     
4. Licensed Products: (a)”Products” shall be defined, individually and collectively, as the following:
     
      Product Category Specified Products Designed For  
      Dietary and Nutritional Supplements Tablets/Capsules, Softgel Tablets, Chewable    Tablets, Lozenges, Gummies/Chews, Protein Bars, and Protein Powders/Concentrates (for preparing Sports Drinks or Energy Drinks).   Men, Women and Children  
     
   

(b)Licensed Products” shall be defined as: the Specific Products set forth in Section 4(a) above, that are ‘Designed For’ those individuals specified in Section 4(a) above, bearing the Licensed Property.

 

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parties each expressly acknowledge and agree that the ‘Products’ set forth above shall specifically exclude any and all of such Products (and other products) that are infused with alcohol and/or that contain cannabidiol (aka CBD Oil), cannabinoids, psilocybin, or any other similar or related ingredients, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or otherwise restrict Licensor from entering into one (1) or more agreements with any one (1) or more third party(ies) for the use of any and all rights in and to the Licensed Property on Products that are infused with alcohol and/or contain cannabidiol (aka CBD Oil), cannabinoids, psilocybin, or any other similar or related ingredients, in the Territory (as hereinafter defined) for the Distribution Channels (as hereinafter defined) or otherwise.  

5. Term: (a)”Initial Term” shall be defined as: the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2024, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, with each ‘Contract Year’ included therein being defined as the following:
     
      Contract Year Dates  
      1 (2020) Effective Date – December 31, 2020  
      2 (2021) January 1, 2021 – December 31, 2021  
      3 (2022) January 1, 2022 – December 31, 2022  
      4 (2023) January 1, 2023 – December 31, 2023  
      5 (2024) January 1, 2024 – December 31, 2024  
     
    (b) Licensee shall have one (1) option to renew the Agreement (“Renewal Option”) on the terms set forth herein for a period of, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, five (5) years, commencing on January 1, 2025 and continuing until December 31, 2029 (“Renewal Term”), which Renewal Option shall be exercised, if at all, by providing written notice to Licensor between June 1, 2023 and July 31, 2023 (such period being defined herein as the “Renewal Window”), and which Renewal Option may only be exercised and effective if and only if, both at the time the Renewal Option is exercised and throughout the remainder of the Initial Term, Licensee is not in breach of the Agreement (the “Renewal Condition”). In the event that Licensee effectively exercises the Renewal Option during the applicable Renewal Window but thereafter fails to satisfy the Renewal Condition, then at Licensor’s discretion, either: (i) the renewal of this Agreement shall be voided, and the Agreement shall expire on December 31, 2024; or (ii) such failure to satisfy any such Renewal Condition shall be waived and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect into the Renewal Term on the terms set forth herein.
     
    (c) For purposes of the Agreement: (i) the Initial Term and the Renewal Term (if any) are hereinafter individually and collectively referred to herein as the “Term” and individually as a “Contract Period”; (ii) a “Calendar Quarter” shall be defined as the following three (3) month periods during a given calendar year: from January 1 through March 31; from April 1 through June 30; from July 1 through September 30; and from October 1 through December 31; and (iii) for the Renewal Term (if any), each “Contract Year” included therein shall be defined as: each calendar year, from January 1 through and including December 31, and shall be numbered consecutively beginning with the first number after the last Contract Year during the Initial Term.
     

 

2

 

 

6. Territory:

(a)  “Territory” shall be defined as: Canada and United States of America.

 

(b)  Option Territory Right of First Offer.

 

(i)  During the Term, and provided that Licensee is not in breach of this Agreement, Licensee shall have a right of first offer (“OT ROFO”) to amend this Agreement (“Option Territory Amendment”) to include mutually agreed upon country(ies) as part of the Territory hereunder (collectively, the “Option Countries”). In the event Licensor or Licensee desires to enter into an Option Territory Amendment during the Term, such Party shall notify the other Party of the same, in writing, which notice shall include a list of the Option Country(ies) contemplated for the applicable Option Territory Amendment (“Option Country(ies) Notice”).

 

(ii)  [***]

 

(iii) [***]

 

(c)  Disclaimers. [***]

 

7. Scope:

Specifically excluding any rights related to the Derivatives, Licensor shall not enter into any agreement with a third party for the production and/or manufacture of Licensed Products or Products bearing the Excluded Brand (pursuant to Section 3(c) above) to be sold during the Term to/through the Distribution Channels in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, Licensee hereby acknowledges that Licensor has licensed, and will continue to license, the SPORTS ILLUSTRATED assets, including, without limitation, the Licensed Property in connection with co-branding / endorsement / collaboration projects and partnerships with third party brands (“Collaboration Rights”), and nothing contained herein shall prohibit Licensor from entering into one (1) or more agreements with any third parties for the Collaboration Rights and/or for the use of any and all rights in and to the Derivatives on Products in the Territory for the Distribution Channels.

 

8. Restrictions:

(a)  Licensee shall not enter into any license agreement or acquire any rights in or to any photographs or other assets of Licensor from any third party for use during the Term, whether for use in connection with the Licensed Products or otherwise, without Licensor’s prior written approval in Licensor’s sole discretion.

 

(b)  Licensee shall not, now or at any time hereafter, defame or disparage, or tarnish the reputation or public image of Licensor or the Licensed Property (or any portion thereof), nor shall Licensee place the Licensed Property or Licensor in a negative light, whether in connection with the Licensed Products or otherwise.

 

(c)  Licensee hereby acknowledges and agrees that Licensee shall not alter, change or edit the content of any of the Licensed Property for or in connection with, the manufacture, offering for sale, sale, or Advertising & Promotion (as hereinafter defined) of the Licensed Products, without Licensor’s prior written approval, in Licensor’s sole discretion.

 

9. Distribution Channels & Approved Accounts:

(a)  Licensee shall be permitted to sell the Licensed Products solely to/through the accounts (collectively, the “Approved Accounts” for each distribution channel (collectively, the “Distribution Channels”) set forth on Schedule A, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In the event Licensee wishes to sell the Licensed Products to/through any accounts not included within the Approved Accounts, then Licensee shall submit the same to Licensor for Licensor’s prior written approval in each instance, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b)  In the event that Licensor, using Licensor’s good faith, commercially reasonable judgment, believes that an Approved Account previously identified within any particular Distribution Channel, as set forth on Schedule A, no longer falls within that Distribution Channel or is no longer consistent with the brand positioning for the Licensed Property, Licensor shall have the right, in Licensor’s sole discretion, upon notice to Licensee, to: (i) remove such Approved Account from the Distribution Channels completely, or (ii) re-assign such Approved Account to a different Distribution Channel. 

 

3

 

 

   

(c) To the extent Licensee sells any Licensed Products through the e-commerce website for an Approved Account (which, for the avoidance of doubt, include both the E-commerce Distribution Channel, if any, and the e-commerce websites for other Distribution Channels, if any) (“E-Commerce Site(s)”): (i) Licensee shall not, nor shall Licensee permit others (including any Approved Account) to, ship Licensed Products outside of the Territory; and (ii) Licensee shall require each Approved Account that sells Licensed Products through an E-Commerce Site to include a statement on such E-Commerce Site stating that Licensed Products can only be shipped to customers located within the Territory.  

 

(d)  For purposes of this Agreement, Section 1(d)(B) of the Standard Terms shall be amended to remove ‘infomercials’ from the parenthetical contained therein.

10. Net Sales:

(a)   For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “Net Sales” shall be defined as: [***].

 

(b)  Net Sales accrue in the Calendar Quarter during which the Licensed Products are sold by Licensee, regardless of when or if Licensee collects the revenue from such sale. For purposes of this Agreement, a Licensed Product shall be considered “sold” upon the date when such Licensed Product is invoiced, shipped or paid for, whichever event occurs first.

 

11. Minimum Net Sales: During the Term, Licensee shall be required to meet certain minimum Net Sales thresholds (“Minimum Net Sales”).
     
    (a) For each Contract Year during the Term, the Minimum Net Sales shall be:
     
      Contract Year Minimum Net Sales  
      1 (2020) $[***] USD  
      2 (2021) $[***] USD  
      3 (2022) $[***] USD  
      4 (2023) $[***] USD  
      5 (2024) $[***] USD  
     
    (b) For the Renewal Term (if any): (i) the first Contract Year’s Minimum Net Sales shall be the greater of: (A) [***] percent ([***]%) of the Minimum Net Sales of the final Contract Year of the Initial Term; or (B) [***] percent ([***]%) of the actual Net Sales in the final Contract Year of the Initial Term; and (ii) the Minimum Net Sales for each subsequent Contract Year within the Renewal Term shall be [***] percent ([***]%) of the prior Contract Year’s Minimum Net Sales.
     
12. Royalty:

Royalty” shall be defined as: [***] percent ([***]%) of Net Sales.

 

13. Guaranteed Minimum Royalty: (a)”Guaranteed Minimum Royalty(ies)” (also referred to herein as “GMR(s)”) shall be defined as non-returnable advances recoupable against Royalties earned in the same Contract Year.
     
    (i) For each Contract Year during the Term, the GMR shall be:
     
      Contract Year Guaranteed Minimum Royalty  
      1 (2020) $[***] USD  
      2 (2021) $[***] USD  
      3 (2022) $[***] USD  
      4 (2023) $[***] USD  
      5 (2024) $[***] USD  
     
    (ii) For the Renewal Term (if any): (A) the first Contract Year’s GMR shall be the greater of: (I) [***] percent ([***]%) of the GMR of the final Contract Year of the Initial Term; or (II) [***] percent ([***]%) of the actual Royalties in the final Contract Year of the Initial Term; and (B) the GMR for each subsequent Contract Year within the Renewal Term shall be [***] percent ([***]%) of the prior Contract Year’s GMR.
     
    (b) Licensee hereby acknowledges that the GMR is payable to Licensor even if Licensee fails to manufacture, sell or market the Licensed Products during the Term, and is a condition of Licensor entering into the Agreement.
     
    (c) [***]

 

4

 

 

14. Common Marketing Fund:

Common Marketing Fund” (also referred to herein as “CMF”) shall be defined as: [***] percent ([***]%) of Net Sales.

 

15. Payments to Licensor:

(a)  Timing of payments.

 

(i) Payment Due on Signing of Agreement. Licensee shall pay to Licensor [***] Dollars ($[***] USD) of the Contract Year 1 (2020) GMR on or before January 10, 2020 (“Signing Payment”). In the event that Licensee fails or refuses to pay any of the foregoing amount to Licensor within such period, Licensor shall be permitted to terminate the Agreement in its entirety, upon written notice to Licensee.

 

(ii)  Minimums.

 

(A) Licensee shall pay the balance of the GMR for Contract Year 1 (2020) (i.e., a sum of $[***] USD) to Licensor according to the following schedule: (I) [***] United States Dollars ($[***] USD) on or before February 3, 2020; (II) [***] United States Dollars ($[***] USD) on or before April 1, 2020; (III) [***] United States Dollars ($[***] USD) on or before July 1, 2020; and (IV) [***] United States Dollars ($[***] USD) on or before October 1, 2020.

 

(B)    Beginning with Contract Year 2 (2021), Licensee shall pay the GMR to Licensor in equal quarterly installments on or before the first (1st) day of each Calendar Quarter.

 

(iii)  Actuals.

 

(A)    In the event that the actual earned Royalties in a given Calendar Quarter exceed the previously-paid portion of the GMR attributable to the same Contract Year, Licensee shall pay both the Royalties in excess of the previously paid portion of the GMR, as well as the actual earned CMF for such Calendar Quarter, to Licensor quarterly, within [***] of the end of each Calendar Quarter.

 

(B)     For the avoidance of doubt, in any given Contract Year, once Licensee has paid to Licensor the total amount of the GMR for such Contract Year (whether by way of quarterly GMR payments, Royalties in excess of the GMR, or both): (I) Licensee shall no longer be required to make quarterly GMR payments to Licensor for that Contract Year, and (II) for the remainder of such Contract Year, Licensee shall pay Licensor based on earned Royalties.

 

(b) Wire Instructions. Licensee shall be solely responsible for any costs and/or fees associated with making any and all payments to Licensor as required under this Agreement, including, without limitation, wire transfer fees. Licensee shall pay all sums due to Licensor by wire transfer to the following account, unless otherwise instructed by Licensor:

 

Payee:

 

Account Number:

ABA Routing Number (for domestic transfers):

 

Swift Code (for international transfers):

 

(c)  Currency. All monetary figures included herein are in United States Dollars

 

 

5

 

 

16. Advertising & Promotion:

(a)  For purposes of this Agreement, “Advertising & Promotion” shall be defined as any and all efforts, products, advertisements, social media posts and the like, made for the purpose of marketing, selling and distributing the Licensed Products.

 

(b)  Licensee shall spend a minimum of [***] percent ([***]%) of Net Sales in each Contract Year during the Term on Advertising & Promotion expenditures for the Licensed Property and/or Licensed Products (the “Advertising Commitment”). The Advertising Commitment may be spent on costs and expenses attributable to each of the following, so long as the same arise directly from, and relate directly to, the Licensed Products: [***]. In no event shall the Advertising Commitment be utilized for any general overhead, administrative or development costs or expenses. At the end of each Contract Year, if Licensee has not spent the entire Advertising Commitment if and as required hereunder (Licensee’s actual spend being defined herein as the “Actual AC Spend”), Licensee shall pay to Licensor the difference between the Advertising Commitment and the Actual AC Spend, within fifteen (15) days of the end of the applicable Contract Year.

 

17. [***]

[***]

 

18. Discounted Products & Free Units:

(a)  Licensee hereby agrees to sell Licensed Products to Licensor, Licensor’s affiliated and/or parent companies, and/or Licensor’s other licensees/ partners (collectively, “Licensor Party(ies)”): (i) at the lower of (A) [***] percent ([***]%) off the regular wholesale price of each such Licensed Product, or (B) for each such Licensed Product: (I) if the Licensed Products are shipped from the warehouse: Licensee’s landed duty paid cost (“LDP Cost”), plus [***] percent ([***]%) of LDP Cost, Country of Destination; or (II) if the Licensed Products are picked up at the factory: Licensee’s freight on board cost (“FOB Cost”), plus [***] percent ([***]%) of FOB Cost, and (ii) on such terms as Licensee extends to its best customers, including, without limitation, first priority treatment with respect to order fulfillment and service. For the sake of clarity, Licensee shall pay Royalties and CMF on all sales of Licensed Products to the Licensor Parties.

 

(b)  Licensee shall sell Licensed Products to Licensor’s employees and other representatives, for their personal use, at the price discounts generally offered to Licensee’s own employees, but in no event at a price greater than Licensee’s regular United States wholesale prices therefor.

 

(c)  Licensee shall ship, at Licensee’s sole cost, up to [***] United States Dollars ($[***] USD) of licensed Products (measured at Licensee’s LDP Cost) to Licensor in each Contract Year during the Term (“Free Units”). The assortment of Free Units shall be at Licensor’s sole discretion and will not be sold by Licensor.

 

(d)  In addition to the Free Units, Licensee shall provide the Licensor Parties, at no charge, such number of Licensed Products, and copies of various executions of the Advertising & Promotion, as such Licensor Parties may reasonably request from time to time for fashion shows, special events and presentations, showroom display, promotional photo shoots, photo layouts, retail displays, premium offers, giveaways, sales incentives, charitable giving, donations, gift-with-purchase programs, and for other promotional / public relations efforts (“PR Samples”). In the event that any PR Samples are needed prior to the commencement of production of the same seasonal collection of Licensed Products, Licensee shall provide pre-production samples of Licensed Products. In the event Licensee is unable to supply the Licensor Parties with PR Samples, the Licensor Parties shall have the right to source the same from third parties, and such activity shall not be deemed a breach of exclusivity rights, if any, that may be granted under this Agreement.

 

 

6

 

 

19. Insurance:

(a)  Licensee shall procure and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, and cause its Sub-Contractors to obtain, at their sole cost and expense, during the Term and for a period of three (3) years thereafter (“Insurance Period”), comprehensive general liability insurance (including, without limitation, product liability insurance, inventory insurance, worker’s compensation insurance, operations liability insurance, advertising injury insurance, and intellectual property insurance), to defend and protect the Parties against claims arising out of or in connection with the Business, the Licensed Products and the Advertising & Promotion thereof. Insurance must be obtained from a company reasonably acceptable to Licensor, in an amount not less than [***] in the aggregate, or Licensee’s standard insurance policy limits, whichever is greater.

 

(b)  Within five (5) business days of the date on which this Agreement is fully executed, Licensee shall submit to Licensor a certificate of insurance naming each of Licensor and Authentic Brands Group, LLC (“ABG”) as additional insureds (“CIO”), which CIO, or a renewal or replacement thereof, shall remain in force at all times during the Insurance Period, and shall require the insurer to provide at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Licensee, and all additional insureds, of any termination, cancellation or modification thereof.

 

20. Reversion:

In the event that Licensee has not sold commercially reasonable quantities of a Specific Product of Licensed Products by the end of Contract Year 3 (2022) or at any time thereafter, as evidenced by appropriate backup and support documentation acceptable to Licensor, then: Licensor shall have the right to remove such Specific Product from this Agreement, upon written notice to Licensee. After Licensor issues such notice to Licensee, all rights in and to such Specific Product shall revert to Licensor.

 

21. Miscellaneous:

(a)  Within five (5) business days of the date on which this Agreement is fully executed, Licensee shall provide Licensor a complete list of key contacts and personnel within Licensee’s organization that will be responsible for the business to be conducted by Licensee under to this Agreement (“Business”).

 

(b)  Within thirty (30) days of the date on which this Agreement is fully executed, Licensee shall:

 

(i)  At Licensee’s sole cost, meet with Licensor’s creative, marketing, and branding team at Licensor’s office in New York City, New York, for a one-day introductory workshop for the Business;

 

(ii)  After the meeting in subsection (i) above, Licensee will provide Licensor a detailed business and marketing plan for the Business in a form and with all information as requested by Licensor, including, without limitation, sales and distribution projections (“Business Plan”) covering the Initial Term; and

 

(iii)  At Licensee’s sole cost, schedule and actively participate in a demonstration of Licensor’s reporting and approvals software, RoyaltyZone, a detailed explanation of which can be found at www.royaltyzone.com (“RoyaltyZone”). Throughout the Term, Licensee shall comply with all accounting and approvals obligations set forth in the Agreement via RoyaltyZone.

 

22. Prior Agreement:

The Parties and Sportceuticals LLC (“Prior Licensee”) hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) Licensor and Prior Licensee previously entered into that certain agreement with an effective date of January 1, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”), (ii) upon the execution and exchange of this Agreement by the Parties, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall replace and supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and (iii) upon the execution and exchange of this Agreement by the Parties, as of the Effective Date, the Existing Agreement shall be voided in its entirety and of no further force or effect.

 

 

7

 

 

A. Licensee agrees to, and accepts, the Standard Terms & Conditions (“Standard Terms”), which, in addition to these Commercial Terms and unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, govern Licensee’s use of the Licensed Property and the operation of the Business contemplated hereunder. The Standard Terms are located at [***]. These Commercial Terms, together with the Standard Terms (collectively, the “Agreement”), collectively: (a) represent the complete agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (b) are fully binding on the parties hereto; and (c) supersede all previous documents and negotiations. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in the Commercial Terms of the Agreement and the terms contained in the Standard Terms of the Agreement, the Commercial Terms shall govern. Licensee represents and warrants that Licensee, prior to Licensee’s execution hereof, had the opportunity to provide a copy of these Commercial Terms and the Standard Terms to, and review the same with, legal counsel of Licensee’s own choosing, and that Licensee has either obtained advice from such legal counsel or has declined to seek such advice.

 

B. In the event of any dispute regarding the definition of Licensed Products, Distribution Channels, Approved Accounts, Territory or other term defined herein, Licensor’s good faith interpretation of the same shall control. The Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles. All rights which are not specifically granted and licensed to Licensee in the Agreement are hereby reserved by Licensor, and Licensor may exercise such rights at any time. The Agreement shall not be binding upon Licensor unless or until such time as Licensor has signed this Agreement and received the Signing Payment.

 

C. Ceautamed Worldwide LLC, a Florida limited liability company, having a correspondence address of [***] (“Guarantor”) absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Licensor the full and prompt payment of all fees payable by Licensee under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the GMR and any Royalties), as well as the performance by Licensee of all other covenants, agreements, terms and conditions and of this Agreement (the “Guarantee”). Guarantor understands and agrees that: (a) but for the Guarantee, Licensor would not enter into this Agreement; (b) this Agreement may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, or modified, without any notice to, or further assent by, Guarantor and without in any way affecting or releasing the liability of the Guarantor hereunder. In the event of default or breach by Licensee, Guarantor (i) agrees that the Standard Terms shall apply to the Guarantee, (ii) agrees to pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses Licensor may incur in the enforcement of the Guarantee, and (ii) hereby consents to the jurisdiction of the courts in New York County, New York. Notice to Guarantor shall be sent to [***] at the address listed herein.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8

 

 

AGREED & ACCEPTED:    
     
LICENSEE:   LICENSOR:
GSP Nutrition, Inc.   ABG-SI, LLC
     
By: /s/ Stuart Benson   By: /s/ Jay Dubiner
Print:  Stuart Benson   Print:  Jay Dubiner
Title: CEO   Title: General Counsel
Date: 1/8/20   Date: 1/8/2020

 

     
GUARANTOR:    
Ceautamed Worldwide LLC    
     
By: /s/ Stuart Benson    
Print:  Stuart Benson    
Title: CEO    
Date: 1/8/20    

 

PRIOR LICENSEE, solely with respect to Section 22 of the Commercial Terms:  
Sportceuticals LLC    
     
By: /s/ Stuart Benson    
Print:  Stuart Benson    
Title: Member    
Date: 1/8/20    
     

 

9

 

 

This Schedule A is attached to and made part of the Agreement between ABG-SI, LLC (“Licensor”) and GSP Nutrition, Inc. (“Licensee”), with Ceautamed Worldwide LLC as ‘Guarantor’, dated January 1, 2020.

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Distribution Channels & Approved Accounts

 

Distribution Channel Approved Accounts Permitted E-Commerce Sites
of Approved Accounts
Luxury Department

Neiman Marcus

Saks Fifth Avenue

www.Nelmanmarcus.com www.saksfifthavenue.com
Better Department Bloomingdales www.bloomincidales.com
Mid-Tier Department

Beall’s of Florida

Belk

Boscov’s

Dillard’s

Hudson’s Bay

Lord & Taylor

Macy’s

Nordstrom

Stage Stores

Von Maur

www.Beallsflorida.com www.Belk.com

www.Boscovs.com

www.Oillards.com

www.Thebay.com www.Lordandtaylor.com www.Macys.com www.Nordstrom.com

www.Stage.com

www.Vonmaur.com

Specialty

Dick’s Sporting Goods

Modells

www.dickssportinggoods.com www.modells.com
Mass Walmart www.walmart.com
Club

Costco

Kroger

Price Smart

Sam’s Club

www.costco.com

www.kroger.com www.pricesmart.com www.samsclub.com

Military Bases

AAFES

CGX

MCXM

NEXCOM

www.aafes.com

www.shopcgx.com

www.mymcx.com

www.mvnavvexchange.com

Off-Price

Beall’s Outlet

Bloomingdales Outlet

Burlington

Century 21

DD’s Discounts

Gabes

Gordman’s

Home Goods

Home Sense

Macy’s Backstage

Marshalls

Neiman Marcus Last Call

Nordstrom Rack

Ross

Saks Off Fifth

Sierra Trading Post

Steinmart

TJ Maxx

Winners

www.Bealsoutlet.com

www.Bloomingdalesoutlet.com www.Burlington.com www.Century21.com www.dddiscounts.com www.mygabes.com www.Gordmans.com www.homegoods.com www.homesense.com www.Macysbackstage.com www.Marshalls.com www.Lastcall.com www.Nordstromrack.com www.rossstores.com www.Saksoff5th.com

www.Sierratradingpostcom www.Steinmart.com

www.TJMaxx.com www.Winners.com

E-commerce

Amazon (Vendor Central)

Bluefly

Fanatics - SI Fan Shop

Gilt

Hautelook

Jet

Overstock

Ruelala

Zulily

www.amazon.com

www.bluefly.com

www.sifanatics.com

www.gilt.com

www.Hautelook.com

www.jet.com

www.overstock.com

www.Ruelala.com

www.Zulily.com

 

 

10

 

 

Exhibit 10.41

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated _________, by and between Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned (the “Director”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), which may include membership on one or more committees of the Board, and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board, effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties. The Company requires that the Director be available to perform the duties of an independent director customarily related to this function as may be determined and assigned by the Board and as may be required by the Company’s constituent instruments, including its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended, and its corporate governance and board committee charters, each as amended or modified from time to time, and by applicable law, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Director agrees to devote as much time as is necessary to perform completely the duties as a Director of the Company, including duties as a member of one or more committees of the Board to which the Director may hereafter be appointed. The Director will perform such duties described herein in accordance with the general fiduciary duty of directors.

 

2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the effective date of the Director’s appointment to the Board (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue until the Director’s resignation or removal.

 

3. Compensation. For all services to be rendered by the Director in any capacity hereunder, the Company agrees to compensate the Director the annual fees and other compensation set forth on Exhibit A, which annual fees shall be paid to the Director monthly commencing in the first month following the Effective Date. Such compensation shall be subject to adjustment from time to time by the Board. The Director shall be responsible for his or her own individual income tax payment on such compensation in jurisdictions where the Director resides.

 

4. Independence. The Director acknowledges that his appointment hereunder is contingent upon the Board’s determination that he is “independent” with respect to the Company, in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq and NYSE stock exchanges, and that his appointment may be terminated by the Company in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence standard.

 

 

 

 

5. Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Director for pre-approved reasonable business related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the Director’s duties for the Company. Such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon submission by the Director of a signed statement itemizing the expenses incurred, which shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the expenditures.

 

6. Other Agreements.

 

(a) Confidential Information and Insider Trading. The Company and the Director each acknowledge that, in order for the intentions and purposes of this Agreement to be accomplished, the Director shall necessarily be obtaining access to certain confidential information concerning the Company and its affairs, including, but not limited to, business methods, information systems, financial data and strategic plans which are unique assets of the Company (as further defined below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the communication of such Confidential Information to third parties could irreparably injure the Company and its business. Accordingly, the Director agrees that, during his association with the Company and thereafter, he will treat and safeguard as confidential and secret all Confidential Information received by him at any time and that, without the prior written consent of the Company, he will not disclose or reveal any of the Confidential Information to any third party whatsoever or use the same in any manner except in connection with the business of the Company and in any event in no way harmful to or competitive with the Company or its business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes any information not generally known to the public or recognized as confidential according to standard industry practice, any trade secrets, know-how, development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution plans and information, inventions, formulas, methods or processes, whether or not patented or patentable, pricing policies and records of the Company (and such other information normally understood to be confidential or otherwise designated as such in writing by the Company), all of which the Director expressly acknowledges and agrees shall be confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. Upon termination of his association with the Company, the Director shall return to the Company all documents and papers relating to the Company, including any Confidential Information, together with any copies thereof, or certify that he or she has destroyed all such documents and papers. Furthermore, the Director recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Director agrees that the Director owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of the Director’s association with the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to, except as is consistent with the Company’s agreement with the third party, disclose it to any person or entity or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company. In addition, the Director acknowledges and agrees that the Director may have access to “material non-public information” for purposes of the federal securities laws and that the Director will abide by all securities laws relating to the handling of and acting upon such information.

 

2

 

 

(b) Disparaging Statements. At all times during and after the period in which the Director is a member of the Board and at all times thereafter, the Director shall not either verbally, in writing, electronically or otherwise: (i) make any derogatory or disparaging statements about the Company, any of its affiliates, any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents, or any of the Company’s current or past customers or employees, or (ii) make any public statement or perform or do any other act prejudicial or injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise interfere with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the Director from complying with all obligations imposed by law or legal compulsion, and provided, further, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed applicable to any testimony given by the Director in any legal or administrative proceedings.

 

(c) Enforcement. The Director acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are reasonable, that valid consideration has been and will be received and that the agreements set forth herein are the result of arms-length negotiations between the parties hereto. The Director recognizes that the provisions of this Section 6 are vitally important to the continuing welfare of the Company and its affiliates and that any violation of this Section 6 could result in irreparable harm to the Company and its affiliates for which money damages would constitute a totally inadequate remedy. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation by the Director, the Company and its affiliates, in addition to any other remedies they may have, shall have the right to institute and maintain a proceeding to compel specific performance thereof or to obtain an injunction or other equitable relief restraining any action by the Director in violation of this Section 6 without posting any bond therefore or demonstrating actual damages, and the Director will not claim as a defense thereto that the Company has an adequate remedy at law or require the posting of a bond. If any of the restrictions or activities contained in this Section 6 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such restrictions shall be construed so as thereafter to be limited or reduced to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law; it being understood that by the execution of this Agreement the parties hereto regard such restrictions as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights. The Director acknowledges that injunctive relief may be granted immediately upon the commencement of any such action without notice to the Director and in addition Company may recover monetary damages.

 

(d) Separate Agreement. The parties hereto further agree that the provisions of Section 6 are separate from and independent of the remainder of this Agreement and that Section 6 is specifically enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any claim made by the Director against the Company. The terms of this Section 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7. Market Stand-Off Agreement. In the event of a public or private offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company, the underwriters or placement agents placing the offering of the Company’s securities, the Director agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company that the Director may own, other than those included in the registration, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such placement agent or underwriter.

 

8. Termination. With or without cause, the Company and the Director may each terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days written notice, and the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Director the compensation and expenses due up to the date of the termination. Nothing contained herein or omitted herefrom shall prevent the stockholder(s) of the Company from removing the Director with immediate effect at any time for any reason.

 

3

 

 

9. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Director, to the full extent allowed by the law of the State of Delaware, and as provided by, or granted pursuant to, any charter provision, bylaw provision, agreement (including, without limitation, the Indemnification Agreement executed herewith), vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Director’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company and the Director are executing an indemnification agreement in the Company’s standard form.

 

10. Effect Of Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

11. Notice. Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficient if furnished in writing at the addresses specified on the signature page hereto or, if to the Company, to the Company’s address as specified in filings made by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and the rights of the parties hereto shall be determined by, the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to that state’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

13. Assignment. The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable, and all the covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by or against, its successors and assigns. The duties and obligations of the Director under this Agreement are personal and therefore the Director may not assign any right or duty under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14. Miscellaneous. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or illegal, for any reason whatsoever, then, notwithstanding such invalidity or illegality, the remaining terms and provisions of the this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in the same manner as if the invalid or illegal provision had not been contained herein. The article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Except as provided elsewhere herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party to this Agreement with respect to such subject matter.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Independent Director Agreement to be duly executed and signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Smart for Life, Inc.
   
  By:                      
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  DIRECTOR:
   
     
  Address:  
     
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Compensation

 

Annual Fees

 

The Director shall be paid an annual fee of $10,000.

 

Each committee chair shall receive an additional annual fee of $4,000 and each of the other committee members shall receive an additional annual fee of $2,000.

 

Compensation for In Person Meetings

 

The Director shall be paid $2,000 for each in person Board meeting.

 

Stock Compensation

 

The Director shall receive an annual grant of $25,000 of restricted stock or restricted stock units, which shall vest monthly over one year.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.42

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated _________, by and between Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned (the “Indemnitee”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

B. The Company’s bylaws require that the Company indemnify its directors and executive officers as authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), under which the Company is organized, and the bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

 

C. The Indemnitee may not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and available insurance, if any, as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that the Indemnitee may not be willing to serve the Company without additional protection.

 

D. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company and has proffered this Agreement to the Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

 

 

 

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(d) Indemnification of Appointing Stockholder. If (i) the Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital funds that has invested in the Company (an “Appointing Stockholder”), and (ii) the Appointing Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and (iii) the Appointing Stockholder’s involvement in the Proceeding (A) arises primarily out of, or relates to, any action taken by the Company that was approved by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board), and (B) arises out of facts or circumstances that are the same or substantially similar to the facts and circumstances that form the basis of claims that have been, could have been or could be brought against the Indemnitee in a Proceeding, regardless of whether the legal basis of the claims against the Indemnitee and the Appointing Stockholder are the same or similar, then the Appointing Stockholder shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies under this Agreement pursuant to this Agreement as if the Appointing Stockholder were the Indemnitee.

 

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to the Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3. Contribution.

 

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against the Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Indemnitee.

 

2

 

 

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subsection, if, for any reason, the Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by the Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than the Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold the Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with the Indemnitee.

 

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to the Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by the Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and the Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is not a party, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

3

 

 

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for the Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of the Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

(b) Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. The Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

4

 

 

(e) The Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if the Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that the Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

  

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

(g) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

5

 

 

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. The Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which the Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

 

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

 

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

6

 

 

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against the Indemnitee:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

 

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by the Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by the Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

  

10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

7

 

 

12. Enforcement.

 

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c) The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

 

13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(d) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by the Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by the Indemnitee or of any inaction on the part of the Indemnitee while acting in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; in each case whether or not the Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to either the Indemnitee or Appointing Stockholder shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon the Indemnitee and Appointing Stockholder indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16. Notice By Indemnitee. The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the addresses specified on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as may have been furnished to the Company by Indemnitee, or, if to the Company, to the Company’s address as specified in filings made by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Smart for Life, Inc.

 

  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

  INDEMNITEE:

 

   

 

  Address:   
     
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.46

 

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

 

2022 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purpose; Eligibility.

 

1.1. General Purpose. The name of this plan is the Smart for Life, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purposes of the Plan are to (a) enable Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and any Affiliate to attract and retain the types of Employees, Consultants and Directors who will contribute to the Company’s long-term success; (b) provide incentives that align the interests of Employees, Consultants and Directors with those of the stockholders of the Company; and (c) promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

1.2. Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are the Employees, Consultants and Directors of the Company and its Affiliates and such other individuals designated by the Committee who are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors after the receipt of Awards.

 

1.3. Available Awards. Awards that may be granted under the Plan include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards, (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards.

 

2. Definitions.

 

Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company, including, without limitation, any corporation that is a “parent corporation” or a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other non-corporate entity that would be such a subsidiary corporation if such entity were a corporation.

 

Applicable Laws” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration of the Plan under applicable state corporate law, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.

 

Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Non-qualified Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Award, a Performance Share Award or a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Award Agreement” means a written agreement, contract, certificate or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan which may, in the discretion of the Company, be transmitted electronically to any Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted at any time.

 

 

 

 

Cause” means:

 

 With respect to any Employee or Consultant: (a) if the Employee or Consultant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein; or (b) if no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Cause: (i) the commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or business of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; or (iv) material violation of state or federal securities laws.

 

With respect to any Director, a determination by a majority of the disinterested Board members that the Director has engaged in any of the following: (a) malfeasance in office; (b) gross misconduct or neglect; (c) false or fraudulent misrepresentation inducing the director’s appointment; (d) willful conversion of corporate funds; or (e) repeated failure to participate in Board meetings on a regular basis despite having received proper notice of the meetings in advance.

 

The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.

 

Change in Control” means (a) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person that is not a subsidiary of the Company; (b) the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (c) the date which is 10 business days prior to the consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (d) the acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) any acquisition which complies with clauses, (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (e) of this definition or (D) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant); or (e) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination; (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or the analogous governing body) (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company); and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Award constitutes non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred unless such change shall satisfy the definition of a change in control under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2 

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been established, the full Board, or a committee of one or more members appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3 and Section 3.4.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company, or such other securities of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time in substitution thereof.

 

Consultant” means any individual who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services.

 

Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Consultant or Director, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service; provided further that if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this sentence shall only be given effect to the extent consistent with Section 409A of the Code. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Director of an Affiliate will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service unless otherwise required by Section 409A of the Code. The Committee or its delegate, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal or family leave of absence.

 

Director” means a member of the Board.

 

Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment; provided, however, for purposes of determining the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established by the Committee. Except in situations where the Committee is determining Disability for purposes of the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate in which a Participant participates. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall a Disability be deemed to have occurred unless such disability satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3 

 

 

Effective Date” shall mean January 13, 2022.

 

Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, that, for purposes of determining eligibility to receive Incentive Stock Options, an Employee shall mean an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock as determined below. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (or if no sales were reported the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons; provided that if an Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

Grant Date” means the date on which the Committee adopts a resolution, or takes other appropriate action, expressly granting an Award to a Participant that specifies the key terms and conditions of the Award or, if a later date is set forth in such resolution, then such date as is set forth in such resolution.

 

Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Incumbent Directors” means individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board, provided that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

 

Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

4 

 

 

Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

Option Exercise Price” means the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option.

 

Participant” means an eligible person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

 

Performance Compensation Award” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Plan.

 

Performance Criteria” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Affiliate, division, business unit or operational unit of the Company) and may include the following: (a) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (b) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (c) net revenue or net revenue growth; (d) gross revenue; (e) gross profit or gross profit growth; (f) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (g) return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, or sales; (h) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital); (i) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (j) gross or operating margins; (k) improvements in capital structure; (l) budget and expense management; (m) productivity ratios; (n) economic value added or other value added measurements; (o) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (p) expense targets; (q) margins; (r) operating efficiency; (s) working capital targets; (t) enterprise value; (u) safety record; (v) completion of acquisitions or business expansion; (w) achieving research and development goals and milestones; (x) achieving product commercialization goals; and (y) other criteria as may be set by the Committee from time to time.

 

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select Performance Criterion (o) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph, provided that if the Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such accelerated vesting does not violate the rules of Code Section 409A. The Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit the Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

 

5 

 

 

Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) or at any time thereafter, in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (d) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor or pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; (g) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (h) foreign exchange gains and losses; and (i) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time not less than one fiscal quarter in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Performance Share” means the grant of a right to receive a number of actual shares of Common Stock or share units based upon the performance of the Company during a Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.

 

Permitted Transferee” means: (a) a member of the Optionholder’s immediate family (child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships), any person sharing the Optionholder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionholder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionholder) own more than 50% of the voting interests; (b) third parties designated by the Committee in connection with a program established and approved by the Committee pursuant to which Participants may receive a cash payment or other consideration in consideration for the transfer of a Non-qualified Stock Option; and (c) such other transferees as may be permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

Restricted Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7.2(a).

 

Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 7.1 to receive, upon exercise, an amount payable in cash or shares equal to the number of shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (b) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.

 

Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

6 

 

 

3. Administration.

 

3.1. Authority of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the Board’s sole discretion, by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (if applicable), the Committee’s charter and Applicable Laws, and in addition to other express powers and authorization conferred by the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority:

 

(a) to construe and interpret the Plan and apply its provisions;

 

(b) to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan;

 

(c) to authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

(d) to delegate its authority to one or more Officers of the Company with respect to Awards that do not involve “insiders” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act;

 

(e) to determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan and the applicable Grant Date;

 

(f) from time to time to select, subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan, those Participants to whom Awards shall be granted;

 

(g) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be made subject to each Award;

 

(h) to determine whether each Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option;

 

(i) to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including, without limitation, the exercise price and medium of payment and vesting provisions, and to specify the provisions of the Award Agreement relating to such grant;

 

(j) to determine the target number of Performance Shares to be granted pursuant to a Performance Share Award, the performance measures that will be used to establish the performance goals, the performance period(s) and the number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant;

 

(k) to designate an Award (including a cash bonus) as a Performance Compensation Award and to select the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals;

 

(l) to amend any outstanding Awards, including for the purpose of modifying the time or manner of vesting, or the term of any outstanding Award; provided, however, that if any such amendment impairs a Participant’s rights or increases a Participant’s obligations under his or her Award or creates or increases a Participant’s federal income tax liability with respect to an Award, such amendment shall also be subject to the Participant’s consent;

 

(m) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absences which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of their employment for purposes of the Plan, which periods shall be no shorter than the periods generally applicable to Employees under the Company’s employment policies;

 

7 

 

 

(n) to make decisions with respect to outstanding Awards that may become necessary upon a change in corporate control or an event that triggers anti-dilution adjustments;

 

(o) to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; and

 

(p) to exercise discretion to make any and all other determinations which it determines to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

The Committee also may modify the purchase price or the exercise price of any outstanding Award, provided that if the modification effects a repricing, stockholder approval shall be required before the repricing is effective.

 

3.2. Committee Decisions Final. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participants, unless such decisions are determined by a court having jurisdiction to be arbitrary and capricious.

 

3.3. Delegation. The Committee may delegate administration of the Plan to a subcommittee or subcommittees of one or more members of the Committee, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. The Committee shall have the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board or the Committee shall thereafter be to the committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and re-vest in the Board the administration of the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall act pursuant to a vote of the majority of its members or, in the case of a Committee comprised of only two members, the unanimous consent of its members, whether present or not, or by the written consent of the majority of its members and minutes shall be kept of all of its meetings and copies thereof shall be provided to the Board. Subject to the limitations prescribed by the Plan and the Board, the Committee may establish and follow such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may determine to be advisable.

 

3.4. Committee Composition. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors. The Board shall have discretion to determine whether or not it intends to comply with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3. However, if the Board intends to satisfy such exemption requirements, with respect to Awards to any insider subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall be a compensation committee of the Board that at all times consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Nothing herein shall create an inference that an Award is not validly granted under the Plan in the event Awards are granted under the Plan by a compensation committee of the Board that does not at all times consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors.

 

3.5. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as Directors or members of the Committee, and to the extent allowed by Applicable Laws, the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against the reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with any appeal therein, to which the Committee may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, and against all amounts paid by the Committee in settlement thereof (provided, however, that the settlement has been approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or paid by the Committee in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reason to believe that the conduct complained of was unlawful; provided, however, that within 60 days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, such Committee shall, in writing, offer the Company the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend such action, suit or proceeding.

 

8 

 

 

4. Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

4.1. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 11, a total of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock granted in connection with all Awards under the Plan shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock granted in connection with such Award. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Awards.

 

4.2. Shares of Common Stock available for distribution under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares reacquired by the Company in any manner.

 

4.3. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that is canceled, forfeited or expires prior to exercise or realization, either in full or in part, shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that again become available for future grants pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be added back as one (1) share. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: shares subject to an Award under the Plan shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares are (a) shares tendered in payment of an Option, (b) shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, or (c) shares covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award.

 

5. Eligibility.

 

5.1. Eligibility for Specific Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors and those individuals whom the Committee determines are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors following the Grant Date.

 

5.2. Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the Option Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Grant Date and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Grant Date.

 

6. Option Provisions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Non-qualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as such at any time or if an Option is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the terms of such Option do not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

9 

 

 

6.1. Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date. The term of a Non-qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Non-qualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date.

 

6.2. Exercise Price of An Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the Option Exercise Price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

6.3. Exercise Price of a Non-qualified Stock Option. The Option Exercise Price of each Non-qualified Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.4. Consideration. The Option Exercise Price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised or (b) in the discretion of the Committee, upon such terms as the Committee shall approve, the Option Exercise Price may be paid: (i) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares of Common Stock (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”); (ii) a “cashless” exercise program established with a broker; (iii) by reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (iv) any combination of the foregoing methods; or (v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the exercise price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery (or attestation) to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period for which the Common Stock is publicly traded (i.e., the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system) an exercise by a Director or Officer that involves or may involve a direct or indirect extension of credit or arrangement of an extension of credit by the Company, directly or indirectly, in violation of Section 402(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 shall be prohibited with respect to any Award under this Plan.

 

10 

 

 

6.5. Transferability of An Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.6. Transferability of a Non-qualified Stock Option. A Non-qualified Stock Option may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be transferable to a Permitted Transferee, upon written approval by the Committee to the extent provided in the Award Agreement. If the Non-qualified Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Non-qualified Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.7. Vesting of Options. Each Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. No Option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided that if such Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.8. Termination of Continuous Service. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in an employment agreement the terms of which have been approved by the Committee, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date three months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, if the termination of Continuous Service is by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.9. Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for any reason would be prohibited at any time because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the expiration of the term of the Option in accordance with Section 6.1 or (b) the expiration of a period after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service that is three months after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities law requirements.

 

6.10. Disability of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following such termination or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

11 

 

 

6.11. Death of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following the date of death or (b) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.12. Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

7. Provisions of Awards Other Than Options.

 

7.1. Stock Appreciation Rights.  

 

(a) General. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.1, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in tandem with an Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). All such grants shall be exempt from, or comply with, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b) Grant Requirements. Any Related Right that relates to a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(c) Term of Stock Appreciation Rights. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

(d) Vesting of Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Stock Appreciation Right may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Stock Appreciation Rights may vary. No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Stock Appreciation Right upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided that if such Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Exercise and Payment. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (ii) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right or related Option. Payment with respect to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be made on the date of exercise. Payment shall be made in the form of shares of Common Stock (with or without restrictions as to substantial risk of forfeiture and transferability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.

 

12 

 

 

(f) Exercise Price. The exercise price of a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Grant Date of such Stock Appreciation Right. A Related Right granted simultaneously with or subsequent to the grant of an Option and in conjunction therewith or in the alternative thereto shall have the same exercise price as the related Option, shall be transferable only upon the same terms and conditions as the related Option, and shall be exercisable only to the same extent as the related Option; provided, however, that a Stock Appreciation Right, by its terms, shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right and related Option exceeds the exercise price per share thereof and no Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option unless the Committee determines that the requirements of Section 7.1(b) are satisfied.

 

(g) Reduction in the Underlying Option Shares. Upon any exercise of a Related Right, the number of shares of Common Stock for which any related Option shall be exercisable shall be reduced by the number of shares for which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The number of shares of Common Stock for which a Related Right shall be exercisable shall be reduced upon any exercise of any related Option by the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Option has been exercised.

 

7.2. Restricted Awards.  

 

(a) General. A Restricted Award is an Award of actual shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) or hypothetical Common Stock units (“Restricted Stock Units”) having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an identical number of shares of Common Stock, which may, but need not, provide that such Restricted Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged or hypothecated as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose for such period (the “Restricted Period”) as the Committee shall determine. Each Restricted Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.2, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(i) Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award Agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant fails to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Award, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends; provided that, any cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall similarly be held in escrow by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of the cash dividends so placed in escrow at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so placed in escrow by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

 

13 

 

 

(ii) The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in an Award Agreement. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder. The Committee may also grant Restricted Stock Units with a deferral feature, if permitted in Section 409A of the Code, whereby settlement is deferred beyond the vesting date until the occurrence of a future payment date or event set forth in an Award Agreement (“Deferred Stock Units”). At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (representing one share of Common Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents shall not be paid but shall be credited to the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents credited to the Participant’s account at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents.

 

(c) Restrictions.

 

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

 

(ii) Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in Applicable Laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

 

14 

 

 

(d) Restricted Period. With respect to Restricted Awards, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Grant Date and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement. No Restricted Award may be granted or settled for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided that if such Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such acceleration is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2(c) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, or at the expiration of the deferral period with respect to any outstanding Deferred Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding vested Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”) and cash equal to any Dividend Equivalents credited with respect to each such Vested Unit in accordance with Section 7.2(b)(ii) hereof and the interest thereon or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Dividend Equivalents and the interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock for Vested Units. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed in the case of Restricted Stock Units, or the delivery date in the case of Deferred Stock Units, with respect to each Vested Unit.

 

(f) Stock Restrictions. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend in such form as the Company deems appropriate.

 

7.3. Performance Share Awards.  

 

(a) Grant of Performance Share Awards. Each Performance Share Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Performance Share Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.3, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock or stock-denominated units subject to a Performance Share Award granted to any Participant; (ii) the performance period applicable to any Award; (iii) the conditions that must be satisfied for a Participant to earn an Award; and (iv) the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

 

(b) Earning Performance Share Awards. The number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee. No payout shall be made with respect to any Performance Share Award except upon written certification by the Committee that the minimum threshold performance goal(s) have been achieved.

 

15 

 

 

7.4. Performance Compensation Awards.  

 

(a) General. The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in this Plan (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an Award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award.

 

(b) Eligibility. The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

 

(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one fiscal quarter in duration), the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.4(c) and record the same in writing.

 

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

 

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

(ii) Limitation. A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

16 

 

 

(iii) Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period.

 

(iv) Use of Discretion. The Committee shall not have the discretion to grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained.

 

(v) Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 7.4 but in no event later than 2 1/2 months following the end of the fiscal year during which the Performance Period is completed.

 

8. Securities Law Compliance. Each Award Agreement shall provide that no shares of Common Stock shall be purchased or sold thereunder unless and until (a) any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel and (b) if required to do so by the Company, the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company a letter of investment intent in such form and containing such provisions as the Committee may require. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

9. Use of Proceeds from Stock. Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Awards, or upon exercise thereof, shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1. Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Committee shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest, provided that if such Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, any such acceleration or exercisability or vesting is in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.2. Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and no adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Common Stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 hereof.

 

10.3. No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (a) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause or (b) the service of a Director pursuant to the By-laws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

17 

 

 

10.4. Transfer; Approved Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, no termination of employment by an Employee shall be deemed to result from either (a) a transfer of employment to the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another, or (b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the Employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing, in either case, except to the extent inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code if the applicable Award is subject thereto.

 

10.5. Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement and subject to the discretion of the Committee, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, an extraordinary corporate transaction such as any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the Grant Date of any Award, Awards granted under the Plan and any Award Agreements, the exercise price of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 4 and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Section 4 will be equitably adjusted or substituted, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Award. In the case of adjustments made pursuant to this Section 11, unless the Committee specifically determines that such adjustment is in the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates, the Committee shall, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and in the case of Non-qualified Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification of such Non-qualified Stock Options within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any adjustments made under this Section 11 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

12. Effect of Change in Control.

 

12.1. In the discretion of the Board and the Committee, any Award Agreement may provide, or the Board or the Committee may provide by amendment of any Award Agreement or otherwise, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, that in the event of a Change in Control, Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately exercisable with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and/or the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

 

18 

 

 

12.2. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event. In the case of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price that equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option or Stock Appreciation Right without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

12.3. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

13. Amendment of the Plan and Awards.

 

13.1. Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate this Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that (a) no amendment to the persons eligible to receive Awards set forth in Section 1.2 or to the maximum number of shares as to which Awards may be granted set forth in Section 4.1 (except for adjustments pursuant to Section 11), shall be made without stockholder approval, and (b) no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to this Plan or to prevent the Company from being denied a tax deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code); and provided further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the prior written consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

 

13.2. Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to the nonqualified deferred compensation provisions of Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan and/or Awards granted under it into compliance therewith.

 

13.3. No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

13.4. Amendment of Awards. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided, however that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant.

 

19 

 

 

14. General Provisions.

 

14.1. Forfeiture Events. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

 

14.2. Clawback. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

14.3. Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

14.4. Sub-plans. The Committee may from time to time establish sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying blue sky, securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company intends to grant Awards. Any sub-plans shall contain such limitations and other terms and conditions as the Committee determines are necessary or desirable. All sub-plans shall be deemed a part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to the Participants in the jurisdiction for which the sub-plan was designed.

 

14.5. Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program. All of such programs and procedures shall be consistent with the rules of Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.6. Unfunded Plan. The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan.

 

14.7. Recapitalizations. Each Award Agreement shall contain provisions required to reflect the provisions of Section 11.

 

14.8. Delivery. Upon exercise of a right granted under this Plan, the Company shall issue Common Stock or pay any amounts due within a reasonable period of time thereafter. Subject to any statutory or regulatory obligations the Company may otherwise have, for purposes of this Plan, thirty (30) days shall be considered a reasonable period of time.

 

14.9. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

20 

 

 

14.10. Other Provisions. The Award Agreements authorized under the Plan may contain such other provisions not inconsistent with this Plan, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the Awards, as the Committee may deem advisable.

 

14.11. Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan and all Awards Agreements shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless Applicable Laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement during the six (6) month period immediately following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A of the Code and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

 

14.12. Disqualifying Dispositions. Any Participant who shall make a “disposition” (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) of all or any portion of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years from the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option or within one year after the issuance of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of such Incentive Stock Option (a “Disqualifying Disposition”) shall be required to immediately advise the Company in writing as to the occurrence of the sale and the price realized upon the sale of such shares of Common Stock.

 

14.13. Section 16. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.13, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

 

14.14. Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participant’s death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

14.15. Expenses. The costs of administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

14.16. Severability. If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.17. Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

21 

 

 

14.18. Non-Uniform Treatment. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive, or actually receive, Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled to make non-uniform and selective determinations, amendments and adjustments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements.

 

15. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date, but no Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock Award, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

16. Termination or Suspension of the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically on January 13, 2032. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after such date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any earlier date pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, provided any such suspension or termination is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

17. Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by Federal law, the law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of law rules.

 

22 

 

Exhibit 10.47

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the Grant Date specified below by and between Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the participant named below (the “Participant”).

 

Name of Participant:  
Grant Date:  
Expiration Date:  
Exercise Price:  
Number of Option Shares:  
Type of Option:  
Vesting Start Date:  
Vesting Schedule:  

 

1. Grant of Option.

 

1.1. Grant. The Company hereby grants to the Participant an option (the “Option”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Option Shares set forth above, at the Exercise Price set forth above. The Option is being granted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

1.2. Type of Option. The Option is intended to be either a Non-qualified Stock Option (i.e., not an Incentive Stock Option) or an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as indicated above, although the Company makes no representation or guarantee that the Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the Grant Date) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

1.3. Consideration. The grant of the Option is made in consideration of the services to be rendered by the Participant to the Company and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

2. Exercise Period; Vesting.

 

2.1. Vesting Schedule. The Option will become vested and exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule specified above until the Option is 100% vested. The unvested portion of the Option will not be exercisable on or after the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

2.2. Expiration. The Option will expire on the Expiration Date set forth above, or earlier as provided in this Agreement or the Plan.

 

3. Termination of Continuous Service.

 

3.1. Termination for Reasons Other Than Cause, Death or Disability. If the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.

 

 

 

 

3.2. Termination for Cause. If the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option (whether vested or unvested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

3.3. Termination Due to Disability. If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 12 months following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.

 

3.4. Termination Due to Death. If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or the Participant dies within a period following termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the vested portion of the Option remains exercisable, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the person designated to exercise the Option upon the Participant’s death, but only within the time period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 12 months following the Participant’s death or (b) the Expiration Date.

 

3.5. Extension of Termination Date. If following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason the exercise of the Option is prohibited because the exercise of the Option would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the expiration of the Option shall be tolled until the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities requirements.

 

4. Manner of Exercise.

 

4.1. Election to Exercise. To exercise the Option, the Participant (or in the case of exercise after the Participant’s death or incapacity, the Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, or as is approved by the Committee from time to time (the “Exercise Agreement”), which shall set forth, inter alia: (a) the Participant’s election to exercise the Option; (b) the number of shares of Common Stock being purchased; (c) any restrictions imposed on the shares; and (d) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding the Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than the Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option.

 

4.2. Payment of Exercise Price. The entire Exercise Price of the Option shall be payable in full at the time of exercise to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either: (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised; (b) by delivery to the Company of other shares of Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”); (c) through a “cashless exercise program” established with a broker; (d) by reduction in the number of shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (e) by any combination of the foregoing methods; or (f) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee.

 

2 

 

 

4.3. Withholding. Prior to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of the Option, the Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. The Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of the Option by any of the following means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise of the Option; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock. The Company has the right to withhold from any compensation paid to a Participant.

 

4.4. Issuance of Shares. Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall issue the shares of Common Stock registered in the name of the Participant, the Participant’s authorized assignee, or the Participant’s legal representative which shall be evidenced by stock certificates representing the shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto, appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent, or other appropriate means as determined by the Company.

 

5. No Right to Continued Service; No Rights as Stockholder. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in any position, as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company. Further, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Company to terminate the Participant’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause. The Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the date of exercise of the Option.

 

6. Transferability. The Option is not transferable by the Participant other than to a designated beneficiary upon the Participant’s death or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or her. No assignment or transfer of the Option, or the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise (except to a designated beneficiary upon death by will or the laws of descent or distribution) will vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Option will terminate and become of no further effect.

 

7. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its discretion and upon at least ten (10) days’ advance notice to the Participant, cancel the Option and pay to the Participant the value of the Option based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of a Change in Control the Exercise Price of the Option equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

8. Adjustments. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Option may be adjusted or terminated in any manner as contemplated by Section 11 of the Plan.

 

9. Tax Liability and Withholding. Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any shares acquired on exercise; and (b) does not commit to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

3 

 

 

10. Qualification as an Incentive Stock Option. If this Option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an Incentive Stock Option, no sale or other disposition may be made of shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within one (1) year following the date of exercise of the Option or within two (2) years from the Grant Date. The Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall not be liable or responsible for any additional tax liability the Participant incurs in the event that the Internal Revenue Service for any reason determines that this Option does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of the Code.

 

11. Disqualifying Disposition. If this Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant disposes of the shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration of either two (2) years from the Grant Date or one (1) year from the date the shares are transferred to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after such disposition of the date and terms of such disposition. The Participant also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions as the Company requires for tax purposes.

 

12. Compliance with Law. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance by the Company and the Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock may be listed. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to this Option unless and until any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the shares of Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

 

13. Notices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Participant under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s address as shown in the records of the Company. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.

 

14. Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

15. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Participant and the Company.

 

16. Options Subject to Plan. This Agreement is subject to the Plan as approved by the Company’s stockholders. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

 

17. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, executors, administrators and the person(s) to whom the Option may be transferred by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

18. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, and each provision of the Plan and this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

4 

 

 

19. Discretionary Nature of Plan. The Plan is discretionary and may be amended, cancelled or terminated by the Company at any time, in its discretion. The grant of the Option in this Agreement does not create any contractual right or other right to receive any Options or other Awards in the future. Future Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company. Any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment with the Company.

 

20. Amendment. The Committee has the right to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or cancel the Option, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that, no such amendment shall adversely affect the Participant’s material rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.

 

21. No Impact on Other Benefits. The value of the Participant’s Option is not part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance or similar employee benefit.

 

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

 

23. Acceptance. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant should consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date set forth above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
   
  By:  
    Name:           
    Title:  
   
  Address:  
     
     
     
  PARTICIPANT:
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name)
   
  Address:  
     
     

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (this “Exercise Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______________ by and between Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the purchaser named below (the “Purchaser”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Smart for Life, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Purchaser Name:

 

Address:

 

Social Security Number:

 

1. Option. The Purchaser was granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Purchaser dated ________________, as follows:

 

Type of Option (check one):

 

____ Incentive Stock Option

 

____ Non-qualified Stock Option

 

Grant Date:

 

Number of Option shares:

 

Exercise Price per share:

 

Expiration Date:

 

2. Exercise of Option. The Purchaser hereby elects to exercise the Option to purchase __________ shares of Common Stock (“Shares”), all of which are vested pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The total Exercise Price for all of the Shares is ________ (Total Shares times Exercise Price per Share).

 

3. Payment of the Exercise Price; Delivery of Required Documents. The Purchaser encloses payment in full of the total Exercise Price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by the Stock Option Agreement (check and complete as appropriate):

 

____ In cash (by certified or bank check) in the amount of $_____, receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company.

 

____ By delivery of ______ previously acquired shares of Common Stock duly endorsed for transfer to the Company.

 

____ Through a Stock for Stock Exchange (Contact Company CFO).

 

____ By a broker-assisted cashless exercise (Contact Company CFO).

 

 

 

 

____ By reduction in the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise with a Fair Market Value equal to the total Exercise Price (Contact Company CFO).

 

The Purchaser will deliver any other documents that the Company requires.

 

4. Tax Withholding. The Purchaser authorizes payroll withholding and will make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. The Purchaser may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of the Option by any of the methods set forth in the Plan or Stock Option Agreement. The Purchaser understands that ownership of the Shares will not be transferred to the Purchaser until the total Exercise Price and all applicable withholding taxes have been paid.

 

5. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Purchaser agrees to promptly notify the Secretary at the Company if he or she transfers any of the Shares purchased pursuant to this Exercise Agreement within one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option or within two (2) years from the Grant Date.

 

6. Tax Consequences. The Purchaser understands that there may be adverse federal or state tax consequences as a result of his or her purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Purchaser also acknowledges that he or she has been advised to consult with a tax advisor in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Purchaser is not relying on the Company for tax advice.

 

7. Compliance with Law. The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to, and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and the Purchaser with, all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

 

8. Successors and Assigns; Binding Effect. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement. This Exercise Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Agreement will be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s heirs, executors, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

9. Governing Law. This Exercise Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

10. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Exercise Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision, and each provision of this Exercise Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

11. Counterparts. This Exercise Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12. Notice. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Exercise Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Purchaser under this Exercise Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s address as set forth above. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.

 

13. Acknowledgement. The Purchaser understands that he or she is purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, copies of which the Purchaser has read and understands.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Exercise Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
     
  By:               
  Name:
  Title:
     
  PURCHASER:
   
   
  [Name]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.48

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______________ (the “Grant Date”) by and between Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (the “Grantee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Smart for Life, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which awards of Restricted Stock may be granted; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the award of Restricted Stock provided for herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock. Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Plan, the Company hereby issues to the Grantee on the Grant Date a Restricted Stock Award consisting of, in the aggregate, _________ shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Restricted Stock”), on the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

2. Consideration. The grant of the Restricted Stock is made in consideration of the services to be rendered by the Grantee to the Company.

 

3. Restricted Period; Vesting.

 

3.1. Except as otherwise provided herein, provided that the Grantee remains in Continuous Service through the applicable vesting date, and further provided that any additional conditions and performance goals set forth in Schedule I have been satisfied, the Restricted Stock will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date   Shares of Common Stock
[VESTING DATE]   [NUMBER OR PERCENTAGE OF SHARES THAT VEST ON THE VESTING DATE]
[VESTING DATE]   [NUMBER OR PERCENTAGE OF SHARES THAT VEST ON THE VESTING DATE]

 

The period over which the Restricted Stock vests is referred to as the “Restricted Period”.

 

3.2. The foregoing vesting schedule notwithstanding, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason at any time before all of his or her Restricted Stock has vested other than death or retirement (in the case of a Director), termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Disability, the Grantee’s unvested Restricted Stock shall be automatically forfeited upon such termination of Continuous Service and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any further obligations to the Grantee under this Agreement.

 

3.3. The foregoing vesting schedule notwithstanding, in the event of the Grantee’s death or if the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Disability, 100% of the unvested Restricted Stock shall vest as of the date of such termination.

 

4. Restrictions. Subject to any exceptions set forth in this Agreement or the Plan, during the Restricted Period, the Restricted Stock or the rights relating thereto may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Grantee. Any attempt to assign, alienate, pledge, attach, sell or otherwise transfer or encumber the Restricted Stock or the rights relating thereto during the Restricted Period shall be wholly ineffective and, if any such attempt is made, the Restricted Stock will be forfeited by the Grantee and all of the Grantee’s rights to such shares shall immediately terminate without any payment or consideration by the Company.

 

 

 

 

5. Rights as Stockholder; Dividends.

 

5.1. The Grantee shall be the record owner of the Restricted Stock until the shares of Common Stock are sold or otherwise disposed of, and shall be entitled to all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares and receive all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any dividends or other distributions shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

5.2. The Company may issue stock certificates or evidence the Grantee’s interest by using a restricted book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent. Physical possession or custody of any stock certificates that are issued may be retained by the Company until such time as the Restricted Stock vests.

 

5.3. If the Grantee forfeits any rights he or she has under this Agreement in accordance with Section 3, the Grantee shall, on the date of such forfeiture, no longer have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock and shall no longer be entitled to vote or receive dividends on such shares.

 

6. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to be retained in any position, as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company. Further, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Company to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause.

 

7. Adjustments. If any change is made to the outstanding Common Stock or the capital structure of the Company, if required, the shares of Common Stock shall be adjusted or terminated in any manner as contemplated by Section 11 of the Plan.

 

8. Tax Liability and Withholding.

 

8.1. The Grantee shall be required to pay to the Company, and the Company shall have the right to deduct from any compensation paid to the Grantee pursuant to the Plan, the amount of any required withholding taxes in respect of the Restricted Stock and to take all such other action as the Committee deems necessary to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes. The Committee may permit the Grantee to satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation by any of the following means, or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to the Grantee as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Stock; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock shall be withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

 

8.2. Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representation or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock or the subsequent sale of any shares; and (b) does not commit to structure the Restricted Stock to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

9. Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee may make an election under Code Section 83(b) (a “Section 83(b) Election”) with respect to the Restricted Stock. Any such election must be made within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date. If the Grantee elects to make a Section 83(b) Election, the Grantee shall provide the Company with a copy of an executed version and satisfactory evidence of the filing of the executed Section 83(b) Election with the US Internal Revenue Service. The Grantee agrees to assume full responsibility for ensuring that the Section 83(b) Election is actually and timely filed with the US Internal Revenue Service and for all tax consequences resulting from the Section 83(b) Election.

 

10.    Compliance with Law. The issuance and transfer of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance by the Company and the Grantee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock may be listed. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred unless and until any then applicable requirements of state and federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Grantee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the shares of Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

 

2

 

 

11.    Legends. A legend may be placed on any certificate(s) or other document(s) delivered to the Grantee indicating restrictions on transferability of the shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement or any other restrictions that the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any applicable federal or state securities laws or any stock exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted.

 

12.    Notices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Grantee under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Grantee at the Grantee’s address as shown in the records of the Company. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.

 

13.    Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

14.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Grantee and the Company.

 

15.    Restricted Stock Subject to Plan. This Agreement is subject to the Plan as approved by the Company’s stockholders. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

 

16.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon the Grantee and the Grantee’s beneficiaries, executors, administrators and the person(s) to whom the Restricted Stock may be transferred by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

17.    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, and each provision of the Plan and this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

18.    Discretionary Nature of Plan. The Plan is discretionary and may be amended, cancelled or terminated by the Company at any time, in its discretion. The grant of the Restricted Stock in this Agreement does not create any contractual right or other right to receive any Restricted Stock or other Awards in the future. Future Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company. Any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of the Grantee’s employment with the Company.

 

19.    Amendment. The Committee has the right to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or cancel the Restricted Stock, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that, no such amendment shall adversely affect the Grantee’s material rights under this Agreement without the Grantee’s consent.

 

20.    No Impact on Other Benefits. The value of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock is not part of his normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance or similar employee benefit.

 

21.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

 

22.    Acceptance. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Restricted Stock subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock or disposition of the shares and that the Grantee has been advised to consult a tax advisor prior to such grant, vesting or disposition.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
  COMPANY:
   
  SMART FOR LIFE, INC.
   
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:
     
  Address:  
     
     
     
  GRANTEE:
   
            
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name)
   
  Address:  
     
     
     
  SSN:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.49

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______________ (the “Grant Date”) by and between Smart for Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (the “Grantee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Smart for Life, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which awards of Restricted Stock Units may be granted; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the award of Restricted Stock Units provided for herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Plan, the Company hereby issues to the Grantee on the Grant Date a Restricted Award for _________ Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”), on the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of Common Stock upon vesting of such RSU.

 

2. Consideration. The grant of the RSUs is made in consideration of the services to be rendered by the Grantee to the Company.

 

3. Vesting.

 

3.1. The RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable with respect to the applicable portion thereof according to the vesting schedule set forth below, subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service through the applicable vesting dates, as a condition to the vesting of the applicable installment of the RSUs and the rights and benefits under this Agreement. The RSUs which have vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture are referred to as “Vested RSUs.” All RSUs which have not become Vested RSUs are referred to as “Nonvested RSUs.”

 

Vesting Date   Number of RSUs
[VESTING DATE]   [NUMBER OR PERCENTAGE OF SHARES THAT VEST ON THE VESTING DATE]
[VESTING DATE]   [NUMBER OR PERCENTAGE OF SHARES THAT VEST ON THE VESTING DATE]

 

3.2. Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than the Grantee’s (a) death, (b) Disability, (c) retirement, or (d) termination by the Company without Cause, any Nonvested RSUs will be automatically forfeited, terminated and cancelled as of the applicable termination date without payment of any consideration by the Company, and the Grantee, or the Grantee’s beneficiary or personal representative, as the case may be, shall have no further rights hereunder.

 

3.3. In the event of the Grantee’s death, Disability, retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause, all Nonvested RSUs shall become fully vested and no longer such just to forfeiture upon the date of such event.

 

 

 

 

4. Payment Upon Vesting.

 

4.1. As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of any RSUs pursuant to Section 3 hereof, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after such vesting date (for the avoidance of doubt, this deadline is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code), the Company shall deliver to the Grantee (or any transferee permitted under Section 5 hereof) a number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares or by entering such Shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the number of RSUs subject to this award that vest on the applicable vesting date, unless such RSUs terminate prior to the given vesting date pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

4.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to require payment by the Grantee of any sums required by applicable law to be withheld with respect to the grant of RSUs or the issuance of Shares. Such payment shall be made by deduction from other compensation payable to the Grantee or in such other form of consideration acceptable to the Company which may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, include:

 

(a) cash or check;

 

(b) surrender of Shares (including, without limitation, shares otherwise issuable under the RSUs) held for such period of time as may be required by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld by statute; or

 

(c) other property acceptable to the Committee (including, without limitation, through the delivery of a notice that the Grantee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable under the RSUs, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of its withholding obligations; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale).

 

The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any new certificate representing Shares to the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representative or enter such share in book entry form unless and until the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local or foreign taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Grantee resulting from the grant or vesting of the RSUs or the issuance of shares.

 

5. Conditions to Delivery of Shares.

 

5.1. Subject to Section 3, the Shares deliverable hereunder, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any Shares deliverable hereunder or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a) The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed;

 

(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

 

(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(d) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4 hereof; and

 

(e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the vesting of any RSUs as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

2

 

 

6. No Rights as Stockholder. The holder of the RSUs shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of the RSUs and any Shares underlying the RSUs and deliverable hereunder unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of such entry.

 

7. Grant is Not Transferable. During the lifetime of Grantee, the RSUs may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the RSUs have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. Neither the RSUs nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Grantee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

 

8. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to be retained in any position, as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company. Further, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Company to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause.

 

9. Compliance with Law. The Grantee acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, state and applicable foreign securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

10. Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

11. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Grantee and the Company.

 

12. RSUs Subject to Plan. This Agreement is subject to the Plan as approved by the Company’s stockholders. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

 

13. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon the Grantee and the Grantee’s beneficiaries, executors, administrators and the person(s) to whom the RSUs may be transferred by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, and each provision of the Plan and this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

3

 

 

15. Discretionary Nature of Plan. The Plan is discretionary and may be amended, cancelled or terminated by the Company at any time, in its discretion. The grant of the RSUs in this Agreement does not create any contractual right or other right to receive any RSUs or other Awards in the future. Future Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company. Any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of the Grantee’s employment with the Company.

 

16. Amendment. The Committee has the right to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or cancel the RSUs, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that, no such amendment shall adversely affect the Grantee’s material rights under this Agreement without the Grantee’s consent.

 

17. No Impact on Other Benefits. The value of the Grantee’s RSUs is not part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance or similar employee benefit.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

 

19. Acceptance. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the grant or vesting of the RSUs or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee has been advised to consult a tax advisor prior to such grant, vesting or disposition.

 

20. Grantee Undertaking. The Grantee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Grantee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

 

21. Section 409A. The RSUs are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and this Agreement shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with such intent. The Committee reserves the right to unilaterally amend this Agreement without the consent of the Grantee in order to maintain an exclusion from the application of, or to maintain compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; and the Grantee hereby acknowledges and consents to such rights of the Committee.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Address:   
     
     

 

  GRANTEE:

 

   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name)

 

  Address:   
     
     
     
  SSN:  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.50

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL BECAUSE IT WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is effective as of June 1, 2020, and is entered into by and between ABG-SI, LLC (“Licensor’’), and GSP Nutrition, Inc. (“Licensee”), concerning that certain License Agreement by and between Licensor and Licensee dated as of January 1, 2020 (the “Agreement”). Licensor and Licensee may be hereinafter referred to, each individually, as a “Party”, and collectively, as the “Parties.”

 

1. Defined Terms: Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the date hereof, references to the ‘Agreement’ in both the Agreement and this Amendment, shall refer to the Agreement as modified by the terms of this Amendment.

 

2. Licensed Products.

 

(a) From and after the date hereof, the Parties each hereby acknowledge and agree that, Section 4(a) of the Commercial Terms, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(a) “Products” shall be defined, individually and collectively, as the following:

 

Product Category Specific Products Designed For

 

 

Dietary and Nutritional Supplements

Tablets/Capsules, Softgel Tablets, Chewable Tablets, Lozenges, Gummies/Chews, Protein Bars, and Protein Powders/Concentrates (for

preparing Sports Drinks or Energy Drinks).

 

 

Men, Women and Children

Shaker Bottles (subject to Section 4(d) of

the Commercial Terms)

Shaker bottles, designed to be used together with those certain powder-based Products in the

‘Dietary and Nutritional Supplements’ Product Category

 

Men, Women and Children

 

 

(b) From and after the date hereof, the Parties each hereby acknowledge and agree that, the following shall be added to the Commercial Terms as a new Section 4(d):

 

“(d) Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, all rights granted for ‘shaker bottles’ are non-exclusive. Licensee hereby acknowledges and agrees that Licensor is or may become party to one or more license agreement(s) with one or more third party licensee(s) (“3P Licensee(s)”) pursuant to which Licensor may grant to such 3P Licensee(s), among other things, the non-exclusive rights and license to manufacture, distribute, advertise, promote, market, offer for sale and sell (including, without limitation, to/through the Distribution Channels and Approved Accounts) shaker bottles in the Territory during the Term. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor has the right to enter one or more license agreement(s) for shaker bottles, and the same shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement.”

 

3. Scope. From and after the date hereof, the Parties each hereby acknowledge and agree that, Section 7 of the Commercial Terms, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Specifically excluding any rights related to the Derivatives, Licensor shall not enter into any agreement with a third party for the production and/or manufacture of Licensed Products or Products bearing the Excluded Brand (pursuant to Section 3(c) above), excluding shaker bottles, to be sold during the Term to/through the Distribution Channels in the Territory. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights granted to Licensee for shaker bottles are non-exclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, Licensee hereby acknowledges that Licensor has licensed, and will continue to license, the SPORTS ILLUSTRATED assets, including, without limitation, the Licensed Property in connection with co-branding / endorsement / collaboration projects and partnerships with third party brands (“Collaboration Rights”), and nothing contained herein shall prohibit Licensor from entering into one (1) or more agreements with any third parties for the Collaboration Rights and/or for the use of any and all rights in and to the Derivatives on Products in the Territory for the Distribution Channels.”

 

 

 

 

4. Net Sales. From and after the date hereof, the Parties each hereby acknowledge and agree that, Section 10(a) of the Commercial Terms, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(a) “Net Sales” shall be defined, individually and collectively, as Net Retail Sales and Net Wholesale Sales, unless specifically identified:

 

(i) Net Retail Sales” shall be defined as: [***]; and

 

(ii) Net Wholesale Sales” shall be defined as: [***].”

 

5. E-Comm Site; E-Comm Rights: From and after the date hereof, Licensor and Licensee each hereby acknowledge and agree as follows:

 

(a) Certain Definitions. For purposes of the Agreement:

 

(i) Domain Name” shall be defined as: www.sportsillustratednutrition.com.

 

(ii) E-Comm Site(s)” shall be defined as: that certain Licensed Property branded e-commerce website within the Territory, including all mobile e-commerce variations thereof, for the sale of solely the Licensed Product(s) to retail customers in the Territory, which: (A) is currently located at www.sportsillustratednutrition.com: (B) and shall be operated by Licensee in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(iii) Customer Information” shall be defined as: [***].

 

(iv) Licensee Site” shall be defined as: the e-commerce site for the sale of ‘Greens First’ branded products located at the URL www.greensfirst.com.

 

(b) E-commerce Rights.

 

(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, as a material condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Licensee hereby agrees to perform all affirmative acts which may be necessary or desirable to record or perfect the transfer of the Domain Name to Licensor, or to secure registration before the applicable domain name registrar, at Licensee’s expense, as well as to cooperate with Licensor in obtaining and/or providing information required in any proceedings relating to the Domain Name, at Licensee’s expense, including, without limitation, cooperation in effectuating the transfer of the Domain Name, including in connection with the transmission of the necessary Registrant Name Change Agreements (RNCAs) or other written authorizations and instructions and/or to correspond with the applicable registrars to instruct and authorize transfer of the Domain Name, including, without limitation, by providing to Licensor a functioning user name and password, where available, or issuing corresponding transfer codes, sufficient for Licensor to administer the Domain Name. Licensee shall transfer the Domain Name to Licensor prior to the date this Amendment is fully executed (“Signing Date”).

 

(ii) E-Comm Rights. The e-commerce rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement: (i) begin on the Signing Date; (ii) apply to Licensee’s operation of the E-Comm Site, including, but not limited to, the sale of Licensed Products therefrom; (iii) apply to the Territory; and (iv) shall be collectively defined herein as the “E-Comm Rights.”

 

(iii) Scope of E-Comm Rights. Licensor hereby grants to Licensee during the Term, the non-transferrable, non-assignable, non-sublicensable, individual right and license to utilize the Licensed Property solely in connection with the operation of the E-Comm Site in the Territory and the sale of solely the Licensed Product(s) therefrom, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Licensee may utilize a Sub-Contractor in connection with the operation of the E-Comm Site hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 1(c)(iii) of the Standard Terms.

 

2

 

 

(iv) Operation of E-Comm Site.

 

(A) The E-Comm Site shall be built, designed and operated in accordance with all applicable Laws (as defined in the Standard Terms) and in accordance with the plans Approved in advance in writing by Licensor. Licensee hereby acknowledges that Licensee shall only be permitted to sell, and offer for sale, the Licensed Products through the E-Comm Site; it being understood that Licensee shall not be permitted to sell any third party products or services on/through the E-Comm Site and Licensee shall not include any third party content on the E-Comm Site without Licensor’s prior written approval, which may be given or withheld in Licensor’s sole discretion.

 

(B) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (I) as of the Signing Date, Licensor is the owner of the E-Comm Site including, without limitation, any URL(s), domains and custom top level and second level domains associated with the E-Comm Site, the Content (as hereinafter defined) and the Images (as hereinafter defined) and all Customer Information; (II) Licensee shall undertake all acts necessary to surrender control and facilitate the orderly transition of the E-Comm Site to Licensor and/or its designee(s) upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement; (III) during the Term, Licensee shall share with Licensor all Customer Information other than customer credit card information, provided, however, Licensor shall not use such Customer Information for the purpose of directly marketing to such customers products offered by affiliates of Licensor under brand names other than the Licensed Property without the prior written approval of Licensee; and (IV) the use and operation of the E-Comm Site shall be subject to Licensor’s Approval process, and all other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, [***].

 

(C) In connection with Licensee’s operation of the E-Comm Site hereunder, Licensee shall be responsible for the following activities which shall at all times be subject to the prior written Approval of Licensor:

 

(I) Designing and developing the interface of the E-Comm Site in the manner and aesthetic Approved by Licensor.

 

(II) Designing and developing the content of the E-Comm Site in the manner approved by Licensor in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, including without limitation: (A) drafting product copy, (B) developing site imagery and content, (C) cadence for refresh of landing pages, imagery and content, (D) E-Comm Site refresh in accordance with applicable industry standards of other first class e-commerce sites for brands and products similar to the Licensed Property and Licensed Products in the Territory (“Industry Standards”), and (E) video content (collectively, the “Content”).

 

(III) Providing hosting and maintenance services for the E-Comm Site, including, without limitation, E-Comm Site functionality, interface, data storage, management of services and/or tools provided by third party vendors and upgrading such services and/or tools as necessary to keep the E-Comm Site operating with current and up-to-date technology.

 

(IV) Launching a fully operational E-Comm Site on or before July 14, 2020 (the “Launch Date”).

 

(V) Creating and maintaining interactive marketing platforms and programs for use on or in connection with the E-Comm Site.

 

(VI) Conducting comprehensive marketing activities, including, without limitation: (a) Search Engine Ad Programs, (b) Search Engine Optimization, (c) Pay-Per-Click, (d) Affiliate Marketing Programs, (d) E-mail Marketing Programs, (e) Website Analytics, (f) Remarketing Programs, (g) Social Media Marketing, (h) Text Marketing and (g) Direct Mail Campaigns.

 

(VII) Shooting and editing high-resolution photos, of each Licensed Product’s unique style and color combination (“SKU”) for sale through the E-Comm Site (“lmage(s)”), and ensuring that the E-Comm Site displays a reasonable number of Images (e.g., front, back and side) for each SKU as directed and Approved by Licensor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee may use 30 design images (“30 Designs”) in lieu of Images but shall use commercially reasonable efforts to replace such 30 Designs with Images as soon as commercially practicable.

 

3

 

 

(VIII) Providing any and all Images, requested by Licensor to Licensor and/or any third party designated by Licensor at no charge to Licensor and/or any such third party, which Licensor and/or any such third party shall be free to use for any purpose. Licensee shall provide Licensor and/or any such third party with details of any and all restrictions regarding the use of any Images (if any).

 

(IX) Providing customer care services during customary business hours or times in the applicable portion of the Territory, in accordance with Industry Standards.

 

(X) Managing the storage and warehousing of Licensed Products, as applicable.

 

(XI) Displaying Licensed Product pricing in all local currencies within the Territory and coordinating payment processing for customer purchases of the Licensed Products.

 

(XII) Managing the fulfillment, shipping, handling and delivery of Licensed Products to customers.

 

(XIII) Offering discounts and markdowns on Licensed Products according to plans Approved by Licensor.

 

(XIV) Providing Licensor with marketing reports and marketing analytics including, but not limited to: E-Comm Site traffic, references, marketing channels (e.g., organic marketing, paid affiliate marketing, etc.) at Licensor’s request, other marketing information relating to the E-Comm Site as requested by Licensor from time to time in connection with the comprehensive marketing activities to be conducted by Licensee hereunder (“Marketing Report(s)”), such Marketing Reports shall be submitted to Licensor within fourteen (14) days of Licensor’s request and shall provide information for the immediately preceding calendar month.

 

(XV) Developing a safe and secure environment for users of the Licensed Platforms (including, without limitation, when collecting and maintaining Customer Information and processing payment transactions, etc.) as well as an appropriate Privacy Policy and Terms of Use for such users in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and all applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) and the General Data Protection Regulation under E.U. law (as and if applicable) (“GDPR”)

 

(XVI) [***].

 

6. Except as modified by this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

7. This Amendment may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile, photographic and/or PDF copies of counterpart signature pages shall be deemed original counterpart pages for all purposes hereunder.

 

8. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

9. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Amendment, should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Amendment, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED   AGREED AND ACCEPTED
     
LICENSEE:   LICENSOR:
GSP Nutrition, Inc.   ABG-SI, LLC
     
By: /s/ Stuart Benson   By: /s/ Jay Dubiner
Print: Stuart Benson   Print: Jay Dubiner
Title: Co-Chairman   Title: General Counsel
Date: 6/24/2020   Date: 6/26/2020  12:11 PM EDT

 

5

 

 

This Exhibit A is attached to and made part of the Agreement between ABG-SI, LLC (“Licensor”) and GSP Nutrition, Inc. (“Licensee”), dated as of the Effective Date.

 

[***]

 

6

 

 

This Exhibit B is attached to and made part of the Agreement between ABG-SI, LLC (“Licensor’’) and GSP Nutrition, Inc. (“Licensee’’), dated as of the Effective Date.

 

[***]

 

 

7

 

 

Exhibit 10.51

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL BECAUSE IT WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “Amendment No. 2”) is effective as of August 1, 2021, and is entered into by and between ABG-SI LLC (“Licensor”), on the one hand, and GSP Nutrition, Inc. (“Licensee”), on the other hand, concerning that certain License Agreement dated as of January 1, 2020 (the “Original Agreement”) and amended as of June 1, 2020 (“Amendment No. 1” and together with the Original Agreement, the “Agreement”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained on the part of each of the parties hereto to be kept, observed and performed, and for such other good and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms. Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the date hereof, references to the Agreement in both the Agreement and this Amendment No. 2 shall refer to the Agreement as modified by the terms of this Amendment No. 2.

 

2. Notice of Breach of Agreement. Licensor and Licensee hereby agree that on August 6, 2021, in conformity with the notice provisions of the License Agreement, Licensor sent written notice to Licensee (“Notice of Breach”) that Licensee was in breach of the License Agreement (“Breach”) for failure to pay to Licensor the aggregate sum of [***] United States Dollars and [***] United States Cents ($[***] USD), representing an aggregate portion of the Contract Year 2 (2021) GMR and CMF, in accordance with the dates set forth therein (the “Past-Due Balance”). Pursuant to the License Agreement, Licensee had five (5) business days to cure the Breach by paying the Past-Due Balance, in full, to Licensor, pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement and the Breach Notice.

 

3. Payments of GMR to Licensor.

 

(a) Licensor and Licensee hereby acknowledge and agree that, as of the date hereof, Licensee has not paid to Licensor the Past-Due Balance as and when required pursuant to the Notice of Breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this Amendment No. 2 shall be deemed as Licensor’s and Licensee’s mutual agreement that Licensee’s payment of the Past-Due Balance to Licensor shall be made in accordance with Section 2(b) of this Amendment No. 2 below, and (ii) the remaining Contract Year 2 (2021) GMR and CMF owed by Licensee to Licensor under the Agreement (including the Past-Due Balance) is equal to an aggregate amount of [***] United States Dollars and [***] United States Cents ($[***] USD) (“CY2 Remaining GMR & CMF”).

 

(b) [***].

 

(c) [***].

 

(d) Licensor and Licensee hereby acknowledge and agree that beginning with Contract Year 3 (2023) and continuing throughout the remainder of the Term thereafter, Licensee shall pay the respective GMR to Licensor in accordance with Section 15(a)(ii)(B) of the Commercial Terms of the Agreement.

 

(e) [***].

 

4. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Licensor and Licensee hereby acknowledge and agree that: (a) the Agreement is a personal services contract under which Licensor is relying on performance by Licensee, in which Licensor has placed its trust and confidence, (b) Licensee provides unique goods and services under this Agreement that are personal in nature to the Licensee, and (c) Licensor is relying on Licensee’s performance in particular under this Agreement and would be irreparably harmed by the assignment of this Agreement by Licensee without Licensor’s prior written consent. Licensor and Licensee further hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) this Agreement is subject to applicable law governing trademarks, including 15 U.S.C. § 1051 et seq. (the “Lanham Act”), (ii) under applicable law, this Agreement shall not be assignable by Licensee without Licensor’s prior written consent, and (iii) Licensor is relying on the restrictions on assignability under applicable law, including the Lanham Act, and under this Agreement, to allow Licensor to satisfy its duty to control the quality of goods sold under the Licensed Property. Licensor and Licensee further hereby acknowledge and agree that as a result of the foregoing, in the event that Licensee becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy case under 11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq. (the “Bankruptcy Code”), (x) this Agreement shall not be assignable by Licensee without Licensor’s consent, pursuant to section 365(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (y) Licensor shall be permitted to exercise its right to terminate this Agreement, pursuant to section 365(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

 

 

 

5. Notices. From and after the date hereof, Section 15(c) of the Standard Terms of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(c) Licensor’s Addresses for Notices. All Notices to Licensor shall be delivered to Licensor as follows:

 

(i) If to Licensor for questions about submitting Approval requests:

c/o Authentic Brands Group, LLC

1411 Broadway, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attention: Approval Department

Email:

Facsimile Number:

 

(ii) If to Licensor for questions about submitting Reports:

c/o Authentic Brands Group, LLC

1411 Broadway, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attention: Finance Department

Email:

Facsimile Number:

 

(iii) If to Licensor for any other reason:

c/o Authentic Brands Group, LLC

1411 Broadway, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attention: Legal Department

Email:

Facsimile Number: “

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Except as modified by this Amendment No. 2, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. For the avoidance of doubt, this Amendment No. 2 and the terms hereof constitute Confidential Information under the Agreement.

 

(b) This Amendment No. 2 may be signed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. Facsimile, photographic and/or PDF copies of counterpart signature pages shall be deemed original counterpart pages for all purposes hereunder. Each of the parties agrees that an electronic signature evidencing a party’s execution of this Amendment No. 2 shall be effective as an original signature and may be used in lieu of the original for any purpose.

 

(c) This Amendment No. 2 and the legal relations among the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the state laws of the State of New York (including, without limitation, witt1 respect to full faith and credit accorded to the United States federal laws, e.g., the United States Lanham Act), notwithstanding any conflict of law provisions to the contrary.

 

(d) In the event one (1) or more of the provisions of this Amendment No. 2, should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Amendment No. 2, and this Amendment No. 2, shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 as of the date first set forth above.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED

 

Licensor   Licensee
ABG-SI LLC   GSP Nutrition, Inc.
         
By: /s/ Jay Dubiner   By: /s/ Stuart Benson
Print:  Jay Dubiner   Print:  Stuart Benson
Title: General Counsel   Title: CEO and Co-Chairman
Date: 8/14/2021 12:01 PM EDT   Date: 8/12/2021

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BONNE SANTÉ GROUP, INC.

 

FUTURE EQUITY
AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BONNE SANTÉ GROUP, INC.

 

FUTURE EQUITY AGREEMENT

 

This Future Equity Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 6th, 2018, is by and among Bonne Santé Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to raise capital through the sale and issuance of secured promissory notes (each a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes”) to the Purchasers and the Purchasers desire to acquire the Notes, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Purchaser to purchase a Note, the Company agrees to issue additional consideration in cash or equity based on certain events.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement mutually agree as follows:

 

1.  In conjunction with the issue of a Note, the Purchaser shall also receive upon the first to occur of (a) a Sale of the Company or (b) the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), additional consideration as follows: in the event of a Sale of the Company, the Company will pay Holder a cash fee equal to the original principal amount of the Note, and in the event of the IPO, the Company will provide the Holder with the right to choose to cause the Company to issue to Holder (a) the number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the original principal amount of the Note divided by the price per share at which common stock is sold in the IPO, delivered at closing of the IPO, or (b) that same number of shares issued 1/3rd at IPO, 1/3rd on the twelve month anniversary and 1/3rd on the 24 month anniversary.

 

2. The Company shall have no obligation to issue any equity securities to the Purchaser unless and until the Purchaser shall have completed, signed and returned the Election Form appended hereto.

 

2.  A “Sale of the Company” means any of the following: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions with one or more non-affiliates, pursuant to which such non- affiliate(s) acquires capital stock of the Company or the surviving entity possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or the surviving entity (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Company’s outstanding capital stock or otherwise); or (ii) the sale, lease or other disposition (including exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or any other transaction resulting in all or substantially all of the Company’s assets being converted into securities of any other entity or cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale by the Company of its capital stock for the purpose of financing the Company’s business is not and will not be deemed to be a Sale of the Company.

 

3. Restrictions on Resale. The Purchaser covenants and agrees that in the event he is issued equity securities of the Company, (a) the Purchaser will not sell any such securities within 180 days of the closing of the IPO and (b) after such time, the Purchaser will not sell more than 1/12th of the aggregate position in any calendar month. For the avoidance of doubt, if Purchaser does not sell 1/12th of his position in a month, then the right to sell does not “roll over” or accrue but remains at 1/12th per month.

 

4. Governing Law. This Agreement is being delivered in and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of laws or choice of law provisions.

 

5. Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or three business days following deposit with the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail, addressed to the address of the receiving party set forth in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as the recipient shall have furnished in writing in accordance with this Section.

 

6. Assignment. This Agreement may only be assigned by the Purchaser to an accredited investor in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 or qualified non-U.S. persons. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify the Company for any damages, expenses (including attorney’s fees), fines or other action caused by breach of this section.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2

 

 

This Future Equity Agreement is executed and delivered the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  BONNE SANTÉ GROUP, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Name:  Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Title: Executive Vice Chairman

 

3

 

 

ELECTION FORM

 

The undersigned elects to have any additional equity consideration paid as follows:

 

Upon closing of the IPO.

 

1/3rd at IPO, 1/3rd on the twelve-month anniversary and 1/3rd on the 24-month anniversary of the IPO.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Future Equity Agreement to which this Election Form is appended.

 

If the undersigned is an entity:

 

Name of Entity:  Ionic Ventures, LLC  
     
By: /s/ Brendan O’Neil  
Name: Brendan O’Neil  
Title: Partner  
Date: March 6, 2018  

 

If the undersigned is an individual:

 

Name:    
Signature    
Date:    

 

4

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Schedule of Purchasers

 

Dated as of: 3/08/18

 

Name and Address of Purchaser   Principal Amount
of Note – Initial
Closing
   

Purchase
Price – Initial
Closing

 
American IRA LLC   $ 75,000     $ 75,000  
Barry T. Cervantes   $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
Dewey Villard Ventures LLC   $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
Ionic Ventures, LLC   $ 200,000     $ 200,000  
TOTAL:   $ 475,000     $ 475,000  

 

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 10.53

 

 

 

March 8, 2019

 

To the Purchasers Named on Schedule A of the
Bonne Santé Group, Inc.

 

Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement by and among Bonne Santé Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the purchasers named on the Schedule A (the “Purchasers”) and the Secured Promissory Notes issued to the Purchasers in connection therewith (the “Notes”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Notes, all outstanding principal and interest on the Notes is due on March 8, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Notes and those certain Future Equity Agreements, by and between the Company and each of the Purchasers, dated as of the same date as the respective Notes (the “Future Equity Agreement”), the Purchasers are each entitled to receive the number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the original principal amount of their respective Notes divided by the price per share at which common stock is sold in an IPO (as such term is defined therein), delivered at closing of the IPO (the “Issuance Amount”).

 

Pursuant to Section 11 of the Notes, any term of the Notes may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the holders of Notes representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding (the “Requisite Holders”).

 

In consideration for consent of the Requisite Holders to amend the terms of the Notes to extend the Maturity Date to June 8, 2019, the Company hereby agrees to amend Section 2.4 of the Notes and Section 1 of the Future Equity Agreements such that in addition to the Issuance Amount that each Purchaser would be entitled to receive in an IPO, such Purchaser would also be entitled to receive an additional amount of common stock of the Company equivalent to double the Issuance Amount that was provided over the first year, divided by 12 to arrive at a monthly equivalent, to be provided on a pro-rata basis each month until June 8, 2019, or until earlier if pre- paid (the “Extension Equity”).

 

 

 

 

As an example, if an investor had $120,000 in principal at the time of extension, they would receive $120,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO based upon the original Issuance Amount per the Future Equity Agreement over the first year, in addition to a further $20,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO representing the Extension Equity, for every month the Note is extended until paid. If the Note is paid on the third month after extension, that would be the equivalent of $60,000 of additional common stock for the Extension Equity, or an aggregate total of $180,000 of common stock across the Issuance Amount and Extension Equity. (NOTE: See below for these same figures in a simple table format)

 

EXAMPLE
Source of Funds / Stock Value of Principal / Stock (Based on IPO Price)

Principal Investment

(paid in cash at maturity)

$ 120,000 (plus 12% interest)

Common Stock from Issuance Amount

(for the first year of outstanding principal per NPA)

$ 120,000 (in stock)

Common Stock from Extension Equity

(assuming principal is paid in 3 months)

$ 60,000 (in stock)
   
Grand Total $ 300,000

 

*This table does not include the 12% interest calculations, in order to keep the example simple, which is an additional consideration.

 

By signing below, the Requisite Holders hereby consent and agree to amend the terms of the Notes and the Future Equity Agreements as set forth herein.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Bonne Santé Group, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Name: Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Title: Executive Chairman

 

2 

 

 

 

AGREED, CONSENT TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:  
   
Ionic Ventures, LLC  
 Name of Purchaser  

 

By:   /s/ Keith Coulston
  Authorized Signature  

 

Keith Coulston  
Name of Signatory (if an entity)  
   
Partner  
Official Title or Capacity (if an entity)  

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.54

 

 

 

As of February 5, 2020

 

To the Purchasers Named in the
Bonne Santé Group, Inc.

Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement by and among Bonne Santé Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the purchasers named in the Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement (the “Purchasers”) and the Secured Promissory Notes issued to the Purchasers in connection therewith (the “Notes”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Notes and those certain Future Equity Agreements, by and between the Company and each of the Purchasers, dated as of the same date as the respective Notes (the “Future Equity Agreement”), the Purchasers are each entitled to receive the number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the original principal amount of their respective Notes divided by the price per share at which common stock is sold in an IPO (as such term is defined therein), delivered at closing of the IPO (the “Issuance Amount”).

 

Pursuant to Section 11 of the Notes, any term of the Notes may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the holders of Notes representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding (the “Requisite Holders”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Notes, all outstanding principal and interest on the Notes was originally due on March 8, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”) and this Maturity Date was subsequently extended through such similar extension letters previously executed by and between the Company and the Purchasers.

 

In consideration for consent of the Requisite Holders to further amend the terms of the Notes and to further extend the Maturity Date to June 8, 2020, the Company agrees to increase the principal of the respective notes by 10%, which shall be due at maturity, as well as provide additional equity in the form of common stock at the IPO, equivalent to 15% of the principal of the respective notes (collectively, the “2020 Extension”).

 

In addition, the Company agrees to continue to provide the additional enhanced equity consideration at the same rate per month as the previous extension letters. Specifically, the Company hereby agrees to amend Section 2.4 of the Notes and Section 1 of the Future Equity Agreements such that in addition to the Issuance Amount that each Purchaser would be entitled to receive in an IPO, such Purchaser would also be entitled to receive an additional amount of common stock of the Company equivalent to double the Issuance Amount that was provided over the first year, divided by 12 to arrive at a monthly equivalent, to be provided on a pro-rata basis each month until June 8, 2020, or until earlier if pre-paid (the “Extension Equity”).

 

 

 

 

For way of an example, if an investor had $120,000 in principal at the date of this letter, they would receive 10%, or $12,000 in increased principal due at maturity, in addition to equity in the form of common stock at the IPO, equivalent to 15% of the principal of the respective notes, thus $18,000 worth of additional stock for this latest 2020 Extension. In addition, the investor will continue to accrue the double equity from previous extension and the original issuance equity. Thus, they would receive $120,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO based upon the original Issuance Amount per the Future Equity Agreement over the first year, in addition to a further $20,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO representing the Extension Equity, for every month the Note is extended until paid. If the Note is paid on the 15th month after extension, that would be the equivalent of $300,000 of additional common stock for the Extension Equity, or an aggregate total of $570,000, across principal, increased principal, common stock across the Issuance Amount, Extension Equity and 2020 Extension. (NOTE: See below for these same figures in a simple table format)

 

EXAMPLE for $120,000 Investor
Source of Funds / Stock Value of Principal / Stock (Based on IPO Price)

Principal Investment

(paid in cash at maturity)

$ 120,000 (plus 12% interest)

10% Increase in Principal for the 2020 Extension

(for latest extension to June 8, 2020)

$ 12,000 (increase in principal due at maturity)

15% Common Stock for the 2020 Extension

(for latest extension to June 8, 2020)

$ 18,000 (in additional stock)

Common Stock from Original Issuance

(for the first year of outstanding principal per NPA)

$ 120,000 (in stock)

Common Stock from Previous Extension Equity

(at double rate, assuming 15 months since original maturity)

$ 300,000 (in additional stock)
   
Grand Total $ 570,000

 

* This table does not include the 12% interest calculations, in order to keep the example simple, which is an additional consideration.

 

By signing below, the Requisite Holders hereby consent and agree to amend the terms of the Notes and the Future Equity Agreements as set forth herein.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Bonne Santé Group, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Name:  Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Title: Executive Chairman

 

2

 

 

AGREED, CONSENT TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:  
     
Ionic Ventures, LLC  
Name of Purchaser  
     
By: /s/ Keith Coulston  
  Authorized Signature  
     
Keith Coulston  
Name of Signatory (if an entity)  
   
Partner  
Official Title or Capacity (if an entity)  

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BONNE SANTÉ GROUP, INC.

 

 

FUTURE EQUITY

AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

BONNE SANTÉ GROUP, INC.

 

FUTURE EQUITY AGREEMENT

 

This Future Equity Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of May 14, 2018, is by and among Bonne Santé Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to raise capital through the sale and issuance of secured promissory notes (each a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes”) to the Purchasers and the Purchasers desire to acquire the Notes, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Purchaser to purchase a Note, the Company agrees to issue additional consideration in cash or equity based on certain events.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement mutually agree as follows:

 

1. In conjunction with the issue of a Note, the Purchaser shall also receive upon the first to occur of (a) a Sale of the Company or (b) the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), additional consideration as follows: in the event of a Sale of the Company, the Company will pay Holder a cash fee equal to the original principal amount of the Note, and in the event of the IPO, the Company will provide the Holder with the right to choose to cause the Company to issue to Holder (a) the number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the original principal amount of the Note divided by the price per share at which common stock is sold in the IPO, delivered at closing of the IPO, or (b) that same number of shares issued 1/3rd at IPO, 1/3rd on the twelve month anniversary and 1/3rd on the 24 month anniversary.

 

2. The Company shall have no obligation to issue any equity securities to the Purchaser unless and until the Purchaser shall have completed, signed and returned the Election Form appended hereto.

 

2. A “Sale of the Company” means any of the following: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions with one or more non-affiliates, pursuant to which such non- affiliate(s) acquires capital stock of the Company or the surviving entity possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or the surviving entity (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Company’s outstanding capital stock or otherwise); or (ii) the sale, lease or other disposition (including exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or any other transaction resulting in all or substantially all of the Company’s assets being converted into securities of any other entity or cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale by the Company of its capital stock for the purpose of financing the Company’s business is not and will not be deemed to be a Sale of the Company.

 

3. Restrictions on Resale. The Purchaser covenants and agrees that in the event he is issued equity securities of the Company, (a) the Purchaser will not sell any such securities within 180 days of the closing of the IPO and (b) after such time, the Purchaser will not sell more than 1/12th of the aggregate position in any calendar month. For the avoidance of doubt, if Purchaser does not sell 1/12th of his position in a month, then the right to sell does not “roll over” or accrue but remains at 1/12th per month.

 

4. Governing Law. This Agreement is being delivered in and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of laws or choice of law provisions.

 

5. Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or three business days following deposit with the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail, addressed to the address of the receiving party set forth in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as the recipient shall have furnished in writing in accordance with this Section.

 

6. Assignment. This Agreement may only be assigned by the Purchaser to an accredited investor in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 or qualified non-U.S. persons. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify the Company for any damages, expenses (including attorney’s fees), fines or other action caused by breach of this section.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2

 

 

This Future Equity Agreement is executed and delivered the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  BONNE SANTÉ GROUP, INC.

 

  By: /s/ Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Name:  Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Title: Executive Vice Chairman

 

 

 

 

ELECTION FORM

 

The undersigned elects to have any additional equity consideration paid as follows:

 

☒  Upon closing of the IPO.

 

☐  1/3rd at IPO, 1/3rd on the twelve-month anniversary and 1/3rd on the 24-month anniversary of the IPO.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Future Equity Agreement to which this Election Form is appended.

 

If the undersigned is an entity:

 

Name of Entity:    

 

By:    

 

Name:    

 

Title:    

 

Date:    

 

If the undersigned is an individual:

 

Name:  Brendan O’Neil  

 

Signature: /s/ Brendan O’Neil  

 

Date: May 14, 2018  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Schedule of Purchasers

 

Dated as of: 5/15/18

 

Name and Address of Purchaser  

Principal Amount of
Note – Through

2nd Closing

   

Purchase Price –
Through 2nd

Closing

 
American IRA LLC   $ 75,000     $ 75,000  
Barry T. Cervantes   $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
Dewey Villard Ventures LLC   $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
Ionic Ventures, LLC   $ 200,000     $ 200,000  
Brendan O’Neil   $ 250,000     $ 250,000  
TOTAL:   $ 725,000     $ 725,000  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.56

 

 

 

March 8, 2019

 

To the Purchasers Named on Schedule A of the Bonne Santé Group, Inc.

 

Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement by and among Bonne Santé Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the purchasers named on the Schedule A (the “Purchasers”) and the Secured Promissory Notes issued to the Purchasers in connection therewith (the “Notes”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Notes, all outstanding principal and interest on the Notes is due on March 8, 2019 for most holders, or May 15, 2019 in the case of Brendan O’Neil (the “Maturity Date”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Notes and those certain Future Equity Agreements, by and between the Company and each of the Purchasers, dated as of the same date as the respective Notes (the “Future Equity Agreement”), the Purchasers are each entitled to receive the number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the original principal amount of their respective Notes divided by the price per share at which common stock is sold in an IPO (as such term is defined therein), delivered at closing of the IPO (the “Issuance Amount”).

 

Pursuant to Section 11 of the Notes, any term of the Notes may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the holders of Notes representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding (the “Requisite Holders”).

 

In consideration for consent of the Requisite Holders to amend the terms of the Notes to extend the Maturity Date to June 8, 2019, the Company hereby agrees to amend Section 2.4 of the Notes and Section 1 of the Future Equity Agreements such that in addition to the Issuance Amount that each Purchaser would be entitled to receive in an IPO, such Purchaser would also be entitled to receive an additional amount of common stock of the Company equivalent to double the Issuance Amount that was provided over the first year, divided by 12 to arrive at a monthly equivalent, to be provided on a pro-rata basis each month until June 8, 2019, or until earlier if pre- paid (the “Extension Equity”).

 

 

 

 

As an example, if an investor had $120,000 in principal at the time of extension, they would receive $120,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO based upon the original Issuance Amount per the Future Equity Agreement over the first year, in addition to a further $20,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO representing the Extension Equity, for every month the Note is extended until paid. If the Note is paid on the third month after extension, that would be the equivalent of $60,000 of additional common stock for the Extension Equity, or an aggregate total of $180,000 of common stock across the Issuance Amount and Extension Equity. (NOTE: See below for these same figures in a simple table format)

 

EXAMPLE
Source of Funds / Stock Value of Principal / Stock (Based on IPO Price)

Principal Investment

(paid in cash at maturity)

$ 120,000 (plus 12% interest)

Common Stock from Issuance Amount

(for the first year of outstanding principal per NPA)

$ 120,000 (in stock)

Common Stock from Extension Equity

(assuming principal is paid in 3 months)

$ 60,000 (in stock)
   
Grand Total $ 300,000

 

*This table does not include the 12% interest calculations, in order to keep the example simple, which is an additional consideration.

 

By signing below, the Requisite Holders hereby consent and agree to amend the terms of the Notes and the Future Equity Agreements as set forth herein.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Bonne Santé Group, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Name: Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Title: Executive Vice Chairman

 

2 

 

 

AGREED, CONSENT TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
   
Brendan O’Neil  
Name of Purchaser  

 

By:  /s/ Brendan O’Neil  
  Authorized Signature  

 

   
Name of Signatory (if an entity)  
   
   
Official Title or Capacity (if an entity  

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.57

 

 

As of February 5, 2020

 

To the Purchasers Named in the
Bonne Santé Group, Inc.

Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement by and among Bonne Santé Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the purchasers named in the Secured Promissory Note Purchase Agreement (the “Purchasers”) and the Secured Promissory Notes issued to the Purchasers in connection therewith (the “Notes”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Notes and those certain Future Equity Agreements, by and between the Company and each of the Purchasers, dated as of the same date as the respective Notes (the “Future Equity Agreement”), the Purchasers are each entitled to receive the number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the original principal amount of their respective Notes divided by the price per share at which common stock is sold in an IPO (as such term is defined therein), delivered at closing of the IPO (the “Issuance Amount”).

 

Pursuant to Section 11 of the Notes, any term of the Notes may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the holders of Notes representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding (the “Requisite Holders”).

 

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Notes, all outstanding principal and interest on the Notes was originally due on March 8, 2019 for most holders, or May 15, 2019 in the case of Brendan O’Neil (the “Maturity Date”) and this Maturity Date was subsequently extended through such similar extension letters previously executed by and between the Company and the Purchasers.

 

In consideration for consent of the Requisite Holders to further amend the terms of the Notes and to further extend the Maturity Date to June 8, 2020, the Company agrees to increase the principal of the respective notes by 10%, which shall be due at maturity, as well as provide additional equity in the form of common stock at the IPO, equivalent to 15% of the principal of the respective notes (collectively, the “2020 Extension”).

 

In addition, the Company agrees to continue to provide the additional enhanced equity consideration at the same rate per month as the previous extension letters. Specifically, the Company hereby agrees to amend Section 2.4 of the Notes and Section 1 of the Future Equity Agreements such that in addition to the Issuance Amount that each Purchaser would be entitled to receive in an IPO, such Purchaser would also be entitled to receive an additional amount of common stock of the Company equivalent to double the Issuance Amount that was provided over the first year, divided by 12 to arrive at a monthly equivalent, to be provided on a pro-rata basis each month until June 8, 2020, or until earlier if pre-paid (the “Extension Equity”).

 

 

 

 

For way of an example, if an investor had $120,000 in principal at the date of this letter, they would receive 10%, or $12,000 in increased principal due at maturity, in addition to equity in the form of common stock at the IPO, equivalent to 15% of the principal of the respective notes, thus $18,000 worth of additional stock for this latest 2020 Extension. In addition, the investor will continue to accrue the double equity from previous extension and the original issuance equity. Thus, they would receive $120,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO based upon the original Issuance Amount per the Future Equity Agreement over the first year, in addition to a further $20,000 in common stock at the time of the IPO representing the Extension Equity, for every month the Note is extended until paid. If the Note is paid on the 15th month after extension, that would be the equivalent of $300,000 of additional common stock for the Extension Equity, or an aggregate total of $570,000, across principal, increased principal, common stock across the Issuance Amount, Extension Equity and 2020 Extension. (NOTE: See below for these same figures in a simple table format)

 

EXAMPLE for $120,000 Investor
Source of Funds / Stock Value of Principal / Stock (Based on IPO Price)

Principal Investment

(paid in cash at maturity)

$ 120,000 (plus 12% interest)

10% Increase in Principal for the 2020 Extension

(for latest extension to June 8, 2020)

$ 12,000 (increase in principal due at maturity)

15% Common Stock for the 2020 Extension

(for latest extension to June 8, 2020)

$ 18,000 (in additional stock)

Common Stock from Original Issuance

(for the first year of outstanding principal per NPA)

$ 120,000 (in stock)

Common Stock from Previous Extension Equity

(at double rate, assuming 15 months since original maturity)

$ 300,000 (in additional stock)
   
Grand Total $ 570,000

 

* This table does not include the 12% interest calculations, in order to keep the example simple, which is an additional consideration.

By signing below, the Requisite Holders hereby consent and agree to amend the terms of the Notes and the Future Equity Agreements as set forth herein.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Bonne Santé Group, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Name:  Alfonso J. Cervantes
  Title: Executive Chairman

 

2

 

 

AGREED, CONSENT TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:  
   
Brendan O’Neil  
Name of Purchaser  
   
By: /s/ Brendan O’Neil  
  Authorized Signature  
   
   
Name of Signatory (if an entity)  
   
   
Official Title or Capacity (if an entity)  

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Smart for Life, Inc.

Doral, Florida

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration on Form S-1 of Smart for Life, Inc., of our reports dated August 11, 2021 relating to the financial statements at and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

 

 

Sunrise, Florida

January 14, 2022

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Doctors Scientific Organica, LLC

Doral, Florida

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration on Form S-1 of Smart for Life, Inc., of our reports dated August 5, 2021 relating to the financial statements at and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

 

 

Sunrise, Florida

January 14, 2022

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Nexus Offers, Inc.

Doral, Florida

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration on Form S-1 of Smart for Life, Inc., of our reports dated December 15, 2021 relating to the financial statements at and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

  

Sunrise, Florida

January 14, 2022

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

I. Purpose.

 

The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Smart for Life, Inc. (the “Company”). The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to (i) the integrity of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ financial statements and financial reporting process and the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ systems of internal accounting and financial controls, (ii) the performance of the internal audit services function, (iii) the annual independent audit of the Company’s and subsidiaries’ financial statements, the engagement of the independent auditors and the evaluation of the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, (iv) the compliance by the Company with legal and regulatory requirements, including the Company’s disclosure of controls and procedures, (v) the evaluation of enterprise risk issues, (vi) the approval of related party transactions and (vii) the fulfillment of the other responsibilities set out herein.

 

The Audit Committee shall prepare the report required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to be included in the Company’s public filing.

 

II. Membership, Structure and Qualifications.

 

Membership and Structure. The Committee shall not consist of fewer than three (3) or more than seven (7) directors. The Committee members shall be elected annually by the Board, upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, for terms of one (1) year, or until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Qualifications. All Committee members shall meet all applicable independence requirements of the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq Rules”) and of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), subject to the exemptions provided in Rule 10A-3(c) under the Exchange Act, and other applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Additionally, no member of the Committee shall have participated in the preparation of the financial statements of the Company or any current subsidiary of the Company at any time during the preceding three (3) years and all members of the Committee must be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement. Members of the Audit Committee may not accept any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the Company other than for Board service and they must not be an affiliated person of the Company.

 

Chairman. Unless the Chairman of the Committee (the “Chairman”) is elected by the full Board, the Committee members may designate a Chairman consistent with any recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Resignation, Removal and Replacement. Any director may resign from the Committee at any time upon notice of such resignation to the Company. An independent director who ceases to be independent under Nasdaq Rules shall promptly resign to the extent required for the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall have the power at any time to remove a member of the Committee with or without cause, to fill all vacancies, and to designate alternate members, upon the recommendation of the Committee, to replace any absent or disqualified members, so long as the Committee shall at all times have at least three (3) members and be composed solely of independent board members.

 

Financial Expert. The Committee will endeavor to have at least one of its members with the requisite qualifications to be designated by the Board as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Committee shall report to the Board for further action as appropriate, including, but not limited to, a determination by the Board that the Committee membership includes or does not include one or more “audit committee financial experts” and any related disclosure to be made concerning this matter. The designation of a member of the Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” will not increase the duties, obligations or liability of the designee as compared to the duties, obligations and liability imposed on the designee as a member of the Committee and of the Board. If the Committee does not have an “audit committee financial expert,” then, in accordance with the requirements of Nasdaq Rules, at least one member of the Committee must be financially sophisticated, in that he or she has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication, including being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer or other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities.

 

 

 

 

III. Meetings and Other Actions.

 

All meetings of and other actions by the Committee shall be held and taken pursuant to the bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), including provisions governing notice of meetings and waiver thereof, the number of Committee members required to take action at meetings and by written consent, and other related matters. The Committee may invite any director who is not a member of the Committee, management, counsel, representatives of service providers or other persons to attend meetings and provide information as the Committee, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate.

 

Unless otherwise authorized by the Board, the Committee shall not delegate any of its authority to any subcommittee.

 

IV. Goals, Responsibilities and Authority.

 

The function of the Committee is to oversee the Company’s management and independent accountants in the production of the Company’s financial statements, as well as all controls and procedures relating thereto. The Company’s management is primarily responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Company’s financial statements and for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and internal controls and procedures that provide for compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s independent accountants are primarily responsible for planning and carrying out a proper audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, reviewing the Company’s unaudited interim financial statements and auditing management’s assessment of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) and other procedures. The independent accountants are accountable to the Board and the Committee, as representatives of the Company’s stockholders. The Board and the Committee have the ultimate authority and responsibility to select, evaluate and, where appropriate, replace the Company’s independent accountants. For purposes of this Charter, the term “management” means the appropriate officers of each of the Company and its subsidiaries and the phrase “internal accounting staff” means the appropriate officers and employees of each of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

In fulfilling their responsibilities hereunder, it is recognized that members of the Committee are not full-time employees of the Company or members of management and are not, and do not represent themselves to be, accountants or auditors by profession. As such, it is not the duty or the responsibility of the Committee or its members to conduct “field work” or other types of auditing or accounting reviews or procedures to determine if the financial statements are complete and accurate and whether they have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States (“GAAP”) or to set auditor independence standards.

 

Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to rely on (i) the integrity of those persons within and outside the Company and management from which it receives information, (ii) the accuracy of the financial and other information provided to the Committee absent actual knowledge to the contrary (which shall be promptly reported to the Board), and (iii) statements made by the officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries or other third parties as to any information technology, internal audit and other non-audit services provided by the independent accountants to the Company. In carrying out its responsibilities, the Committee’s policies and procedures shall be adapted, as appropriate, to best react to changing markets and regulatory environments.

 

Nothing in this Charter shall be interpreted as diminishing or derogating the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Board. Subject to the requirements of the Bylaws, the Committee shall have the following responsibilities.

 

Retention of Independent Accountants and Approval of Services

 

1. Select or retain each year a firm or firms of independent accountants to audit the accounts and records of the Company and its subsidiaries, to approve the terms of compensation of such independent accountants (including negotiating and executing on behalf of the Company engagement letters) and to terminate such independent accountants as it deems appropriate.

 

2. Pre-approve any independent accountants’ engagement to render audit and/or permissible non-audit services (including the fees charged and proposed to be charged by the independent accountants), subject to the de minimus exceptions under Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act, and as otherwise required by law.

 

2

 

 

3. The Committee may delegate its pre-approval responsibilities to one (1) or more of its members. The member(s) to whom such responsibility is delegated must report, for informational purposes only, any pre-approval decisions to the Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

 

Oversight of the Independent Accountants

 

4. Obtain and review a report from the independent accountants at least annually regarding:

 

(a) the independent accountants’ internal quality-control procedures;

 

(b) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, peer review, or review by the PCAOB, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five (5) years respecting one (1) or more independent audits carried out by the firm;

 

(c) any steps taken with regard to the issues identified in (a) or (b) above; and

 

(d) all relationships between the independent accountants and the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

5. Obtain from the independent accountants annually a formal written statement of the fees billed in each of the last two (2) fiscal years for each of the following categories of services rendered by the independent accountants:

 

(a) the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports or services that are normally provided by the independent accountants in connection with statutory or regulatory filings or engagements;

 

(b) that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements, in the aggregate and by each service;

 

(c) tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services, in the aggregate and by each service; and

 

(d) all other products and services rendered by the independent accountants, in the aggregate and by each service.

 

6. Evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent accountants, including the following:

 

(a) evaluating the performance of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner, and the quality and depth of the professional staff assigned to the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

(b) considering whether the accountant’s quality controls are appropriate and adequate in light of the standards and requirements established by the PCAOB and under applicable law at such time; and

 

(c) considering whether the provision of permitted non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the accountant’s independence.

 

3

 

 

7. Consider the opinions of management and the internal accounting staff in connection with the foregoing responsibilities. The Committee shall present its conclusions with respect to the independent accountants to the Board.

 

8. Monitor the rotation required by Section 10A(j) of the Exchange Act of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit.

 

9. Oversee compliance with the following guidelines relating to the Company’s hiring of employees or former employees of the independent accountants:

 

(a) no member of the audit team that is auditing the Company can be hired by the Company in a financial reporting oversight role (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation S-X) for a period of one (1) year following association with that audit; and

 

(b) the Company’s Chief Financial Officer shall report annually to the Committee the profile of the preceding year’s hires from the independent accountants.

 

10. Consider the effect on the Company of:

 

(a) any changes in accounting principles or practices proposed by management or the independent accountants;

 

(b) any changes in service providers, such accountants, that could impact the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(c) any changes in schedules (such as fiscal or tax year-end changes) or structures or transactions that require special accounting activities, services or resources.

 

11. Review any presentations or reports prepared by the independent accountants with respect to any applicable Federal tax matters.

 

12. Annually review a formal written statement from the independent accountants delineating all relationships between the independent accountants and the Company, consistent with applicable requirements and standards of the SEC and the PCAOB, and discuss with the independent accountants their methods and procedures for ensuring independence.

 

13. Evaluate the efficiency and appropriateness of the services provided by the independent accountants, including any significant difficulties with the audit or any restrictions on the scope of their activities or access to required records, data and information.

 

14. Interact with the independent accountants, including reviewing and, where necessary, resolving any problems or difficulties the independent accountants may have encountered in connection with the annual audit or otherwise, any management letters provided to the Committee and the Company’s responses. Such review shall address any difficulties encountered in the course of the audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information, any disagreements that have arisen between management and the independent accountants regarding financial reporting.

 

15. Review with the independent accountants the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on the financial statements of the Company.

 

4

 

 

Financial Statements and Disclosure Matters

 

16. Review and discuss with management and the independent accountants the annual audited financial statements, including disclosures made in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and recommend to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

17. Review and discuss with management and the independent accountants the Company’s quarterly financial statements, including disclosures made in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, prior to the filing of its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent accountants’ reviews of the quarterly financial statements.

 

18. Review with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and independent accountants, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting and review periodically, but in no event less frequently than quarterly, management’s conclusions about the effectiveness of such internal control over financial reporting, including any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in, or material non-compliance with, such internal control.

 

19. Review with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and independent accountants, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ disclosure controls and procedures and review periodically, but in no event less frequently than quarterly, management’s conclusions about the effectiveness of such disclosure controls and procedures, including any significant deficiencies in, or material non-compliance with, such controls and procedures.

 

20. Review disclosures made to the Committee by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar roles, during their certification process for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q concerning any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of disclosure controls and procedures and, when applicable, internal control over financial reporting, or material weaknesses in such control, and any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

 

21. Review and discuss the types of information to be disclosed and the types of presentation to be made in connection with earnings releases by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

22. Review and discuss the types of financial and non-financial information and earning guidance to be provided to analysts and ratings agencies.

 

5

 

 

23. Meet with the Company’s independent accountants at least four times during each fiscal year, including private meetings, and review written materials prepared by the independent accountants, as appropriate. At these meetings, the Committee shall:

 

(a) review the arrangements for and the scope of the annual audit and any special audits or other special permissible services;

 

(b) review the Company’s financial statements and to discuss any matters of concern arising in connection with audits of such financial statements, including any adjustments to such statements recommended by the independent accountants or any other results of the audits;

 

(c) consider and review, as appropriate and in consultation with the independent accountants, the appropriateness and adequacy of the Company’s financial and accounting policies, internal control over financial reporting and, as appropriate, the internal controls of key service providers, and to review management’s responses to the independent accountants’ comments relating to those policies, procedures and controls, and to take any necessary action in light of material control deficiencies;

 

(d) review with the independent accountants their opinions as to the fairness of the financial statements; and

 

(e) review and discuss quarterly reports from the independent accountants relating to: (1) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used; (2) all alternative treatment of financial information within GAAP that have been discussed with management, ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments and the treatment preferred by the independent accountants; and (3) other material written communications between the independent accountant and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences.

 

24. Prepare the report required by the SEC to be included in the Company’s public filing.

 

Compliance Oversight

 

25. Administer the following procedures relating to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding questionable accounting, internal accounting controls over financial reporting or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters:

 

(a) the Company shall forward to the Committee any complaints or concerns that it has received regarding questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

 

(b) the Company shall establish an e-mail address for receiving anonymous complaints or concerns related to questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, provided that the Company may engage the services of a third-party service provider to receive such complaints on behalf of the Company via telephone, email or other appropriate method;

 

6

 

 

(c) any employee of the Company may submit, on a confidential, anonymous basis if the employee so desires, any concerns regarding questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters by setting forth such concerns in writing and forwarding them in a sealed envelope to the Chairman of the Committee, such envelope to be labeled with a legend such as “To be opened by the Committee only” (employees may deposit such envelope in the Company’s internal mail system or deliver it by hand to a member of the Committee and if an employee would like to discuss any matter with the Committee, the employee should indicate this in the submission and include a telephone number at which he or she might be contacted if the Committee deems it appropriate);

 

(d) the Committee shall review and consider any such complaints and concerns that it has received and take any action that it deems appropriate in order to respond thereto;

 

(e) the Committee may request special treatment for any complaint or concern, including the retention of outside counsel or other advisors; and

 

(f) the Committee shall retain any such complaints or concerns for a period of no less than five (5) years.

 

The Committee shall annually reassess the effectiveness of the procedures described immediately above and modify them as necessary

 

26. The Committee will be designated as and serve as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee for the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 307 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Upon receipt of a report of evidence of a material legal violation, the Committee will notify the Board of such report, investigate and recommend appropriate measure to the Board. If the Company does not appropriately respond, the Committee may take further appropriate action, including notification to the SEC.

 

27. Review with management or any external counsel as the Committee considers appropriate any legal matters (including the status of pending litigation) that may have a material impact on the Company and any material reports or inquiries from regulatory or governmental agencies.

 

28. Review with management the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s procedures to ensure compliance with its legal and regulatory responsibilities.

 

29. Discuss with management, the independent accountants, outside counsel, as appropriate, and, in the judgment of the Committee, such special counsel, separate accounting firm and other consultants and advisors as the Committee deems appropriate, any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any published reports which raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements, accounting policies or internal control over financial reporting.

 

30. Obtain reports from management, the internal auditor or internal audit service provider, as the case may be, and the independent auditor regarding compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

Oversight of Company’s Internal Audit Function

 

31. The internal auditor or internal audit service provider, as the case may be, shall report periodically to the Committee regarding any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting and any fraud (regardless of materiality) involving persons having a significant role in the internal control over financial reporting, as well as any significant changes in internal control over financial reporting implemented by management during the most recent reporting period of the Company.

 

7

 

 

32. Discuss with management, the internal auditor or internal audit service provider, as the case may be, and the independent accountant the Company’s major risk exposures (whether financial, operations or both) and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies.

 

33. With respect to any internal audit services that may be outsourced, engage, evaluate and terminate internal audit service providers and approve fees to be paid to such internal audit service providers.

 

Financial Oversight

 

34. Review and approve decisions by the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into derivative transactions (including, but limited to, swaps, put and call options or combinations thereof, caps, floors, collars, and forward or spot exchanges) and related matters, as appropriate, as well as non-cleared swaps that are exempt from the clearing and trade execution requirements established under applicable federal law, rules and regulations, including swaps that are entered into in reliance upon the “end-user exceptions” to the mandatory execution and clearing requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related regulations. The Committee may review and approve swap transactions submitted to it by management on (a) an individual transaction basis or (b) a blanket basis, with respect to all non-cleared swaps that are exempt from the federal clearing and trade execution requirements, which approval must be reviewed at least annually.

 

35. Periodically review, at least on an annual basis, or more often (particularly in the event of a material change in hedging strategy) and approve the Company’s policies for the use of swaps that are entered into in reliance upon the end-user exceptions.

 

Other

 

36. Review and approve any related party transactions in accordance with the Company’s Related Party Transactions Policy.

 

37. Prepare the disclosure required by Item 407(d)(3)(i) of Regulation S-K.

 

38. Report its activities to the Board on a regular basis and to make such recommendations with respect to the matters described above and other matters as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate.

 

39. Perform an annual self-evaluation of the Committee’s performance and annually review and reassess the adequacy of and, if appropriate, propose to the Board, any desired changes in, this Charter, all to supplement the oversight authority by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee with respect to such matters.

 

40. The Committee shall have such further responsibilities as are given to it from time to time by the Board. The Committee shall consult, on an ongoing basis, with management, the independent accountants and counsel as to legal or regulatory developments affecting its responsibilities, as well as relevant tax, accounting and industry developments.

 

The foregoing list of duties is not exhaustive, and the Committee may, in addition, perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.

 

V. Additional Resources.

 

The Committee shall have the right to use reasonable amounts of time of the Company’s independent accountants, outside lawyers and other internal staff and also shall have the right to hire independent experts, lawyers and other consultants to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities. The Committee shall also be given the resources, as determined by the Committee, for payment of (i) compensation to any registered independent public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company, (ii) compensation to any independent experts, lawyers and other consultants hired to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities, and (iii) ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. The Committee shall keep the Company’s Chief Financial Officer advised as to the general range of anticipated expenses for outside consultants, and shall obtain the concurrence of the Board in advance for any expenditures.

 

VI. Amendments.

 

Any amendments to this Charter must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Company’s Board, including a majority of independent directors.

 

VII. Disclosure of Charter.

 

This Charter will be made available on the Company’s website.

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

I. Purpose.

 

The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) is established by the Board of Directors (the “Board) of Smart for Life, Inc. (the “Company”). The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities related to the Company’s compensation structure and compensation, including equity compensation, and other remunerations paid by the Company.

 

The Committee has overall responsibility for (i) reviewing and approving the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and any other executive officers that serve in executive officer capacities for the Company, (ii) evaluating and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the directors of the Company; (iii) evaluating and making recommendations to the Board regarding equity-based and incentive-compensation plans, policies and programs that are subject to Board approval; and (iv) the fulfillment of the other responsibilities set out herein.

 

II. Membership, Structure and Qualifications.

 

Membership and Structure. The Committee shall consist of two (2) or more directors. The Committee members shall be elected annually by the Board, upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, for terms of one (1) year, or until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Qualifications. All Committee members shall meet all applicable independence requirements of the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq Rules”) and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, each member of the Committee also shall satisfy all requirements necessary from time to time to be “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition, in affirmatively determining the independence of any director who will serve on the Committee, the Board must consider all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to the Company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a Committee member, including, but not limited to: (i) the source of compensation of such director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the Company to such director; and (ii) whether such director is affiliated with the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the Company.

 

Chairman. Unless the Chairman of the Committee (the “Chairman) is elected by the full Board, the Committee members may designate a Chairman consistent with any recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Resignation, Removal and Replacement. Any director may resign from the Committee at any time upon notice of such resignation to the Company. An independent director who ceases to be independent under Nasdaq Rules shall promptly resign to the extent required for the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall have the power at any time to remove a member of the Committee with or without cause, to fill all vacancies, and to designate alternate members, upon the recommendation of the Committee, to replace any absent or disqualified members, so long as the Committee shall at all times have at least two (2) members and be composed solely of independent board members.

 

III. Meetings and Other Actions.

 

All meetings of and other actions by the Committee shall be held and taken pursuant to the bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), including provisions governing notice of meetings and waiver thereof, the number of Committee members required to take action at meetings and by written consent, and other related matters. The Committee may invite any director who is not a member of the Committee, management, counsel, representatives of service providers or other persons to attend meetings and provide information as the Committee, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate.

 

Unless otherwise authorized by the Board, the Committee shall not delegate any of its authority to any subcommittee.

 

 

 

 

IV. Goals, Responsibilities and Authority.

 

The following are the general goals, responsibilities and authority of the Committee and are set forth only for its guidance. The Committee, however, may diverge from these responsibilities and/or may assume such other responsibilities as the Board may delegate from time to time and/or as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time in performing its functions in accordance with the Bylaws and other governance documents of the Company and with applicable law (it being understood that the Committee may condition its approval of any compensation on Board ratification to the extent so required to comply with applicable tax law).

 

Nothing in this Charter shall be interpreted as diminishing or derogating the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Board. Subject to the requirements of the Bylaws, the Committee shall have the following responsibilities.

 

Executive Compensation

 

1. Review from time to time, modify if necessary, and approve the Company’s corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation and the Company’s executive compensation structure and compensation range to ensure that it is designed to achieve the objectives of rewarding the Company’s executive officers appropriately for their contributions to corporate growth and profitability.

 

2. Evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and, either as a Committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the Board), determine and approve the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation based on this evaluation. The Chief Executive Officer may not be present during voting or deliberations on his or her compensation.

 

3. Upon the engagement of and annually thereafter, determine and approve the compensation paid to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and any other executive officers that serve in executive officer capacities for the Company.

 

Director Compensation

 

4. Select peer groups of companies that shall be used for purposes of determining competitive director compensation packages.

 

5. Periodically evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the reimbursement of directors’ expenses, if any, for attendance of each meeting of the Board.

 

6. Periodically evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the total compensation package for directors including, without limitation, the annual retainer fee, the meeting fee, incentives, equity-based compensation and other benefits paid to directors, taking into account the compensation of directors at selected peer groups of companies. The Committee shall recommend to the Board any adjustments in director compensation that the Committee considers appropriate.

 

7. Recommend to the Board the terms and awards of any stock compensation for members of the Board.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

8. Approve all long-term incentive awards for the executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

9. Periodically evaluate (and approve any proposed amendments to) the terms and administration of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ annual and long-term incentive plans to assure that they are structured and administered in a manner consistent with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ goals and objectives as to participation in such plans, target annual incentive awards, corporate financial goals, actual awards paid to the executive officers of the Company’s subsidiaries, and total funds reserved for payment under the compensation plans.

 

2

 

 

10. Determine when it is necessary (based on advice of counsel) or otherwise desirable: (a) to modify, discontinue or supplement any such plans; or (b) to submit such amendment or adoption to a vote of the full Board and/or the Company’s stockholders to the extent required by law.

 

11. Evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the adoption of any new equity-based and incentive-compensation plan.

 

12. Oversee the administration of any equity incentive plans of the Company in accordance with their terms, construe all terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of such plan and make factual determinations required for the administration of such plans. The Committee may amend or terminate such plans at any time, subject to the terms of the plans.

 

Compensation Advisers

 

13. In its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser.

 

14. Have the direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser retained by the Committee. The Company must provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of reasonable compensation to a compensation consultant, independent or legal counsel that is not independent or any other adviser retained by the Committee.

 

15. Prior to retaining or obtaining any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser (other than in-house legal counsel), the Committee must conduct an independence assessment of such compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, including the consideration of all relevant factors to that person’s independence from management. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) the provision of other services to the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; (b) the amount of fees received from the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; (c) the policies and procedures of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest; (d) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser with a Committee member; (e) any stock of the Company owned by the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; and (f) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel, other adviser or the person employing the adviser with an executive officer of the Company. Only after the Committee has considered the preceding independence factors, the Committee may select or receive advice from any compensation advisor they prefer, including those who are not independent. The Committee is not required to conduct any independence assessment if, pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 407, disclosure of the engagement of such compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser is not required.

 

Other

 

16. Fulfill any disclosure, reporting or other requirements imposed on or required of the Committee by the SEC, Nasdaq Rules or other applicable laws, rules and regulations, as the forgoing may be amended from time to time.

 

17. Review organizational and staffing matters with respect to the Company.

 

18. Prepare the disclosure required by Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K.

 

3

 

 

19. Grant the right to receive indemnification and right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance to its disposition, to any employees in their capacity as officer, director employee or agent of the Company, any of directors the Company and any of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ executive officers to the fullest extent of the provisions of the Bylaws.

 

20. Perform an annual self-evaluation of the Committee’s performance and annually review and reassess the adequacy of and, if appropriate, propose to the Board, any desired changes in, the Committee’s Charter, all to supplement the oversight authority by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee with respect to such matters.

 

21. Perform such other duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to the Committee, from time to time, by the Board of the Company and/or the Chairman of the Board, or as designated in plan documents.

 

22. Make regular reports to the Board and propose any necessary action to the Board. Such reports shall provide information with respect to any delegation of authority by the Committee to the Company and its subsidiaries’ executive officers or to a third party.

 

The foregoing list of duties is not exhaustive, and the Committee may, in addition, perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.

 

V. Additional Resources.

 

Subject to the approval of the Board, the Committee shall have the right to use reasonable amounts of time of the Company’s independent accountants, outside lawyers and other internal staff to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities. The Committee shall keep the Company’s Chief Financial Officer informed as to the general range of anticipated expenses for outside consultants.

 

VI. Amendments.

 

Any amendments to this Charter must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Company’s Board, including a majority of independent directors.

 

VII. Disclosure of Charter.

 

This charter will be made available on the Company’s website.

 

 

4

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

SMART FOR LIFE, INC.

 

NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

I. Purpose.

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) is appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Smart for Life, Inc. (the “Company”). The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility to assure that the Company is governed in a manner consistent with the interests of the Company’s stockholders and in compliance with applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders.

 

The Committee has overall responsibility for: (i) identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of the Board by reviewing nominees for election to the Board submitted by stockholders and recommending to the Board director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders and for election to fill any vacancies on the Board, (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board organization, desired qualifications of Board members, the membership, function, operation, structure and composition of committees (including any committee authority to delegate to subcommittees), and self-evaluation and policies, (iii) advising on matters relating to corporate governance, in each case subject to the requirements of the bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”) and monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate governance, and (iv) overseeing compliance with the Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and conduct of the Company’s officers and directors.

 

II. Membership, Structure and Qualifications.

 

Membership and Structure. The Committee shall consist of two (2) or more independent directors. The Committee members shall be elected annually by the Board, upon the recommendation of the Committee, for terms of one (1) year, or until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Qualifications. All Committee members shall meet all applicable independence requirements of the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq Rules”) and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

Chairman. Unless the Chairman of the Committee (the “Chairman”) is elected by the full Board, the Committee members may designate a Chairman consistent with any recommendation of the Committee.

 

Resignation, Removal and Replacement. Any director may resign from the Committee at any time upon notice of such resignation to the Company. An independent director who ceases to be independent under Nasdaq Rules shall promptly resign to the extent required for the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall have the power at any time to remove a member of the Committee with or without cause, to fill all vacancies, and to designate alternate members, upon the recommendation of the Committee, to replace any absent or disqualified members, so long as the Committee shall at all times have at least two (2) members and be composed solely of independent board members.

 

III. Meetings and Other Actions.

 

All meetings of and other actions by the Committee shall be held and taken pursuant to the Bylaws, including provisions governing notice of meetings and waiver thereof, the number of Committee members required to take actions at meetings and by written consent, and other related matters. The Committee may invite any director who is not a member of the Committee, management, counsel, representatives of service providers or other persons to attend meetings and provide information as the Committee, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate.

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise authorized by the Board, the Committee shall not delegate any of its authority to any subcommittee.

 

In the event that the Committee’s Chairman is unable to perform any of his or her functions or obligations hereunder, the Chairman of the Company’s Compensation Committee is hereby authorized and directed to act in the place and stead of the Chairman of this Committee and fulfill any and all functions or obligations that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Chairman of this Committee, without any further action or authorization by this Committee.

 

IV. Goals, Responsibilities and Authority.

 

The following are the general goals, responsibilities and authority of the Committee and are set forth only for its guidance. The Committee, however, may diverge from these responsibilities and/or may assume such other responsibilities as the Board may delegate from time to time and/or as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time in performing its functions in accordance with the Bylaws and other governance documents of the Company with applicable law.

 

Nothing in this Charter shall be interpreted as diminishing or derogating the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Board. Subject to the requirements of the Bylaws, the Committee shall have the following responsibilities.

 

Nominating Directors

 

1. Evaluate periodically the desirability of and recommend to the Board any changes in the size and composition of the Board or the qualifications for Board membership.

 

2. Select and evaluate nominated directors, nominated either by the Board or the stockholders, in accordance with the general and specific considerations set forth below.

 

(a) General Considerations. The Board shall be comprised of at least enough independent directors to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq Rules as well as applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (each such independent director, an “Independent Director” and collectively, the “Independent Directors”). In making its recommendations, the Committee may consider some or all of the following factors:

 

1. the candidate’s judgment, skill, experience with other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size, and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight;

 

2. the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other Board members;

 

3. the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the Board and any committee thereof;

 

4. whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, including, but not limited to, business, financial or family relationships with the Company’s management; and

 

2

 

 

 

5. the candidate’s ability to contribute to the effective management of the Company, taking into account the needs of the Company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industries in which the Company’s subsidiaries operate.

 

(b) Specific Considerations. In addition to the foregoing general considerations, the Committee shall develop, reevaluate at least annually and modify as appropriate a set of specific considerations outlining the skills, experiences (whether in business or in other areas such as public service, academia or scientific communities), particular areas of expertise, specific backgrounds, and other characteristics for which there is a specific need on the Board and which would enhance the effectiveness of the Board and its committees given its current composition.

 

3. Evaluate each new director candidate and each incumbent director before recommending that the Board nominate or re-nominate such individual for election or reelection (or that the Board elect such individual on an interim basis) as a director based upon the extent to which such individual satisfies the general criteria above and will contribute significantly to satisfying the overall mix of specific criteria identified above. Each annual decision to re-nominate an incumbent director should be based upon a careful consideration of such individual’s contributions, including the value of his or her experience as a director of the Company, the availability of new director candidates who may offer unique contributions and the Company’s changing needs.

 

4. Seek to identify potential director candidates who will strengthen the Board and will contribute to the overall mix of considerations identified above. This process should include establishing procedures for soliciting and reviewing potential nominees from directors and stockholders and for notifying those who suggest nominees of the outcome of such review. The Committee shall have sole authority to retain and terminate any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, including sole authority to approve any such search firm’s fees and other terms of retention.

 

5. Submit to the Board the candidates for director to be recommended by the Board for election at each annual meeting of stockholders and to be added to the Board at any other times due to any expansion of the Board, director resignations or retirements or otherwise.

 

6. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, following determination by the Board that such vacancy shall be filled, identify candidates for director qualified to fill such vacancy that satisfies the general criteria above.

 

Board of Directors

 

7. Monitor performance of the Board and its individual members based upon the general criteria and the specific criteria applicable to the Board and each of its members. If any serious issues are identified with any director, work with such director to resolve such issues or, if necessary, seek such director’s resignation or recommend to the Board such person’s removal.

 

8. Review director compensation process, self-evaluation and policies.

 

9. Develop and periodically evaluate initial orientation guidelines and continuing education guidelines for each member of the Board and each member of each committee thereof regarding his or her responsibilities as a director generally and as a member of any applicable committee of the Board, and monitor and evaluate annually (and at any additional time a new member joins the Board or any committee thereof).

 

3

 

 

Board Committees

 

10. Review and evaluate at least annually the adequacy of the Committee’s own performance and Charter and provide a report on such evaluation and recommended proposed changes to the Charter to the Board.

 

11. Evaluate at least annually the performance, authority, operations, charter and composition of each standing or ad hoc committee of the Board (including any authority of a committee to delegate to a subcommittee) and the performance of each committee member and recommend any changes considered appropriate in the authority, operations, charter, number or membership of each committee.

 

12. Submit to the Board annually (and at any additional times that any committee members are to be selected) recommendations regarding candidates for membership on each committee of the Board.

 

Evaluation of and Succession Planning for Executive Officers

 

13. Assist the Board in evaluating the performance of and other factors relating to the retention of executive officers.

 

14. Develop and periodically review and revise as appropriate a management succession plan and related procedures. Consider and recommend to the Board candidates for successor to executive officers.

 

Corporate Governance

 

15. Develop, monitor and make recommendations to the Board on matters of Company policies and practices relating to corporate governance, including the Company’s corporate governance guidelines.

 

16. Review and make recommendations to the Board regarding proposals of stockholders that relate to corporate governance.

 

17. Oversee compliance with the Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

 

18. Oversee the evaluation of the Board.

 

Other Matters

 

19. Perform such other duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to the Committee, from time to time, by the Board and/or the Chairman of the Board, or as designated in the Bylaws.

 

The forgoing list of duties is not exhaustive, and the Committee may, in addition, perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.

 

V. Additional Resources.

 

Subject to the approval of the Board, the Committee shall have the right to use reasonable amounts of time of the Company’s independent accountants, outside lawyers and other internal staff and also shall have the right to hire independent experts, lawyers and other consultants to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities. The Committee shall keep the Company’s Chief Financial Officer informed as to the general range of anticipated expenses for outside consultants, and shall obtain the approval of the Board in advance for any expenditures.

 

VI. Amendments.

 

Any amendments to this Charter must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Company’s Board, including a majority of independent directors.

 

VII. Disclosure of Charter.

 

This charter will be made available on the Company’s website.

 

 

4